WQ0037287_Modification_20210323

Initial Review
Reviewer Thornburg, Nathaniel
Is this submittal an application? (Excluding additional information.)*
r Yes r No
Permit Number (IR)* WQ0037287
Applicant/Permittee Pluris Hampstead, LLC
Applicant/Permittee Address 5950 Berkshire Lane, Suite 800, Dallas, TX75225
Is the owner in BIMS? r Yes r No Is the facility in BIMS? r Yes r No
Owner Type Organization
Facility Name Pluris Hampstead WWTP
County Pender
Fee Category Major
Is this a complete
application?*
c Yes r No
Signature Authority
Signature Authority Title
Signature Authority Email
Document Type (if non -application)
Email Notifications
Does this need review bythe hydrogeologist?* r Yes r No
Regional Office
CO Reviewer
Admin Reviewer
Fee Amount $395
Complete App Date 03/23/2021
Below list any additional email address that need notification about a new project.
Email Address
Comments to be added to email notfication
Comments for Kendall
Comments for RO

Comments for Reviewer
Comments for Applicant

Submittal Form
Project Contact Information
Rease provide information on the person to be contacted by N B Staff regarding electronic receipt, another correspondence. ittal, confirmation of iptd othd
.......................................................... ronc su_ -
Name * Michael Gallant
Email Address*
[e-mail]
Phone Number*
19104481046
Project Information
.........................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................................
Application/Document Type* r New (Fee Req ui red)
c Modification - Major (Fee Required)
r Renewal with Major Modification (Fee
Required)
r Annual Report
r Additional Information
r Other
O Modification - Minor
C Renewal
C GW-59, NDMR, NDMLR, NDAR-1,
NDAR-2
r Residual Annual Report
r Change of Ownership
We no longer accept these monitoring reports through this portal. Please click on the link below and it will take you to the correct form.
https://edocs.deq.nc.gov/Forms/NonDischarge_Monitoring_Report
Permit Type:*
r Wastewater Irrigation r High -Rate Infiltration
r Other Wastewater r Reclaimed Water
r Closed -Loop Recycle r Residuals
r Single -Family Residence Wastewater r Other
Irrigation
Permit Number:*
WO0037287
Ras Current Existing pernit number
Applicant/Permittee*
Pluris Hampstead, LLC
Applicant/Permittee Address*
5950 Berkshire Lane, Suite 800, Dallas, TX75225
Facility Name *
Pluris Hampstead WWTP
Please provide comments/notes on your current submittal below.
This application is to increase the capacity of the facility from 0.250 MGD to 0.50 MGD. It
includes the addition of a new equalization basin and a new aerobic digester. The original
plant footprint was built for 0.50 MGD. The HRI basins were deemed able to support the
increase in effluent flow due to the recent pilot study that is referenced in the attached
permit. The fee will be sent separately. Please contact Michael C. Gallant, PE with any
questions or concerns. [e-mail] 910-448-1046. I appreciate your time in this
matter.
At this time, paper copies are no longer required. If you have any questions about what is required, please contact Nathaniel Thornburg
at [e-mail].
Please attach all information required or requested for this submittal to be reviewed here.*
(Application Form Engineering Rans, Specifications, Calculations, Etc.)
Pluris Hampstead WWTF Major Modification Package
30.99M6
WO0037287.pdf
upload only 1 RFdocument (less than 250 W). Miltiple documents must be combined into one R7Ffile unless file is larger than
upload limit.
* V By checking this box, I acknowledge that I understand the application will not be
accepted for pre -review until the fee (if required) has been received by the Non -
Discharge Branch. Application fees must be submitted by check or money order
and made payable to the North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality
(NCDEQ). I also confirm that the uploaded document is a single PDF with all parts
of the application in correct order (as specified by the application).
Mail payment to:
NCDEQ — Division of Water Resources
Attn: Non -Discharge Branch
1617 Mail Service Center

Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Signature
Submission Date 3/17/2021

G9+".
Michael C. Gallant PE, PA
Engineering / Consulting / Design
NC Firm C-1989, AL Firm CA - 4338 — E
NC Reg. No. - 25572, AL Reg. No. - 32178
Nathaniel Thornburg March 15, 2021
NCDEQ-Non-Discharge Permitting Unit
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, NC 27699-1617
Re: Major Modification - Pluris Hampstead WWTF
Non -Discharge Permit WQ0037287
Nathaniel,
Please find attached the following items:
• The application fee of $395.00 (Mailed Separately)
• The executed application
• The Basis for Design
• The Project Specifications with Appendix
• The Project Plans
• The Property Deed
• Secretary of State Information
• The Power Reliability Plan
• The Residuals Management Plan
• Documentation from the NCUC
• The Most Recent Permit
This modification is for the expansion of treatment and disposal capacity from 250,000 gpd to 500,000
gpd. As you may recall the most recent permit allows for this disposal capacity per the pilot study that
was performed and reviewed by staff approximately a year ago.
Please review this information and call or email me with any questions or concerns regarding this
matter.
Sincerely,
Michael C. Gallant, PE
gallantmcOyahoo.com
tel 910.448,1046
P.O. Box 4039
Surf City, NC 28445

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
DWR Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0700 — HIGH -RATE INFILTRATION SYSTEMS
Division of Water Resources INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION
Plans, specifications and supporting documents shall be prepared in accordance with 15A NCAC 02H .0400 (if necessary), 15A
NCAC 02L .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0100, 15A NCAC 02T .0700, Division Policies and good engineering practices. Failure to
submit all required items will necessitate additional processing and review time.
For more information, visit the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit website
General — When submitting an application to the Water Quality Permitting Section's Non -Discharge Permitting Unit, please use the
following instructions as a checklist in order to ensure all required items are submitted. Adherence to these instructions and checking
the provided boxes will help produce a quicker review time and reduce the amount of requested additional information.
Unless otherwise noted, the Applicant shall submit one original and two copies of the application and supporting documentation.
A. Cover Letter (All Application Packages):
® List all items included in the application package, as well as a brief description of the requested permitting action.
B. Application Fee (All New and Major Modification Application Packages):
® Submit a check, money order or electronic funds transfer made payable to: North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (NCDEQ). The appropriate fee amount for new and major modification applications may be found at: Standard Review
Project Fees.
C. High -Rate Infiltration Systems (FORM: HRIS 06-16) Application (All Application Packages):
® Submit the completed and appropriately executed High -Rate Infiltration Systems (FORM: HRIS 06-16) application. Any
unauthorized content changes to this form shall result in the application package being returned. If necessary for clarity or due
to space restrictions, attachments to the application may be made, as long as the attachments are numbered to correspond to the
section and item to which they refer.
® If the Applicant Type in Item I.2. is a corporation or company, provide documentation it is registered for business with the
North Carolina Secretary of State.
❑ If the Applicant Type in Item I.2. is a partnership or d/b/a, enclose a copy of the certificate filed with the Register of Deeds in
the county of business.
® The facility name in Item II.1. shall be consistent with the facility name on the plans, specifications, agreements, etc.
® The Professional Engineer's Certification on Page 13 of the application shall be signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer.
® The Applicant's Certification on Page 13 of the application shall be signed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b). Per
15A NCAC 02T .0106(c), an alternate person may be designated as the signing official if a delegation letter is provided from
a person who meets the criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b).
❑ If this project is for a renewal without modification, use the Non -Discharge System Renewal (FORM: NDSR) application.
D. Property Ownership Documentation (All Application Packages):
➢ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(f), the Applicant shall demonstrate they are the owner of all property containing the wastewater
treatment and high -rate infiltration facilities:
® Legal documentation of ownership (i.e., GIS, deed or article of incorporation), or
❑ Written notarized intent to purchase agreement signed by both parties with a plat or survey map, or
❑ Written notarized lease agreement that specifically indicates the intended use of the property and has been signed by both
parties, as well as a plat or survey map. Lease agreements shall adhere to the requirements of 15A NCAC 02L .0107.
❑ Provide all agreements, easements, setback waivers, etc. that have a direct impact on the wastewater treatment, conveyance,
storage and high -rate infiltration facilities.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 1 of 6

E. Soil Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new high -rate infiltration sites):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(b) and the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy, submit a detailed soil evaluation that has been signed,
sealed and dated by a North Carolina Licensed Soil Scientist and includes at a minimum:
❑ The report shall identify all the basins/fields with project name, location, and include a statement that the basins/fields
were recommended for the proposed land application activity.
❑ Field delineated detailed soils map meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Soil profile descriptions meeting all of the requirements of the Soil Scientist Evaluation Policy.
❑ Provide all soil boring logs performed at the site.
❑ For non -basins, a standard soil fertility analysis conducted no more than one year prior to permit application for each map
unit in the soil map legend for the following parameters:
❑ Acidity ❑ Exchangeable sodium percentage (by calculation) ❑ Phosphorus
❑ Base saturation (by calculation) ❑ Magnesium ❑ Potassium
❑ Calcium ❑ Manganese ❑ Sodium
❑ Cation exchange capacity ❑ Percent humic matter ❑ Zinc
❑ Copper ❑ pH
➢ Saturated hydraulic conductivity (KsAT) data that shall include at a minimum:
❑ A minimum of three KsAT tests shall be conducted in the most restrictive horizon for each soil series in the soil map.
❑ All KsAT tests shall be conducted in areas representative of the site.
❑ All KsAT tests shall be run until steady-state equilibrium has been achieved.
❑ All collected KsAT data shall be submitted, including copies of field worksheets showing all collected readings.
❑ Submit a soil profile description for each KsAT data point that shall extend at least one foot below the tested horizon.
➢ Soil evaluation recommendations shall include at a minimum:
❑ A brief summary of each map unit and its composition and identification of minor contrasting soils.
❑ For non -basins, maximum precipitation rate (in/hr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed infiltration areas.
❑ Seasonal infiltration restrictions, if appropriate.
❑ Identification of areas not suitable for high -rate infiltration.
❑ Recommended geometric mean KsAT rate to be used in the water balance for each soil/map unit based upon in -situ
measurement of the saturated hydraulic conductivity from the most restrictive horizon.
❑ Recommended drainage coefficient to be used in the water balance based upon comprehensive site evaluation, review
of collected onsite data, minor amounts of contrasting soils and the nature of the wastewater to be applied.
❑ For non -basins, recommended annual hydraulic loading rate (in/yr) for each soil/map unit within the proposed
infiltration areas based upon in -situ KsAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon.
❑ For basins, recommended hydraulic loading rate (GPD/ftZ) for each soil/map unit within the proposed infiltration areas
based upon in -situ KsAT measurements form the most restrictive soil horizon.
NOTE — If the soil evaluation was performed more than one year prior to the submittal of this application package, a statement shall
be included indicating that the site has not changed since the original investigation.
F. Agronomist Evaluation (All Application Packages that include new infiltration sites with cover crops or new crops for existing
infiltration sites):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(i), submit an agronomist evaluation that has been signed, sealed and dated by a qualified professional
and includes at a minimum:
❑ Proposed nutrient uptake values for each cover crop based upon each field's dominant soil series and percent slope.
❑ Plant available nitrogen calculations for each cover crop using the designed effluent concentrations in Application Item
V.1. and proposed mineralization and volatilization rates.
❑ Historical site consideration, soil binding and plant uptake of phosphorus.
❑ Seasonal infiltration restrictions, if appropriate.
❑ A clear and reproducible map showing all areas investigated and their relation to proposed fields and crops.
❑ Maintenance and management plan for all specified crops.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 2 of 6

G. Hydrogeologic Report (All Application Packages treating industrial waste or having a design flow over 25,000 GPD):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(e), the Hydrogeologic Investigation and Reporting Policy, the Groundwater Modeling Policy and
the Performance and Analysis of Aquifer Slug Tests and Pumping Tests Policy, submit a detailed hydrogeologic description
that has been signed, sealed and dated by a qualified professional and includes at a minimum:
❑ A hydrogeologic description to a depth of 20 feet below land surface or bedrock, whichever is less. A greater depth of
investigation is required if the respective depth is used in predictive calculations.
❑ Representative borings within the infiltration areas and all proposed earthen impoundments.
❑ A description of the regional and local geology and hydrogeology.
❑ A description, based on field observations of the site, of the site topographic setting, streams, springs and other groundwater
discharge features, drainage features, existing and abandoned wells, rock outcrops, and other features that may affect the
movement of the contaminant plume and treated wastewater.
❑ Changes in lithology underlying the site.
❑ Depth to bedrock and occurrence of any rock outcrops.
❑ The hydraulic conductivity and transmissivity of the affected aquifer(s).
❑ Depth to the seasonal high water table (SHWT).
❑ A discussion of the relationship between the affected aquifers of the site to local and regional geologic and hydrogeologic
features.
❑ A discussion of the groundwater flow regime of the site prior to operation of the proposed facility and post operation of
the proposed facility focusing on the relationship of the system to groundwater receptors, groundwater discharge features,
and groundwater flow media.
❑ If the SHWT is within six feet of the surface, a mounding analysis to predict the level of the SHWT after wastewater
application.
H. Water Balance (All Application Packages that include new or modified infiltration sites, changes in flow or changes in storage):
❑ Per the Water Balance Calculation Policy, submit information clearly demonstrating that the effluent can be assimilated
regardless of precipitation events or temperature, and there are no crop or equipment maintenance issues that would necessitate
storage.
OR
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(k) and the Water Balance Calculation Policy, submit a water balance that has been signed, sealed
and dated by a qualified professional and includes at a minimum:
❑ At least a two-year iteration of data computation that considers precipitation into and evaporation from all open atmosphere
storage impoundments, and uses a variable number of days per month.
❑ Precipitation based on the 801 percentile and a minimum of 30 years of observed data.
❑ Potential Evapotranspiration (PET) using the Thornthwaite method, or another approved methodology, using a minimum
of 30 years of observed temperature data.
❑ Soil drainage based on the geometric mean of the in -situ KsAT tests in the most restrictive horizon and a drainage coefficient
ranging from 4 to 10% (unless otherwise technically documented).
➢ Other factors that may restrict the hydraulic loading rate when determining a water balance include:
❑ Depth to the SHWT and groundwater lateral movement that may result in groundwater mounding.
❑ Nutrient limitations and seasonal application times to ensure high -rate infiltration does not exceed agronomic rates.
❑ Crop management activities resulting in cessation of infiltration for crop removal.
NOTE — High -Rate Infiltration Systems serving residential facilities shall have a minimum of 14 days of wet weather storage.
I. Engineering Plans (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(c)(1), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch plan sets that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer, and shall include at a minimum:
® Table of contents with each sheet numbered.
® A general location map with at least two geographic references and a vicinity map.
® A process and instrumentation diagram showing all flow, recycle/return, aeration, chemical, electrical and wasting paths.
® Plan and profile views of all treatment and storage units, including their piping, valves, and equipment (i.e., pumps,
blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.), as well as their dimensions and elevations.
® Details of all piping, valves, pumps, blowers, mixers, diffusers, recording devices, fencing, auxiliary power, etc.
® A hydraulic profile from the treatment plant headworks to the highest infiltration point.
® The high -rate infiltration area with an overlay of the suitable infiltration areas depicted in the Soil Evaluation.
❑ For non -basins, each nozzle/emitter and its wetted area influence and each infiltration zone labeled as it will be operated.
❑ For non -basins, locations within the infiltration system of air releases, drains, control valves, highest infiltration
nozzle/emitter, etc.
❑ For non -basin automated infiltration systems, provide the location and details of the precipitation/soil moisture sensor.
® Plans shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY, NOT
FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the plans may be
labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 3 of 6

Specifications (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(c)(2), submit specifications that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina licensed
Professional En ie neer, and shall include at a minimum:
® Table of contents with each section/page numbered.
® Detailed specifications for each treatment/storage/infiltration unit, as well as all piping, valves, equipment (i.e., pumps,
blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.), nozzles/emitters, precipitation/soil moisture sensor (if applicable),
audible/visual high water alarms, liner material, etc.
® Site Work (i.e., earthwork, clearing, grubbing, excavation, trenching, backfilling, compacting, fencing, seeding, etc.)
® Materials (i.e., concrete, masonry, steel, painting, method of construction, etc.)
® Electrical (i.e., control panels, transfer switches, automatically activated standby power source, etc.)
® Means for ensuring quality and integrity of the finished product, including leakage, pressure and liner testing.
® Specifications shall represent a completed design and not be labeled with preliminary phrases (e.g., FOR REVIEW ONLY,
NOT FOR CONSTRUCTION, etc.) that indicate they are anything other than final specifications. However, the
specifications may be labeled with the phrase: FINAL DESIGN - NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION.
K. Engineering Calculations (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(c)(3), submit engineering calculations that have been signed, sealed and dated by a North Carolina
licensed Professional Engineer, and shall include at a minimum:
® Hydraulic and pollutant loading calculations for each treatment unit demonstrating how the designed effluent
concentrations in Application Item V.I. were determined.
® Sizing criteria for each treatment unit and associated equipment (i.e., blowers, mixers, flow meters, pumps, etc.).
® Total and effective storage calculations for each storage unit.
® Friction/total dynamic head calculations and system curve analysis for each pump used.
® Manufacturer's information for all treatment units, pumps, blowers, mixers, diffusers, flow meters, etc.
❑ Flotation calculations for all treatment and storage units constructed partially or entirely below grade.
❑ For non -basins, a demonstration that the designed maximum precipitation and annual loading rates do not exceed the
recommended rates.
❑ For basins, a demonstration that the designed loading rate (GPD/ft2) does not exceed the recommended rate.
❑ A demonstration that the specified auxiliary power source is capable of powering all essential treatment units.
L. Site Map (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(d), submit standard size and 11 x 17-inch site maps that have been signed, sealed and dated by a
North Carolina licensed Professional Engineer and/or Professional Land Surveyor, and shall include at a minimum:
® A scaled map of the site with topographic contour intervals not exceeding 10 feet or 25 percent of total site relief and
showing all facility -related structures and fences within the wastewater treatment, storage and infiltration areas.
® Soil mapping units shown on all infiltration sites.
® The location of all wells (including usage and construction details if available), streams (ephemeral, intermittent, and
perennial), springs, lakes, ponds, and other surface drainage features within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage
and infiltration sites.
® Delineation of the compliance and review boundaries per 15A NCAC 02L .0107 and .0108.
® Setbacks as required by 15A NCAC 02T .0706.
® Site property boundaries within 500 feet of all wastewater treatment, storage and infiltration sites.
❑ All habitable residences or places of public assembly within 500 feet of all treatment, storage and infiltration sites.
NOTE — For clarity, multiple site maps of the facility with cut sheet annotations may be submitted.
M. Power Reliability Plan (All Application Packages):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0705(k), submit documentation of power reliability that shall consist of at a minimum:
® An automatically activated standby power supply onsite that is capable of powering all essential treatment units under
design conditions, OR
➢ Approval from the Director that the facility:
❑ Serves a private water distribution system that has automatic shut-off during power failures and has no elevated water
storage tanks,
❑ Has sufficient storage capacity that no potential for overflow exists, and
❑ Can tolerate septic wastewater due to prolonged detention.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 4 of 6

N. Operation and Maintenance Plan (All Application Packages):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0707, submit an operation and maintenance (O&M) plan encompassing all wastewater treatment, storage
and infiltration systems that shall include at a minimum a description of:
❑ Operation of the wastewater treatment, storage and infiltration systems in sufficient detail to show what operations are
necessary for the system to function and by whom the functions are to be conducted.
❑ Anticipated maintenance of the wastewater treatment, storage and infiltration systems.
❑ Safety measures, including restriction of access to the site and equipment.
❑ Spill prevention provisions such as response to upsets and bypasses, including how to control, contain and rcmcdiate.
❑ Contact information for plant personnel, emergency responders and regulatory agencies.
NOTE — A final O&M Plan shall be submitted with the partial and/or final Engineering Certification required under 15A NCAC
02T .0116, however, a preliminary O&M Plan shall be submitted with each application package.
O. Residuals Management Plan (All Application Packages with new, expanding or replacement wastewater treatment systems):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(i) and .0708, submit a Residuals Management Plan that shall include at a minimum:
® A detailed explanation of how generated residuals (including trash, sediment and grit) will be collected, handled, processed,
stored, treated, and disposed.
® An evaluation of the treatment facility's residuals storage requirements based upon the maximum anticipated residuals
production rate and ability to remove residuals.
❑ A permit for residuals utilization or a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee of a Department approved
residuals disposal/utilization program that has adequate permitted capacity to accept the residuals or has submitted a
residuals/utilization program application.
❑ If oil/grease removal and collection are a designed unit process, submit an oil/grease disposal plan detailing how the
oil/grease will be collected, handled, processed, stored and disposed.
NOTE — Per 15A NCAC 02T .0705(n), a minimum of 30 days of residual storage shall be provided.
NOTE — Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(i), a written commitment to the Applicant from a Permittee of a Department approved residuals
disposal/utilization program is not required at the time of this application, however, it shall be provided prior to operation of any
permitted facilities herein.
NOTE — If an on -site restaurant or other business with food preparation is contributing wastewater to this system, an oil/grease
disposal plan shall be submitted.
P. Additional Documentation:
➢ Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity (All Application Packages for Privately -Owned Public Utilities):
® Per 15A NCAC 02T .0I 15(a)(1) and .0704 , provide the Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity from the North
Carolina Utilities Commission demonstrating the Applicant is authorized to hold the utility franchise for the area to be
served by the wastewater treatment and high -rate infiltration system, or
❑ Provide a letter from the North Carolina Utilities Commission's Water and Sewer Division Public Staff stating an
application for a franchise has been received and that the service area is contiguous to an existing franchised area or that
franchise approval is expected.
➢ Existing Permit (All Modification Packages):
® Submit the most recently issued existing permit.
❑ Provide a list of any items within the permit the Applicant would like the Division to address during the permit modification
(i.e., compliance schedules, permit description, monitoring, permit conditions, etc.).
➢ Final Environmental Document (All Application Packages using public monies or lands subject to the North Carolina
Environmental Policy Act under 15A NCAC 01 C .0100 to .0400):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(4), submit one copy of the environmental assessment and three copies of the final
environmental document (i.e., Finding of No Significant Impact or Record of Decision).
❑ Include information on any mitigating factors from the Environmental Assessment that impact the design and/or
construction of the wastewater treatment and high -rate infiltration system.
➢ Floodway Regulation Compliance (All Application Packages where any portion of the wastewater treatment, storage and
infiltration system is located within the 100-year floodplain):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(8), provide written documentation from all local governing entities that the facility is in
compliance with all local ordinances regarding construction or operation of wastewater treatment and/or disposal facilities
within the floodplain.
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 5 of 6

P. Additional Documentation (continued):
➢ Operational Agreements (All Application Packages for Home/Property Owners' Associations and Developers of lots to be
sold):
➢ Home/Property Owners' Associations
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0115(c), submit the properly executed Operational Agreement (FORM: HOA).
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0115(c), submit the proposed or approved Articles of Incorporation, Declarations and By-laws.
➢ Developers of lots to be sold
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0115(b), submit the properly executed Operational Agreement (FORM: DEV).
➢ Threatened or Endangered Aquatic Species Documentation (All Application Packages):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(10), submit documentation from the Department's Natural Heritage Program demonstrating
the presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species within the boundary of the wastewater treatment,
storage and infiltration facilities.
❑ If the facility directly impacts such species, this documentation shall provide information on the need for permit conditions
pursuant to 15A NCAC 02B .0110.
➢ Wastewater Chemical Analysis (All Application Packages treating Industrial Waste):
❑ Per 15A NCAC 02T .0704(h), provide a complete Division certified laboratory chemical analysis of the effluent to be
infiltrated for the following parameters (For new facilities, an analysis from a similar facility's effluent is acceptable):
❑ Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N) ❑ Nitrate Nitrogen (NO3-N) ❑ Total Organic Carbon
❑ Calcium ❑ pH ❑ Total Phosphorus
❑ Chemical Oxygen Demand (COD) ❑ Phenol ❑ Total Trihalomethanes
❑ Chloride ❑ Sodium ❑ Total Volatile Organic Compounds
❑ Fecal Coliform ❑ Sodium Adsorption Ratio (SAR) ❑ Toxicity Test Parameters
❑ 5-day Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5) ❑ Total Dissolved Solids
❑ Magnesium ❑ Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen (TKN)
THE COMPLETED APPLICATION AND SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION SHALL BE SUBMITTED TO:
NORTH CAROLINA DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
DIVISION OF WATER RESOURCES
WATER QUALITY PERMITTING SECTION
NON -DISCHARGE PERMITTING UNIT
By U.S. Postal Service:
1617 MAIL SERVICE CENTER
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27699-1617
TELEPHONE NUMBER: [phone]
By Courier/Special Deliverv:
512 N. SALISBURY ST.
RALEIGH, NORTH CAROLINA 27604
FAX NUMBER: [phone]
INSTRUCTIONS FOR FORM: HRIS 06-16 & SUPPORTING DOCUMENTATION Page 6 of 6

State of North Carolina
Department of Environmental Quality
DWR Division of Water Resources
15A NCAC 02T .0700 — HIGH -RATE INFILTRATION SYSTEMS
Division of Water Resources FORM: HRIS 06-16
I. APPLICANT INFORMATION:
1. Applicant's name: Pluris Hampstead, LLC
2. Applicant type: ❑ Individual ❑ Corporation ❑ General Partnership ® Privately -Owned Public Utility
❑ Federal ❑ State ❑ Municipal ❑ County
3. Signature authority's name: Maurice W. Gallarda, PE per 15A NCAC 02T .0106(b) Title: Managing Member
4. Applicant's mailing address: 5950 Berkshire Lane, Suite 800
City: Dallas State: TX Zip: 75225-
5. Applicant's contact information:
Phone number: [phone] Email Address: mgallarda(a)Xlurisusa.com
II. FACILITY INFORMATION:
1. Facility name: Pluris Hampstaed WWTF
2. Facility status: Existing
3. Facility type: Major (> 10,000 GPD or > 300 disposal acres)
4. Facility's physical address: 9795 Sidbury Rd
City: Hampstead State: NC Zip: 28443- County: Pender
5. Wastewater Treatment Facility Coordinates (Decimal Degrees): Latitude: 34.24224' Longitude:-77.77111 °
Datum: Unknown Level of accuracy: Nearest 1 Oth of a second Method of measurement: Navigation quality GPS
6. USGS Map Name:
111. CONSULTANT INFORMATION:
1. Professional Engineer: Michael C. Gallant, PE
PA
Mailing address: PO Box 4039
License Number: 25572 Firm: Michael C. Gallant, PE,
City: Surf Ci State: NC Zip: 28445-
Phone number: [phone] Email Address: gallantmc(a)e yahoo.com
2. Soil Scientist: License Number: Firm:
Mailing address:
City: State:
Zip: -
Phone number: (_) _-
Email Address: _
3. Geologist:
License Number:
Mailing address:
City: State:
Zip: -
Phone number: (_) _-
Email Address: _
4. Agronomist:
Firm:
Mailing address:
City: State:
Zip: -
Phone number: () -
Email Address: _
Firm:
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 1 of 13

IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02T .0100:
1. Application type: ❑ New ® Major Modification ❑ Minor Modification
If a modification, provide the existing permit number: WQ0037287 and most recent issuance date: January 23, 2020
2. Application fee: $395 - Standard - Major Facility - Major Mod
3. Does this project utilize public monies or lands? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, was an Environmental Assessment required under 15A NCAC 01 C? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, which final environmental document is submitted? ❑ Finding of No Significant Impact or ❑ Record of Decision
Briefly describe any mitigating factors from the Environmental Assessment that may impact this facility:
4. What is the status of the following permits/certifications applicable to the subject facility?
Permit/Certification
Date
Submitted
Date
Approved
Permit/Certification
Number
Agency Reviewer
Collection System(Q > 200,000 GPD)
Dam Safety
Erosion & Sedimentation Control Plan
Nationwide 12 / Section 404
Pretreatment
Sewer System
Stormwater Management Plan
Wetlands 401
Other:
5. What is the wastewater type? ® Domestic or Industrial (See 15A NCAC 02T .0103(20))
Is there a Pretreatment Program in effect? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
Has a wastewater chemical analysis been submitted? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
6. Wastewater flow: 500,000 GPD
Limited by: ® Treatment, ❑ Storage, ❑ Field/Basin Hydraulics, ❑ Field Agronomics or ❑ Groundwater Mounding
7. Explain how the wastewater flow was determined: ® 15A NCAC 02T .0114 or ❑ Representative Data
Has a flow reduction been approved under 15A NCAC 02T .0114(f)? ❑ Yes or ® No
Establishment Type
Daily Design Flow a
No. of Units
Flow
3 Bedroom Single Family Equivalents
360 gal/day
1388
500,000 GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
gal/
GPD
Total
GPD
a See 15A NCAC 02T .0114(b), (d), (e)(1) and (e)(2) for caveats to wastewater design flow rates (i.e., minimum flow per
dwelling; proposed unknown non-residential development uses; public access facilities located near high public use areas;
and residential property located south or east of the Atlantic Intracoastal Waterway to be used as vacation rentals as defined
in G.S. 42A-4).
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 2 of 13

IV. GENERAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02T .0100 (continued):
8. What is the nearest 100-year flood elevation to the facility? 27 feet mean sea level. Source: Firm Panel 3262
Are any treatment, storage or infiltration facilities located within the 100-year flood plain? ❑ Yes or ® No
Iy If yes, which facilities are affected and what measures are being taken to protect them against flooding?
If yes, has the Applicant submitted written documentation of compliance with § 143 Article 21 Part 6? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
9. Has the Applicant provided documentation of the presence or absence of threatened or endangered aquatic species utilizing
information provided by the Department's Natural Heritage Program? ® Yes or ❑ No
10. Does the facility have a proposed or existing groundwater monitoring well network? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, provide an explanation as to why a groundwater monitoring well network is not proposed:
If yes, complete the following table (NOTE — This table may be expanded for additional wells):
Well Name
Status
Latitude a
Longitude a
Gradient
Location
MW 1
Select
34.3425900
-77.77160
Up Gradient
On Review Boundary
MW2
Select
34.3433960
-77.771480
Down Gradient
On Review Boundary
MW#
Select
34.3433680
-77.771050
Down Gradient
On Review Boundary
Select
-
Select
Select
Select
o-
Select
Select
Select
0-
Select
Select
Select
0-
Select
Select
Select
0-
Select
Select
Select
0-
Select
Select
Select
0-
Select
Select
a Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: NAD83 Level of accuracy: Nearest 10th of a second Method of measurement:
Navigation quality
11. If the Applicant is a Privately -Owned Public Utility, has a Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity been submitted?
® Yes, ❑No or ❑N/A
12. If the Applicant is a Developer of lots to be sold, has a Developer's Operational Agreement (FORM: DEV) been submitted?
❑ Yes, ❑No or ❑N/A
13. If the Applicant is a Home/Property Owners' Association, has an Association Operational Agreement (FORM: HOA) been
submitted? ❑ Yes, ❑No or ❑N/A
14. Demonstration of historical consideration for permit approval — 15A NCAC 02T .0120:
Has the Applicant or any parent, subsidiary or other affiliate exhibited the following?
a. Has been convicted of environmental crimes under Federal law or G.S. 143-215.6B? ❑ Yes or ® No
b. Has previously abandoned a wastewater treatment facility without properly closing that facility? ❑ Yes or ® No
c. Has unpaid civil penalty where all appeals have been abandoned or exhausted? ❑ Yes or ® No
d. Is non -compliant with an existing non -discharge permit, settlement agreement or order? ❑ Yes or ® No
e. Has unpaid annual fees in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e)(2)? ❑ Yes or ® No
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 3 of 13

V. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA —15A NCAC 02T .0705:
1. For the following parameters, provide the estimated influent concentrations and designed effluent concentrations as
determined in the Engineering Calculations, and utilized in the Agronomic Evaluation and Groundwater Modeling (if
applicable):
Parameter
Estimated Influent Concentration
Designed Effluent Concentration
(monthly average)
Ammonia Nitrogen (NH3-N)
29 mg/L
0.16 mg/L
Biochemical Oxygen Demand (BOD5)
250 mg/L
5 mg/L
Fecal Coliforms
2 per 100 mL
Nitrate Nitrogen (NO3-N)
1 mg/L
1.88 mg/L
Nitrite Nitrogen (NO2-N)
1 mg/L
.06 mg/L
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
1.99 mg/L
Total Nitrogen
40 mg/L
4 mg/L
Total Phosphorus
6 mg/L
2 mg/L
Total Suspended Solids (TSS)
250 mg/L
5 mg/L
2. Is flow equalization of at least 25% of the average daily flow provided? ® Yes or ❑ No
3. Does the treatment facility include any bypass or overflow lines? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, describe what treatment units are bypassed, why this is necessary, and where the bypass discharges:
4. Are multiple pumps provided wherever pumps are used? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02T .0705(i)?
5. Check the appropriate box describing how power reliability will be provided in accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0705(k):
® Automatically activated standby power supply onsite capable of powering all essential treatment units; or
❑ Approval from the Director that the facility:
➢ Has a private water supply that automatically shuts off during power failures and does not contain elevated water
storage tanks;
➢ Has sufficient storage capacity that no potential for overflow exists; and
➢ Can tolerate septic wastewater due to prolonged detention.
6. If the wastewater treatment system is located within the 100-year flood plain, are there water -tight seals on all treatment units
or a minimum of two feet protection from the 100-year flood plain elevation? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ® N/A
7. In accordance with 15A NCAC 02T .0705(n), how many days of residuals storage are provided? 30
8. How does the Applicant propose to prohibit public access to the wastewater treatment and storage facilities? Security
Fencing and locked gate
9. If an influent pump station is part of the proposed facility (i.e., within the wastewater treatment plant boundary), does the
influent pump station meet the design criteria in 15A NCAC 02T .0305(h)? ❑ Yes, ❑ No, ® N/A — To be permitted
separately, or ❑ N/A — Gravity fed
10. If septic tanks are part of the wastewater treatment facility, do the septic tanks adhere to the standards in 15A NCAC 18A
.1900? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ® N/A
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 4 of 13

V. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA —15A NCAC 02T .0705 (continued):
11. Provide the requested treatment unit and mechanical equipment information:
a. PRELIMINARY / PRIMARY TREATMENT (i.e., physical removal operations and flow equalization):
Treatment Unit
No. of
Manufacturer or
Dimensions (ft) /
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Units
Material
Spacings (in)
(gallons)
Reference
I Reference
Manual Bar Screen
1
Stainless Steel
2"
C1.7,8
NA
Flow Equalization
1
Tarsco/Glass Lined
64.37' dia
240,000
C1.4
pg 24
Steel
Select
Select
Select
b. SECONDARY / TERTIARY TREATMENT (i.e., biological and chemical processes to remove organics and nutrients)
Treatment Unit
No. of
Units
Manufacturer or
Material(gallons)
Dimensions (ft)
Volume
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Membrane Bioreactor (MBR)
4
Kubota
15 x 12 x 15
20,198
C 1.5
pg 23
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
c. DISINFECTION
No. of
Manufacturer or
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Treatment Unit
Dimensions (ft)
Units
Material
(gallons)
Reference
Reference
Select
Select
➢ If chlorination is the proposed method of disinfection, specify detention time provided: minutes (NOTE — 30
minutes minimum required), and indicate what treatment unit chlorine contact occurs:
➢ If ultraviolet (UV) light is the proposed method of disinfection, specify the number of banks: , number of lamps
per bank: and maximum disinfection capacity: GPM.
d. RESIDUAL TREATMENT
No. of
Manufacturer or
Volume
Plan Sheet
Specification
Treatment Unit
Dimensions (ft)
Units
Material
(gallons)
Reference
Reference
Tarsco/Glass Lined
Aerobic Digester
1
50.38' dia
129,130
CIA
pg 24
Steel
Select
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 5 of 13

V. WASTEWATER TREATMENT FACILITY DESIGN CRITERIA —15A NCAC 02T .0705 (continued):
e. PUMPS
Location
No. of
Pumps
Purpose
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
GPM
I TDH
EQ Basin
2
Influent/ Screens
Flygt
450
20'
CIA
pg 18
MBR Zones
3
Wasting/Rescreening
Flygt
25
15'
C1.5
pg 18
f. BLOWERS
Location
No. of
No.
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Capacity
(CFM)
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Blower Shelter
1
Equalization Basin
Aerzen/Pos. Displ.
488
CIA
pg 18
Blower Shelter
1
Digester
Aerzen/Pos. Displ.
785
C1.4
pg 18
Blower Shelter
1
Common Stand -By
Aerzen/Pos. Displ.
785
C 1.4
pg 18
g. MIXERS
Location
No. of
Mixers
Units Served
Manufacturer /
Type
Power
h
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
h. RECORDING DEVICES & RELIABILITY
Device
No. of
Units
Location
Manufacturer
Maximum
Capacity
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Select
Select
Select
Select
i. EFFLUENT PUMP / DOSING TANK (IF APPLICABLE):
Plan Sheet
Reference
Specification
Reference
Internal dimensions (L x W x H or (p x H)
ft
ft
ft
Total volume
ft3
gallons
Dosing volume
ft3
gallons
Audible & visual alarms
Equipment to prevent infiltration during rain
events (if applicable)
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 6 of 13

VI. EARTHEN STORAGE IMPOUNDMENT DESIGN CRITERIA —15A NCAC 02T .0705:
IF MORE THAN ONE IMPOUNDMENT, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS PAGE AS NECESSARY.
1. What is the earthen impoundment type? Select
2. Storage Impoundment Coordinates (Decimal Degrees): Latitude: 0Longitude: - °
Datum: Select Level of accuracy: Select Method of measurement: Select
3. Do any impoundments include a discharge point (pipe, spillway, etc)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
4. Are subsurface drains present beneath or around the impoundment to control groundwater elevation? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
5. Is the impoundment designed to receive surface runoff? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, what is the drainage area? ftZ, and was this runoff incorporated into the water balance? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
6. If a liner is present, how will it be protected from wind driven wave action?:
7. Will the earthen impoundment water be placed directly into or in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that such placement will not result in a
contravention of GA groundwater standards? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
8. What is the depth to bedrock from the earthen impoundment bottom elevation? ft
If the depth to bedrock is less than four feet, has the Applicant provided a liner with a hydraulic conductivity no greater than
1 x 10-7 cm/s? ❑ Yes, or ❑ N/A
Has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that surface
water or groundwater standards will not be contravened? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If the earthen impoundment is excavated into bedrock, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling
demonstrating that surface water or groundwater standards will not be contravened? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ❑ N/A
9. If the earthen impoundment is lined and the mean seasonal high water table is higher than the impoundment bottom
elevation, how will the liner be protected (e.g., bubbling, groundwater infiltration, etc.)?
10. If applicable, provide the specification page references for the liner installation and testing requirements:
11. If the earthen impoundment is located within the 100-year flood plain, has a minimum of two feet of protection (i.e., top of
embankment elevation to 100-year flood plain elevation) been provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
12. Provide the requested earthen impoundment design elements and dimensions:
Earthen Impoundment Design Elements
Earthen Impoundment Dimensions
Liner type:
❑ Clay
❑ Synthetic
Top of embankment elevation:
ft
❑ Other
10 Unlined
Liner hydraulic conductivity:
x cm/s
Freeboard elevation:
ft
Hazard class:
Select
Toe of slope elevation:
ft
Designed freeboard:
ft
Impoundment bottom elevation:
ft
Total volume:
ft3
gallons
Mean seasonal high water table depth:
ft
Effective volume:
ft3
gallons
Embankment slope:
Effective storage time:
days
Top of dam water surface area:
ft,
Plan Sheet Reference:
Freeboard elevation water surface area:
ft,
Specification Section:
Bottom of impoundment surface area:
ftZ
NOTE — The effective volume shall be the volume between the two foot freeboard elevation and the: (1) pump intake pipe
elevation; (2) impoundment bottom elevation or (3) mean seasonal high water table, whichever is closest to the two foot
freeboard elevation.
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 7 of 13

VII. INFILTRATION SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA —15A NCAC 02T .0705:
1. Provide the minimum depth to the seasonal high water table within the infiltration area:
NOTE — The vertical separation between the seasonal high water table and the ground surface shall be at least one foot.
2. Are there any artificial drainage or water movement structures (e.g., surface water or groundwater) within 200 feet of the
infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If yes, were these structures addressed in the Soil Evaluation and/or Hydrogeologic Report, and are these structures to be
maintained or modified?
3. Soil Evaluation recommended loading rates (NOTE — This table may be expanded for additional soil series):
Soil Series
Basins/Fields
within Soil
Series
Recommended
Loading Rate
in/hr
Recommended
Loading Rate
in/ r
Recommended
Loading Rate
GPD/ft2
Annual /
Seasonal
Loading
If Seasonal, list
appropriate
months
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
Select
4. Are the designed loading rates less than or equal to Soil Evaluation recommended loading rates? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, how does the Applicant intend on complying with 15A NCAC 02T .0705(m)? _
5. How does the Applicant propose to prohibit public access to the infiltration facilities?
6. Has the infiltration system been equipped with a flow meter to accurately determine the volume of effluent applied to each
basin/field as listed in VII.8.? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
If no, how does the Applicant intend on determining the amount of effluent applied to each basin/field?
7. For non -basins, provide the required cover crop information and demonstrate the effluent will be applied at or below
agronomic rates:
Cover Crop
Soil Series
% Slope
Nitrogen Uptake Rate
lbs/ac r
Phosphorus Uptake
Rate lbs/ac r
a. Specify where the nitrogen and phosphorus uptake rates for each cover crop were obtained:
b. Proposed nitrogen mineralization rate:
c. Proposed nitrogen volatilization rate:
d. Minimum infiltration area from the Agronomist Evaluation's nitrogen balance: ft2
e. Minimum infiltration area from the Agronomist Evaluation's phosphorus balance: ftZ
f. Minimum infiltration area from the water balance: ftZ
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 8 of 13

VII. INFILTRATION SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA —15A NCAC 02T .0705 (continued):
8. Basin/Field Information (NOTE — This table may be expanded for additional fields):
Basin/
Field
Area
(acres)
Dominant
Soil Series
Designed
Loading
Rate
in/hr)
Designed
Loading
Rate
(in/ r
Designed
Loading
Rate
(GPD/ft2)
Latitude'
Longitude e
Waterbody
Stream
Index No. n
Classification
1
.124
Murville
2.97
26507
44.5
34.342250
-77.771290
18-74-27
QSw
2
.124
Foreston
2.97
26507
44.5
34.342140
-77.771380
18-74-27
QSw
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
o
O
o
O
O
O
o
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
O
Total
a Provide the following latitude and longitude coordinate determination information:
Datum: UnknownLevel of accuracy: Nearest 1 Oth of a second Method of measurement: Unknown
b For assistance determining the waterbody stream index number and its associated classification, instructions may be
downloaded at: http:Hdeq.nc.gov/about/divisions/water-resources/planning/classification-standards/classifications
9. High -Rate Infiltration System design criteria:
a. Infiltration Fields:
Spray Infiltration Design Elements
Drip Infiltration Design Elements
Nozzle wetted diameter:
ft
Emitter wetted area:
ft2
Nozzle wetted area:
ft,
Distance between laterals:
ft
Nozzle capacity:
GPM
Distance between emitters:
ft
Nozzle manufacturer/model:
/
Emitter capacity:
GPH
Elevation of highest nozzle:
ft
Emitter manufacturer/model:
/
Specification Section:
Elevation of highest emitter:
ft
Specification Section:
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 9 of 13

VII. INFILTRATION SYSTEM DESIGN CRITERIA —15A NCAC 02T .0705 (continued):
b. Infiltration Basins:
IF MORE THAN TWO BASINS, PROVIDE ADDITIONAL COPIES OF THIS PAGE AS NECESSARY.
Infiltration Basin
Design Elements
Infiltration Basin Dimensions
Basin Name:
Basin 1
Top of embankment elevation:
45 ft
Hazard class:
Low
Freeboard elevation:
43 ft
Designed freeboard:
2 ft
Toe of slope elevation:
42 ft
Total volume:
15,885 ft3
Impoundment bottom elevation:
38 ft
Infiltrative surface area:
5,617 ft2
Mean seasonal high water table depth:
ft
Daily infiltrative capacity:
250,000 GPD
Embankment slope:
3 : 1
Plan Sheet Reference:
C.13
Top of dam water surface area:
13,800 ft2
Specification Section:
Ex. Basin
Freeboard elevation water surface area:
5,382 ft2
Bottom of impoundment surface area:
972 ft2
i. Does this basin include a discharge point (pipe, spillway, etc)? ❑ Yes or ® No
ii. Are subsurface drains present around the impoundment to control groundwater elevation? ® Yes or ❑ No
iii. Is the basin designed to receive surface runoff? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, what is the drainage area? ftZ, and was this runoff incorporated into the loading rate? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
iv. Will the effluent be placed directly into or in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that such placement will not
result in a contravention of GA groundwater standards? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
v. If the infiltration basin is located within the 100-year flood plain, has a minimum of two feet of protection (i.e., top of
embankment elevation to 100-year flood plain elevation) been provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
Infiltration Basin
Design Elements
Infiltration Basin Dimensions
Basin Name:
Basin 2
Top of embankment elevation:
45 ft
Hazard class:
Low
Freeboard elevation:
43 ft
Designed freeboard:
2 ft
Toe of slope elevation:
42 ft
Total volume:
15,855 ft3
Impoundment bottom elevation:
38 ft
Infiltrative surface area:
5,617 ft2
Mean seasonal high water table depth:
ft
Daily infiltrative capacity:
250,000 GPD
Embankment slope:
3 :1
Plan Sheet Reference:
C1.3
Top of dam water surface area:
13,800 ft2
Specification Section:
Ex. Basin
Freeboard elevation water surface area:
5,382 ft2
6- :Ai
Bottom of impoundment surface area:
972 ft2
i. Does this basin include a discharge point (pipe, spillway, etc)? ❑ Yes or ® No
ii. Are subsurface drains present around the impoundment to control groundwater elevation? ® Yes or ❑ No
iii. Is the basin designed to receive surface runoff? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, what is the drainage area? ftZ, and was this runoff incorporated into the loading rate? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
iv. Will the effluent be placed directly into or in contact with GA classified groundwater? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, has the Applicant provided predictive calculations or modeling demonstrating that such placement will not
result in a contravention of GA groundwater standards? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
v. If the infiltration basin is located within the 100-year flood plain, has a minimum of two feet of protection (i.e., top of
embankment elevation to 100-year flood plain elevation) been provided? ❑ Yes or ® No
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 10 of 13

VIII. SETBACKS —15A NCAC 02T .0706:
1. Does the project comply with all setbacks found in the river basin rules (15A NCAC 02B .0200)? ® Yes or ❑ No
If no, list non -compliant setbacks:
2. Have any setback waivers been obtained in order to comply with 15A NCAC 02T .706(a) and .0706(d)? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, have these waivers been written, notarized and signed by all parties involved and recorded with the County Register of
Deeds? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
3. Provide the minimum field observed distances (ft) for each setback parameter to the infiltration system and treatment/storage
units (NOTE — Distances greater than 500 feet may be marked N/A):
Setback Parameter
Infiltration
System
Treatment /
�Storage Units
Any habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership or not to be
maintained as part of the project site
NA
NA
Any habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee to be maintained as
art of the project site
NA
Any private or public water supply source
>230
230
Surface waters (streams — intermittent and perennial, perennial waterbodies, and wetlands)
>50
65
Groundwater lowering ditches (where the bottom of the ditch intersects the SHWT)
NA
Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems
50
Surface water diversions (ephemeral streams, waterways, ditches)
NA
Any well with exception of monitoring wells
>230
230
Any property line
>70
70
Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height
NA
11
Any water line from a disposal system
NA
Any swimming pool
NA
Public right of way
NA
Nitrification field
NA
Any building foundation or basement
NA
Impounded public water supplies
NA
Public shallow groundwater supply (less than 50 feet deep)
NA
4. Does the Applicant intend on complying with either 15A NCAC 02T .0706(b) or (c)? ® Yes or ❑ No
If yes, what are the designed Total Nitrogen and Total Phosphorus effluent concentrations? TN: 4 mg/L TP: 2 mg/L
5. Does the Applicant intend on complying with the High -Rate Policy issued October 27, 2006? ❑ Yes or ® No
If yes, verify the following information:
✓ Are the most stringent effluent standards in both 15A NCAC 02T .0705(b) and 15A NCAC 02U .0301(b) met?
❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ Is duality provided for all treatment units per 15A NCAC 02U .0402(c)? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ Continuous online monitoring and recording of effluent for turbidity? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ A lined 5-day upset pond is provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ The 5-day upset pond has restricted access? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
✓ A certified operator of a grade equal or greater than the facility classification is on call 24 hrs/day? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 11 of 13

IX. COASTAL WASTE TREATMENT DISPOSAL REQUIREMENTS —15A NCAC 02H .0400:
1. Is this facility located in a Coastal Area as defined per 15A NCAC 02H .0403? ® Yes or ❑ No
For assistance determining if the facility is located within the Coastal Area, a reference map may be downloaded at: Coastal
Areas Boundary.
2. Is this an Interim Treatment and Disposal Facility per 15A NCAC 02H .0404(g)? [-]Yes or ® No
NOTE — Interim facilities do not include County and Municipal area -wide collection and treatment systems.
IF ANSWERED YES TO ITEMS IX.1. AND IX.2., THEN COMPLETE ITEMS IX.3. THROUGH IX.16.
3. Is equalization of at least 25% of the average daily flow provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
4. How will noise and odor be controlled?
5. Is an automatically activated standby power source provided? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
6. Are all essential treatment units provided in duplicate? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
NOTE — Per 15A NCAC 02T .0103(16), essential treatment units are defined as any unit associated with the wastewater
treatment process whose loss would likely render the facility incapable of meeting the required performance criteria, including
aeration units or other main treatment units, clarification equipment, filters, disinfection equipment, pumps and blowers.
7. Are the disposal units (i.e., infiltration basins/fields) provided in duplicate? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
8. Is there an impounded public surface water supply within 500 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
9. Is there a public shallow groundwater supply (less than 50 feet deep) within 500 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
10. Is there a private groundwater supply within 100 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
11. Are there any SA classified waters within 100 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
12. Are there any non -SA classified waters within 50 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
13. Are there any surface water diversions (i.e., drainage ditches) within 25 feet of the infiltration area? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
14. Per the requirements in 15A NCAC 02H .0404(g)(7), how much green area is provided? ftZ
15. Is the green area clearly delineated on the plans? ❑ Yes or ❑ No
16. Is the spray infiltration wetted area within 200 feet of any adjoining properties? ❑ Yes, ❑ No or ❑ N/A
X. GROUNDWATER LOWERING SYSTEM DESIGN:
1. Does this project utilize a groundwater lowering system? ❑ Yes or ❑ No (If yes, complete Items X.2. through X.4.)
2. Is the groundwater lowering system: ❑ mechanically lowered (i.e., pumped) or ❑ gravity fed?
3. Where does the groundwater lowering drainage system discharge?
If the system mechanically lowers groundwater and discharges directly or indirectly (i.e., pond overflow) to surface waters,
wetlands and/or stormwater structures, provide the date the Applicant obtained written confirmation from the Water Quality
Regional Operations Section that operation of the groundwater lowering drainage system will not adversely affect surface
waters of the State. Submitted: & Received:
4. Groundwater lowering system design criteria:
Groundwater Lowering System Design
Pipe diameter:
in
Discharge rate:
GPD
Pipe material:
Method to measure discharge rate:
Pipe depth:
ft
Number of pumps:
Pipe length:
ft
Pump capacity:
GPM
TDH
Pipe slope (gravity -fed):
%
Plan Sheet Reference:
Trench backfill material:
Specification Section:
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 12 of 13

Professional Engineer's Certification:
attest that this application for
(Professional Engineer's name from Application Item 111.1.)
1A Av-4 PSc4--AD W W l �
(Facility name from Application Item II.1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate, complete and consistent with the information supplied in the plans, specifications, engineering
calculations, and all other supporting documentation to the best of my knowledge. I further attest that to the best of my knowledge the
proposed design has been prepared in accordance with this application package and its instructions, as well as all applicable regulations
and statutes. Although other professionals may have developed certain portions of this submittal package, inclusion of these materials
under my signature and seal signifies that I have reviewed this material and have judged it to be consistent with the proposed design.
NOTE — In accordance with General Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, or certification in any application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000, as well as civil penalties up to $25,000 per violation.
North Carolina Professional Engineer's seal, signature, and date:
that this application for
Lf-iRLS U GSrdJ>r ��Ir
(Facility name from Application Item I1.1.)
has been reviewed by me and is accurate and complete to the best of my knowledge. I understand that any discharge of wastewater
from this non -discharge system to surface waters or the land will result in an immediate enforcement action that may include civil
penalties, injunctive relief, and/or criminal prosecution. I will make no claim against the Division of Water Resources should a condition
of this permit be violated. I also understand that if all required parts of this application package are not completed and that if all required
supporting information and attachments are not included, this application package will be returned to me as incomplete. I further certify
that the Applicant or any affiliate has not been convicted of an environmental crime, has not abandoned a wastewater facility without
proper closure, does not have an outstanding civil penalty where all appeals have been exhausted or abandoned, are compliant with any
active compliance schedule, and do not have any overdue annual fees per 15A NCAC 02T .0105(e).
NOTE — In accordance with ene Statutes 143-215.6A and 143-215.6B, any person who knowingly makes any false statement,
representation, certif do o application package shall be guilty of a Class 2 misdemeanor, which may include a fine not to
exceed $10,000 well c'v e ies up to $25 er violation.
Signature: Date:
FORM: HRIS 06-16 Page 13 of 13

mg�
Michael C. Gallant PE, PA
Engineering / Consulting / Design
NC Firm C-1989, AL Firm CA - 4338 — E
NC Reg. No. - 25572, AL Reg. No. - 32178
PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF
HAMPSTEAD, NC
PENDER COUNTY
BASIS FOR DESIGN
MEMBRANE BIO-REACTOR WITH BIOLOGICAL NUTRIENT
REMOVAL AND HIGH RATE INFILTRATION DISPOSAL
EXPANSION FROM 0.25 MGD TO 0.50 MGD
yCAR �''�•,
� n
� S L �r
02 72
v IN •'��
C. 'G?:
March 13, 2021
C-1989
gall ant m cGyah oo .corn
tel [phone]
P.Q. Box 4039
Surf City, NC 28445

BASIS FOR DESIGN
TABLE OF CONTENTS
1.0 Project Overview..................................................................................................... 1
1.1 Project Scope and Intention.................................................................... 1
1.2 Utility Owner/Professional Consultant Information ............................ 1
1.3 Service Area............................................................................................... 2
2.0 Proposed System Modification Overview............................................................... 2
2.1 Influent Wet Well and Odor Control Skid ................................................ 2
2.2 Existing Digester.......................................................................................... 2
2.3 Membrane Cassettes.................................................................................. 3
2.4 Aerobic Digester......................................................................................... 3
2.5 Aerated Equalization.................................................................................. 3
2.6 Wasting/Rescreening Pumps.................................................................... 3
2.7 Influent and Effluent Characteristics and Process Calculations............ 4

TABLE OF CONTENTS FOR THE APPENDICES
Appendix A Digester Volume, Solids Storage and Air Requirement Calculations
Appendix B Static Screen, Equalization Volume, Air Requirement Calculations and Pump
Sizing and Curves
Appendix C Wasting/Rescreening Pump Sizing and Curves
Appendix D Biowin Output for Process Calculations for 0.50 MGD ADF

1.0 Project Overview
1.1 Project Scope and Intention
The applicant, Pluris Hampstead, LLC proposes modify the existing wastewater
treatment facility in Hampstead, North Carolina to increase the capacity to 0.50 million
gallons per day (MGD).
This modification involves the following items:
• Taking the influent gravity wet well and odor control system offline.
• Converting the existing digester to a pre -aeration basin.
• Installing the remaining membrane cassettes in MBR 3
• Installing a new aerobic digester
• Installing additional equalization
• Addition of a static screen prior to the proposed equalization basin
• Installing wasting/rescreening pumps in each MBR basin
• Increase the disposal capacity from 0.25 MGD to 0.50 MGD
Please note that the conversion of the existing digester to a pre -aeration basin is
simply a matter of opening the corresponding valve from the feed forward pump header
and transfer valve. Furthermore, the addition of the remaining membranes involves only
setting them in place as the air and permeate headers and other associated equipment was
put in place during the previous phase.
Also note that the existing permit allows for the disposal expansion to 0.5 MGD
based on a previous study that was overseen by staff. The existing permit is included in
this package.
The proposed digester will allow for plenty of solids storage with some minor
thickening and decanting. Biosolids disposal will still be by a private contractor as is
currently the case.
The proposed equalization basin is being installed at the request of the operations
staff to allow for the Pre -Anoxic basin to be run at a steady level and not fluctuate as
much. Although the basin was designed to do just that, the plant runs more consistently
when that fluctuation is removed. The new equalization basin will also help in
minimizing the impact from a regional lift station that was not contemplated at the time
of the original design. In order to catch some of the larger solids before the fine screens
the operators also requested a static bar screen before the proposed equalization basin.
The proposed screen has 2" openings and is designed to stop trash that comes from new
development work in the area which has been substantial.
1.2 Utility Owner/Professional Consultant Information
The utility owner is:
Pluris Hampstead, LLC
5950 Berkshire Lane, Suite 800
Dallas, TX 75225

The consulting Engineer is:
Michael C. Gallant, PE
Michael C. Gallant, PE, PA
PO Box 4039
Surf City, NC
28445
[phone]
[e-mail]
1.3 Service Area
The proposed plant serves the greater Hampstead area. Pluris Hampstead, LLC
has been awarded a franchise area for the system by the North Carolina Utilities
Commission.
It is important to note that sewer demand in the Greater Hampstead area continues
to be significant and that the local government and the business community are solidly in
favor of establishing services in the area to increase the tax base and provide a much
needed economic boost. This support is echoed by the NCDENR Wilmington Regional
Office (WiRO) staff and the construction of this facility is adherent to the tenets of
NCDENR's mission statement.
2.0 Proposed System Modification Overview
2.1 Influent Wet Well and Odor Control Skid
The existing influent wet well was designed to allow for a headspace that could be
used to remove odors from the plant influent. Since the proposed equalization basin will
receive the flow and the tank is aerated and open, there is no need for the wet well or the
odor control skid. These items will be taken offline.
2.2 Existing Digester
The original design used a future pre -aeration basin as a digester to save up -front
construction costs. In order to have adequate treatment volume to treat the increased
flow this basin must be converted to a pre -aeration basin. This involves opening the
existing valve from the feed forward pumps and the corresponding transfer valve that is
located on the bottom of the opposite tank wall. Flowmeters, dissolved oxygen meters
and all other associated devices are already in place for this conversion. The operators
will haul sludge from the basin one last time and then allow flow from the feed forward
pumps to enter the basin.
2

2.3 Membrane Cassettes
MBR 3 has room for the remaining membrane cassettes. The basin is already
plumbed to receive the new membranes. This will allow the plant be able to permeate the
required flows for the expansion.
2.4 Aerobic Digester
Because the existing digester is being converted to a pre -aeration basin a new
aerobic digester will be installed. This digester will be in the form of an above ground
glass lined tank. This digester will increase the solids storage considerable. The current
digester is just over 38,000 gallons and the proposed digester is more than 125,000
gallons. This digester will have a medium bubble diffused air system and corresponding
blower. This blower will share a common stand-by blower with the proposed
equalization basin.
Calculations for the digester volume, solids storage and air requirements can be
found in Appendix A.
2.5 Aerated Equalization
In order to make the process more steady state and to add considerable operating
flexibility to the plant a 240,000 gallon equalization basin will be installed. Normally
equalization is sized at 25% of the average daily flow. This equalization basin is twice
that size at the request of the operations staff. The basin has several functions and
benefits to the plant operations.
The basin will have two submersible pumps that will send flow to the fine
screens. These pumps will alternate and run at 450 gallons per minute. This flow will be
considerably more predictable than the current influent flow which comes from primarily
two lift stations that were never contemplated in the original design. One of these lift
stations has large pumps produce influent spikes. This basin will equalize those spikes
and also account for future additional lift stations.
Due to the incredible growth in the area new construction is booming and the
operators have seen considerable amounts of larger solids at the fine screens. The
proposed equalization basin and static bar screen will allow for some of these solids to be
intercepted prior to the fine screens. It will also allow for the screens to see a steadier
flow instead of the spikes that occur presently.
Calculations for the static screen, equalization volume, air requirements, pump
sizing and curves and the static screen calculations can be found in Appendix B.
2.6 Wasting/Rescreening Pumps
Since the original design of this plant MBR technology has evolved. One of the
improvements to current designs is the addition of rescreening pumps. These are small

pumps recirculate flow from the MBR basins back to the fine screens to remove solids.
These pumps help reduce "ragging" in the membrane basins.
In addition to rescreening, these pumps will also be able to be used to waste to the
proposed digester. Three pumps at 25 gallons per minute each will mean that the
operator can waste at a rate of 75 gallons per minute. This means that the operator can
turn the valve to the fine screens off and open the valve to the digester and waste at a
steady reasonable rate.
Calculations for the rescreening/wasting pump sizing and curves can be found in
Appendix C.
2.7 Influent and Effluent Characteristics and Process Claculations
The table below describes the biological strength of the effluent and influent for
the proposed MBR system. Please note that these parameters reflect the flow for the first
phase of the project at 0.25 MGD.
WASTEWATER CHARACTERISTICS
PARAMETER
INFLUENT
EFFLUENT
TARGETS
UNITS
AVG. DAILY FLOW
0.50
0.50
MGD
MAX DAILY FLOW
1.00
1.00
MGD
PEAK HRL FLOW
1.00
1.00
MGD
DESIGN WATER
TEMP
10
10
DEG C
BODS
250
S
mg/L
TSS
250
S
mg/L
Turbidity
NA
< 10
NTU
TN
40
4.0
mg/L
NH3-N
38
0.16
mg/L
NO3-N
1
1.88
mg/L
NO2-N
1
0.06
mg/L
TKN
40
1.99
mg/L
TP
10
2
m /L
Alkalinity
300
<75
m /L
Fecal Coliform
NA
< 14
col/ 100 ml
Source for influent data: "Wastewater Treatment Plants -Planning Design and
Operation", Syed R. Qasim, Pages 46-47 table 3-10, CRC Press, LLC. 1999.
The biowin output calculations for the plant expansion can be found in Appendix D.

Appendix A Digester Volume, Solids Storage and Air
Requirement Calculations

PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF PLANT EXPANSION CALCULATIONS
AEROBIC DIGESTER MIXING AIR REQUIREMENTS AND STORAGE CALCULATIONS
TANK DIAMETER
50.38
FT
SIDEWALL HEIGHT
10.66
FT
FREE BOARD
2
FT
VOLUME
17,263
CU FT
VOLUME
129,130
GAL
WASTE SOLIDS
9952
GAL/DAY (8,000 PPM)
TARGET CONCENTRATION
2
% (AFETR THICKENING AND SETTLING, DECANTING)
DIGESTER STORAGE TIME REQ.
30.00
DAYS
TOTAL WASTED IN 30 DAYS
298,560
GAL
VOLUME AFTER THICKENING/DECANT
119,424
GAL
STORAGE TIME
32
DAYS
AIR REQ. FOR MIXING
40
SCFM/1000 CU FT
AIR REQ
690.53
SCFM
AIR PROVIDED
785
SCFM AT 5.9

Appendix B Static Screen, Equalization Volume, Air
Requirement Calculations and Pump Sizing and
Curves

PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF PLANT EXPANSION CALCULATIONS
STATIC SCREEN CALCULATIONS
EXPECTED FLOW
1800
GPM
WORST CASE WITH BOTH UPSTREAM LIFT STATIONS RUNNING
Q, INFLUENT CFS
4.01
CFS
FLOW IN CF/SEC
SCREEN WIDTH
3
FT
TARGET FLOW DEPTH
0.8
FT
Q, ALLOWABLE
7.15
CFS
ALLOWABLE FLOW BASED ON TARGET DEPTH, WIER EQUATION
FLOW VELOCITY THROUGH SCREEN
1.67
FT/S
BASED IN Q INFLUENT AND TARGET DEPTH
INLET PIPE FLOW VELOCITY
INLET PIPE ID
18
IN
AREA
1.77
SF
VEL
2.270
FPS
BASED ON PIPE AREA AND Q INFLUENT

PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF PLANT EXPANSION CALCULATIONS
EQULIZATION AIR REQUIREMENTS AND STORAGE CALCULATIONS
TANK DIAMETER
64.37
FT
SIDEWALL HEIGHT
11.87
FT
FREE BOARD
2
FT
VOLUME
32,120
CU FT
VOLUME
240,257
GAL
AIR REQ. FOR MIXING
15
SCFM/1000 CU FT
AIR REQ
482
SCFM
AIR PROVIDED
488
SCFM AT 5.9

PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF PLANT EXPANSION CALCULATIONS
EQULIZATION PUMP SIZING CALCULATIONS
Q, ADF
0.5
MGD
Q, ADF
500,000
GPD
PEAK FACTOR
2.5
Q, PEAK
868.06
GPM
TRAGET FLOW
450
GPM
WATER ELE IN EQ
44.00
FT ELE
EQTANK MOSTLY EMPTY
HIGH POINT ELE
55.00
FT ELE
ELEVATION HEAD
11.00
FT
TOTAL ELEVATION HEAD
FM1 SIZE
4.00
IN
L, FM1
16.00
FT
INCLUDES EQ. LENGTH FOR VALVES ETC
Hf, FM1
1.70
FT
FRICTION HEAD FOR PUMP DISCHARGE
FM2 SIZE
6.00
IN
L, FM2
40.00
FT
INCLUDES EQ. LENGTH FOR VALVES ETC
Hf, FM2
0.58
FT
FRICTION HEAD IN 6" LINE
FM3 SIZE
12
IN
L, FM3
270
FT
INCLUDES EQ. LENGTH FOR VALVES ETC
Hf, FM3
0.14
FT
FRICTION HEAD FOR 12" LINE TO SCREENS
TOTAL FRICTION HEAD
2.42
FT
TOTAL FRICTION HEAD
TDH
13.42
FT
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD CACULATED
PUMP OPERATING
POINT
TDH
20
FT
CONSERVATIVE BASED ON ABOVE
Q, PUMP
450
GPM

Appendix C Wasting/Rescreening Pump Sizing and Curves

PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF PLANT EXPANSION CALCULATIONS
WASTING/RESCREENING PUMP SIZING CALCULATIONS
TRAGET FLOW
75
GPM
WATER ELE IN EQ
44.50
FT ELE
HIGH POINT ELE
53.00
FT ELE
ELEVATION HEAD
8.50
FT
FM1 SIZE
4.00
IN
L, FM1
500.00
FT
Hf, FM1
1.90
FT
TDH
10.40
FT
PUMP OPERATING POINT
TDH
15
FT
Q, PUMP
75
GPM
75 GPM PER PUMP, 3 PUMPS IN TOTAL
EQTANK MOSTLY EMPTY
TOTAL ELEVATION HEAD
INCLUDES EQ. LENGTH FOR VALVES ETC -LONGEST RUN
FRICTION HEAD FOR PUMP DISCHARGE
TOTAL DYNAMIC HEAD CACULATED
CONSERVATIVE BASED ON ABOVE

Appendix D Biowin Output for Process Calculations for 0.50
MGD ADF

BioWin user and configuration data
Project details
Project name: Pluris Hampstead WWTF — 0.5 MGD
Plant name: Pluris Hampstead
Created: 1 /25/21
Steady state solution
User name: Michael C. Gallant, PE
Saved: 2/26/21
Target SRT: 35.00 days SRT: 35.04 days
Temperature: 10.0°C
Flowsheet
Influent
PAX PA Post Anoxic
4
Methanol additionl7
MBR
Configuration information for all Bioreactor units
Fiffrate
Ilk

Physical data
Element name
Volume [Mil. Gal]
Area [ft2]
Depth [ft]
# of diffusers
PAX
0.0600
1336.8056
6.000
Un-aerated
PA
0.1120
935.7639
16.000
148
Post Anoxic
0.0530
442.8169
16.000
Un-aerated
Operating data Average (flow/time weighted as required)
Element name Average DO Setpoint [mg/L]
PAX 0
PA 2.0
Post Anoxic 0
Local biological parameters
Element
Max. Substrate
Byproduct Byproduct
AOB
AOB
Aerobic
Anoxic/an KiHNO2
name
spec. (NH4) half
NH4 NH4
denite DO
denite
decay
aerobic [mmol/L]
growth sat.
logistic inflection
half sat.
HNO2
rate [1/d]
decay
rate [1/d] [mgN/L]
slope [ ] point
[mg/L]
half sat.
rate [1/d]
[mgN/L]
[mgN/L]
PA
0.9000 0.7000
50.0000 1.4000
0.1000
5.000E-6
0.1700
0.0800 0.0050
Element name Max. spec. growth
Substrate (NO2)
Aerobic decay rate
Anoxic/anaerobic
KiNH3 [mmol/L]
rate [1/d]
half sat. [mgN/L]
[1/d]
decay rate [1/d]
PA
0.7000
0.1000
0.1700
0.0800
0.0750

Element
Max. spec.
Substrate
Substrate
Aerobic
Anoxic/anaer
Ki Nitrite
Nitrite
name
growth rate
(NH4)
half
(NO2)
half
decay rate
obic decay
[mgN/L]
sensitivity
[1/d]
sat.
[mgN/L]
sat. [mgN/L]
[1/d]
rate [1/d]
constant [L
/
(d mgN) ]
PA
0.1000
2.0000
1.0000
0.0190
0.0095
1000.0000
0.0160
Ele
Ma
Su
An
De
Ae
An An
Hy
Hy
An
An
An
Ad Am
As
Fer Fer
Fer En
Fre
me
x.
bst
oxi
nit
rob
oxi aer dro
dro
oxi
aer
aer
sor mo
si
me me
me do
e
nt
sp
rat
c
e
is
c obi
lysi
lysi
c
obi
obi
pti nifi
mil
nta nta
nta ge
nitr
na
ec.
e
gro
N2
de
de c
s
s
by
c
c
on cat
ati
do do
do no
ou
me
gro
hal
wt
pro ca
ca de
rat
hal
dro
by
by
rat ion
ve
n n
n us
s
wt
f
h
du
y
y ca
e
f
lysi
dro
dro
e rat
nitr
rat hal
gro pro
aci
h
sat
fac
cer rat
rat y
[1/
sat
s
lysi
lysi
of e
ate
e f
wt du
d
rat
for
s
e
e rat
d]
[ ]
fac
s
s
col [L/(
/nit
[1/ sat
h cts
inh
e
[m
[ ]
(N
[1/
[1/ a
for
fac
fac
loi mg
rite
d]
fac de
ibit
[1/
gC
03
d]
d] [1/
[ ]
for
for
ds N
red
[m
for ca
ion
d]
OD
or
d]
(A
(A
[L/( d)]
uct
gC
(A y
[m
/L]
NO
S)
D)
mg
ion
OD
S) rat
mo
2)
[ ]
[ ]
CO
rat
/L]
[ ] e[1
I/L]
[ ]
D
e
/d]
d)]
[1/
d]
PA
3.2
5.0
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.2 0.1
2.1
0.0
0.2
0.0
0.5
0.8 0.0
0.5
3.2 5.0
0.1 0
1.0
00
00
00
00
20
33 31
00
60
80
40
00
00 40
00
00 00
25
00
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
0
0 0
0
E-
7
Eleme
Max.
Max.
Substr
Substr
Magn
Cation
Calciu
Aerobi Aerobi
Anaer Anaer
Seque Anoxi
nt
spec.
spec.
ate
ate
esium
half
m half
c/ano
c/ano
obic
obic
stratio c
name
growt
growt
half
half
half
sat.
sat.
xic
xic
decay maint
n rate growt
h rate
h rate,
sat.
sat.,
sat.
[mmol
[mgC
decay
maint
rate
enanc
[1/d] h
[1/d]
P-
[mgC
P-
[mgM
/L]
a/L]
rate
enanc
[1/d]
a rate
factor
limited
OD(P
limited
g/L]
[1/d]
e rate
[1/d]
[ ]
[1/d]
HB)/m
[mgC
[1/d]
gCOD
OD(P
(Zbp)]
HB)/m
gCOD
(Zbp)]
PA
0.950
0.420
0.100
0.050
0.100
0.100
0.100
0.100
0
0.040 0
6.000 0.330
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0

Element name
Max. spec.
growth rate
[1/d]
Methanol half
sat. [mgCOD/L]
Denite N2 Aerobic decay Anoxic/anaerobi Free nitrous
producers (NO3 rate [1/d] c decay rate acid inhibition
or NO2) [-] [1/d] [mmol/L]
PA
1.3000
0.5000
0.5000 0.0400
0.0300
1.000E-7
Element name
Max. spec. growth
rate [1/d]
Substrate half sat. Acetate inhibition
[mgCOD/L] [mgCOD/L]
Anaerobic decay
rate [1/d]
Aerobic/anoxic
decay rate [1/d]
PA
0.2500
10.0000
10000.0000
0.0500
0.5200
Eleme Acetoc
H2-
Acetoc
Acetoc
H2-
H2-
H2-
Acetoc
Acetoc
Acetoc
H2-
H2-
nt lastic
utilizin
lastic
lastic
utilizin
utilizin
utilizin
lastic
lastic
lastic
utilizin
utilizin
name max.
g max.
substr
metha
g CO2
g
g
propio
anaero
aerobi
9
g
spec.
spec.
ate
nol half
half
substr
metha
nic
bic
c/anoxi
anaero
aerobi
growth
growth
half
sat.
sat.
ate
nol half
inhibiti
decay
c
bic
c/anoxi
rate
rate
sat.
[mgCO
[mmol/
half
sat.
on
rate
decay
decay
c
[1/d]
[1/d]
[mgCO
D/L]
L]
sat.
[mgCO
[mgCO
[1/d]
rate
rate
decay
D/L]
[mgCO
D/L]
D/L]
[1/d]
[1/d]
rate
D/L]
[1/d]
PA 0.3000 1.4000 100.00 0.5000 0.1000 0.1000 0.5000 10000. 0.1300 0.6000 0.1300 0.6000
00 0000
Ele
OH
OH
Met
Met
Auto
Auto
PAO
PAO
OH
OH
Prop
Prop
Acet
Acet
1-12-
1-12-
men
O
0
hylot
hylot
trop
trop
low
high
O
0
ionic
ionic
ocla
ocla
utiliz
utiliz
t
low
high
roph
roph
hs
hs
pH
pH
low
high
acet
acet
stic
stic
ing
ing
nam
pH
pH
s
s
low
high
limit
limit
pH
pH
oge
oge
met
met
met
met
e
limit
limit
low
high
pH
pH
[-]
[-]
limit
limit
ns
ns
han
han
han
han
pH
pH
limit
limit
(ana
(ana
low
high
oge
oge
oge
oge
limit
limit
[-]
[-]
erob
erob
pH
pH
ns
ns
ns
ns
ic) [-
ic) [-
limit
limit
low
high
low
high
pH
pH
pH
pH
limit
[-]
limit
[-]
limit
[-]
limit
[-]
PA
4.00
10.0
4.00
10.0
5.50
9.50
4.00
10.0
5.50
8.50
4.00
10.0
5.00
9.00
5.00
9.00
00
000
00
000
00
00
00
000
00
00
00
000
00
00
00
00

Ele Aer
Ano AO
NO AN
Ano
Ano
Ano
NH
Poly VFA
P
P
Aut
H2
Pro
Syn
men obic
xic/ B
B AM
xic
xic
xic
3
P seq
upta
nutri
otro
low/
pion
thes
t /ano
ana DO
DO MO
NO
NO
NO
nutri
half uest
ke
ent
ph
high
is
is
nam xic
ero half
half X
3(-
3(-
2(-
ent
sat. ratio
half
half
CO
half
acet
anio
e DO
bic sat.
sat. DO
>N
>N2
>N2
half
[mg n
sat.
sat.
2
sat.
oge
n/ca
half
NO [mg
[mg half
02)
)
)
sat.
P/m half
[mg
[mg
half
[mg
ns
tion
sat.
x 02/
02/ sat.
half
half
half
[mg
gC sat.
P/L]
P/L]
sat.
CO
H2
half
[mg
half L]
L] [mg
sat.
sat.
sat.
N/L]
OD] [mg
[mm
D/L]
inhi
sat.
02/
sat.
02/
[mg
[mg
(mg
CO
of/L]
bitio
[me
L]
[mg
L]
N/L]
N/L]
N/L)
D/L]
n
q/L]
N/L]
[mg
CO
D/L]
PA 0.05
0.15 0.25
0.50 0.01
0.10
0.05
0.05
1.00
0.01 5.00
0.15
0.00
0.10
1.00
5.00
0.01
00
00 00
00 00
00
00
00
OE-
00 00
00
10
00
00
00
00
4
Aeration equipment parameters
Element name
k1 in C =
k2 in C =
Y in Kla = C Usg ^
Area of one diffuser
% of tank area
k1(PC)^0.25
+ k2
k1(PC)^0.25
+
k2
Y - Usg
in [m3/(m2
covered by
d)]
diffusers [%]
PAX
2.5656
0.0432
0.8200
0.4413
10.0000
PA
2.5656
0.0432
0.8200
0.4413
7.0000
Post Anoxic
2.5656
0.0432
0.8200
0.4413
10.0000
Element name
Alpha (surf) OR Alpha F (diff) [-]
Beta [ ]
Surface pressure [kPa]
Fractional effective saturation
depth (Fed)
PA
0.6200
0.9500
101.3250
0.3140
Element
Supply gas
Supply gas
Off -gas
Off -gas 02
Off -gas H2
Off -gas
Off -gas
Surface
name
CO2
02 [vol. %]
CO2 [Vol.
[Vol.
%]
[Vol. %]
NH3 [Vol.
CH4 [Vol.
turbulence
content
%]
%]
%]
factor [-]
[Vol. %]
PA
0.0350
20.9500
2.0000
18.8000
0
0
0
2.0000

Configuration information for all Membrane bioreactor units
Physical data
Element Volume Area [ft2] Depth [ft] # of # of Displaced
Membran
Total
Membran
name [Mil. Gal] diffusers cassettes volume /
e area /
displaced
e surface
cassette
cassette
volume
area [ft2]
[ft3/casset
[ft2/casset
[Mil. Gal]
te]
te]
MBR 0.0676 602.4537 15.000 41 12.00 21.200
4306.00
0.00
51672.00
Operating data Average (flow/time weighted as required)
Element name Split method Average Split specification
MBR Flow paced 500.00 %
Element name Average Air flow rate [ft3/min (20C, 1 atm)]
MBR 912.0
Local biological parameters
Element Max.
Substrate
Byproduct
Byproduct AOB AOB
Aerobic Anoxic/an KiHNO2
name spec.
(NH4) half
NH4
NH4 denite DO denite
decay aerobic [mmol/L]
growth
sat.
logistic
inflection half sat. HNO2
rate [1/d] decay
rate [1/d]
[mgN/L]
slope [-]
[mg/L]
rate [1/d]

point
half sat.
[mgN/L]
[mgN/L]
MBR
0.9000
0.7000
50.0000
1.4000
0.1000
5.000E-6 0.1700
0.0800 0.0050
Element name
Max. spec. growth
Substrate (NO2)
Aerobic decay rate
Anoxic/anaerobic
KiNH3 [mmol/L]
rate [1/d]
half sat. [mgN/L]
[1/d]
decay
rate [1/d]
MBR
0.7000
0.1000
0.1700
0.0800
0.0750
Element
Max. spec.
Substrate
Substrate
Aerobic
Anoxic/anaer
Ki Nitrite
Nitrite
name
growth rate
(NH4) half
(NO2) half
decay rate
obic decay
[mgN/L]
sensitivity
[1/d]
sat.
[mgN/L]
sat. [mgN/L]
[1/d]
rate [1/d]
constant [L
/
(d mgN) ]
MBR
0.1000
2.0000
1.0000
0.0190
0.0095
1000.0000
0.0160
Ele
Ma
Su
An
De
Ae
An
An
Hy Hy
An An
An
Ad
Am
As
Fer
Fer
Fer En
Fre
me
x.
bst
oxi
nit
rob
oxi
aer
dro dro
oxi aer
aer
sor
mo
si
me
me
me do
e
nt
sp
rat
c
e
is
c
obi
lysi lysi
c obi
obi
pti
nifi
mil
nta
nta
nta ge
nitr
na
ec.
a
gro
N2
de
de
c
s s
by c
c
on
cat
ati
do
do
do no
ou
me
gro
hal
wt
pro
ca
ca
de
rat hal
dro by
by
rat
ion
ve
n
n
n us
s
wt
f
h
du
y
y
ca
e f
lysi dro
dro
a
rat
nitr
rat
hal
gro pro
aci
h
sat
fac
cer
rat
rat
y
[1/ sat
s lysi
lysi
of
a
ate
e
f
wt du
d
rat
for
s
e
e
rat
d] [ ]
fac s
s
col
[L/(
/nit
[1/
sat
h cts
inh
e
[m
[ ]
(N
[1/
[1/
a
for fac
fac
loi
mg
rite
d]
fac de
ibit
[1/
gC
03
d]
d]
[1/
[ ] for
for
ds
N
red
[m
for ca
ion
d]
OD
or
d]
(A
(A
[L/(
d)]
uct
gC
(A y
[m
/L]
NO
S)
D)
mg
ion
OD
S) rat
mo
2)
[-]
[-]
CO
rat
/L]
[-] e[1
I/L]
[-]
D
e
/d]
d)]
[1/
d]
MB
3.2
5.0
0.5
0.5
0.6
0.2
0.1
2.1 0.0
0.2 0.0
0.5
0.8
0.0
0.5
3.2
5.0
0.1 0
1.0
R
00
00
00
00
20
33
31
00 60
80 40
00
00
40
00
00
00
25
00
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0
0 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
E-
7

Eleme
Max.
Max.
Substr
Substr Magn
Cation Calciu Aerobi Aerobi
Anaer
Anaer
Seque
Anoxi
nt
spec.
spec.
ate
ate esium
half m half c/ano c/ano
obic
obic
stratio
c
name
growt
growt
half
half half
sat. sat. xic xic
decay
maint
n rate
growt
h rate
h rate,
sat.
sat., sat.
[mmol [mgC decay maint
rate
enanc
[1/d]
h
[1/d]
P-
[mgC
P- [mgM
/L] a/L] rate enanc
[1/d]
a rate
factor
limited
OD(P
limited g/L]
[1/d] e rate
[1/d]
[ ]
[1/d]
HB)/m
[mgC
[1/d]
gCOD
OD(P
(Zbp)]
HB)/m
gCOD
(Zbp)]
MBR
0.950
0.420
0.100
0.050 0.100
0.100 0.100 0.100 0
0.040
0
6.000
0.330
0
0
0
0 0
0 0 0
0
0
0
Element name
Max. spec.
Methanol half
Denite N2 Aerobic decay
Anoxic/anaerobi
Free nitrous
growth rate
sat. [mgCOD/L]
producers (NO3 rate [1/d]
c decay rate
acid inhibition
[1/d]
or NO2) [-]
[1/d]
[mmol/L]
MBR
1.3000
0.5000
0.5000 0.0400
0.0300
1.000E-7
Element name
Max. spec. growth
Substrate half sat. Acetate inhibition Anaerobic decay Aerobic/anoxic
rate [1/d]
[mgCOD/L]
[mgCOD/L] rate
[1/d]
decay rate [1/d]
MBR
0.2500
10.0000
10000.0000 0.0500
0.5200
Eleme
Acetoc
1-12-
Acetoc
Acetoc 1-12-
H2- 1-12- Acetoc
Acetoc
Acetoc
H2-
1-12-
nt
lastic
utilizin
lastic
lastic utilizin
utilizin utilizin lastic
lastic
lastic
utilizin
utilizin
name
max.
g max.
substr
metha g CO2 g g propio
anaero
aerobi
g
g
spec.
spec.
ate
nol half half
substr metha nic
bic
c/anoxi
anaero
aerobi
growth
growth
half
sat. sat.
ate nol half inhibiti
decay
c
bic
c/anoxi
rate
rate
sat.
[mgCO [mmol/ half sat. on
rate
decay
decay
c
[1/d]
[1/d]
[mgCO
D/L] L]
sat. [mgCO [mgCO
[1/d]
rate
rate
decay
D/L]
[mgCO D/L] D/L]
[1/d]
[1/d]
rate
D/L]
[1/d]
MBR
0.3000
1.4000
100.00
0.5000 0.1000 0.1000 0.5000 10000.
0.1300
0.6000
0.1300
0.6000
00
0000

Ele OH OH Met Met Auto Auto PAO PAO OH OH Prop Prop Acet Acet H2- 1-12-
men O 0 hylot hylot trop trop low high O 0 ionic ionic ocla ocla utiliz utiliz
t low high roph roph hs hs pH pH low high acet acet stic stic ing ing
nam pH pH s s low high limit limit pH pH oge oge met met met met
e limit limit low high pH pH [-] [-] limit limit ns ns han han han han
[ ] [ ] pH pH limit limit (ana (ana low high oge oge oge oge
limit limit [ ] [ ] erob erob pH pH ns ns ns ns
ic) [- ic) [- limit limit low high low high
pH pH pH pH
limit limit limit limit
[-] [-] [-] [-]
MB 4.00 10.0 4.00 10.0 5.50 9.50 4.00 10.0 5.50 8.50 4.00 10.0 5.00 9.00 5.00 9.00
R 00 000 00 000 00 00 00 000 00 00 00 000 00 00 00 00
Ele
Aer
Ano
AO
NO
AN
Ano
Ano
Ano
NH
Poly
VFA
P
P
Aut
H2
Pro
Syn
men
obic
xic/
B
B
AM
xic
xic
xic
3
P
seq
upta
nutri
otro
low/
pion
thes
t
/ano
ana
DO
DO
MO
NO
NO
NO
nutri
half
uest
ke
ent
ph
high
is
is
nam
xic
ero
half
half
X
3(-
3(-
2(-
ent
sat.
ratio
half
half
CO
half
acet
anio
e
DO
bic
sat.
sat.
DO
>N
>N2
>N2
half
[mg
n
sat.
sat.
2
sat.
oge
n/ca
half
NO
[mg
[mg
half
02)
)
)
sat.
P/m
half
[mg
[mg
half
[mg
ns
tion
sat.
x
02/
02/
sat.
half
half
half
[mg
gC
sat.
P/L]
P/L]
sat.
CO
H2
half
[mg
half
L]
L]
[mg
sat.
sat.
sat.
N/L]
OD]
[mg
[mm
D/L]
inhi
sat.
02/
sat.
02/
[mg
[mg
(mg
CO
of/L]
bitio
[me
L]
[mg
L]
N/L]
N/L]
N/L)
D/L]
n
q/L]
N/L]
[mg
CO
D/L]
MB 0.05
0.15 0.25 0.50 0.01
0.10 0.05 0.01
1.00 0.01 5.00
0.15 0.00 0.10
1.00 5.00 0.01
R 00
00 00 00 00
00 00 00
OE- 00 00
00 10 00
00 00 00
4
Aeration equipment parameters
Element name
k1 in C =
k2 in C =
Y in Kla = C Usg ^
Area of one diffuser
% of tank area
k1(PC)^0.25 + k2
k1(PC)^0.25 + k2
Y - Usg in [m3/(m2
covered by
d)]
diffusers [%]
MBR
2.5656
0.0432
0.8200
0.4413
3.0000

Element name
Alpha (surf) OR Alpha F (diff) [-]
Beta [-]
Surface pressure [kPa] Fractional effective saturation
depth (Fed) [-]
MBR
0.5000
0.9500
101.3250
0.3140
Element
name
Supply gas Supply gas
CO2 02 [Vol. %]
content
[Vol. %]
Off -gas
CO2 [Vol.
%]
Off -gas 02 Off -gas H2
[Vol. %] [Vol. %]
Off -gas Off -gas
NH3 [Vol. CH4 [Vol.
%] %]
Surface
turbulence
factor [-]
MBR
0.0350 20.9500
2.0000
18.8000
0
0 0
2.0000
Configuration information for all BOD Influent units
Operating data Average (flow/time weighted as required)
Element name Influent
Flow
0.5
Total Carbonaceous BOD mgBOD/L
250.00
Volatile suspended solids mgVSS/L
188.00
Total suspended solids mgTSS/L
250.00
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen mgN/L
40.00
Total P mgP/L
8.00
Nitrate N mgN/L
0
pH
7.00
Alkalinity mmol/L
6.00
Calcium mg/L
160.00
Magnesium mg/L
25.00
Dissolved oxygen mg/L
0

Element name
Influent
Fbs Readily biodegradable (including Acetate) [gCOD/g of total COD]
0.1600
Fac Acetate [gCOD/g of readily biodegradable COD]
0.1500
Fxsp - Non -colloidal slowly biodegradable [gCOD/g of slowly degradable COD]
0.7081
Fus - Unbiodegradable soluble [gCOD/g of total COD]
0.0500
Fup Unbiodegradable particulate [gCOD/g of total COD]
0.1300
Fna -Ammonia [gNH3-N/gTKN]
0.6600
Fnox - Particulate organic nitrogen [gN/g Organic N]
0.5000
Fnus - Soluble unbiodegradable TKN [gN/gTKN]
0.0200
FupN - N:COD ratio for unbiodegradable part. COD [gN/gCOD]
0.0350
Fpo4 - Phosphate [gPO4-P/gTP]
0.5000
FupP - P:COD ratio for unbiodegradable part. COD [gP/gCOD]
0.0110
FZbh - OHO COD fraction [gCOD/g of total COD]
1.000E-4
FZbm - Methylotroph COD fraction [gCOD/g of total COD]
1.000E-4
FZaob - AOB COD fraction [gCOD/g of total COD]
1.000E-4
FZnob - NOB COD fraction [gCOD/g of total COD]
1.000E-4
FZamob - ANAMMOX COD fraction [gCOD/g of total COD]
1.000E-4
FZbp - PAO COD fraction [gCOD/g of total COD]
1.000E-4
FZbpa - Propionic acetogens COD fraction [gCOD/g of total COD]
1.000E-4
FZbam - Acetoclastic methanogens COD fraction [gCOD/g of total COD]
1.000E-4
FZbhm - 1­12-utilizing methanogens COD fraction [gCOD/g of total COD]
1.000E-4
FZe - Endogenous products COD fraction [gCOD/g of total COD]
0
Configuration information for all Methanol addition units
Operating data Average (flow/time weighted as required)

Element name
Methanol addition17
Ordinary heterotrophic organisms (OHO) mgCOD/L 0
Methylotrophs mgCOD/L 0
Ammonia oxidizing biomass (AOB) mgCOD/L 0
Nitrite oxidizing biomass (NOB) mgCOD/L 0
Anaerobic ammonia oxidizers (ANAMMOX) mgCOD/L 0
Polyphosphate accumulating organisms (PAO) mgCOD/L 0
Propionic acetogens mgCOD/L 0
Methanogens - acetoclastic mgCOD/L 0
Methanogens - hydrogenotrophic mgCOD/L 0
Endogenous products mgCOD/L 0
Slowly bio. COD (part.) mgCOD/L 0
Slowly bio. COD (colloid.) mgCOD/L 0
Part. inert. COD mgCOD/L 0
Part. bio. org. N mgN/L 0
Part. bio. org. P mgP/L 0
Part. inert N mgN/L 0
Part. inert P mgP/L 0
Stored PHA mgCOD/L
0
Releasable stored polyP mgP/L
0
Fixed stored polyP mgP/L
0
Readily bio. COD (complex) mgCOD/L
0
Acetate mgCOD/L
0
Propionate mgCOD/L
0
Methanol mgCOD/L
1188000.00
Dissolved H2 mgCOD/L
0
Dissolved methane mg/L
0
Ammonia N mgN/L 0
Sol. bio. org. N mgN/L 0
Nitrous Oxide N mgN/L 0
Nitrite N mgN/L 0

Nitrate N mgN/L 0
Dissolved nitrogen gas mgN/L 0
PO4-P (Sol. & Me Complexed) mgP/L 0
Sol. inert COD mgCOD/L 0
Sol. inert TKN mgN/L 0
ISS Influent mgISS/L 0
Struvite mgISS/L 0
Hydroxy-dicalcium-phosphate mgISS/L 0
Hydroxy-apatite mgISS/L 0
Magnesium mg/L 0
Calcium mg/L 0
Metal mg/L 0
Other Cations (strong bases) meq/L 0
Other Anions (strong acids) meq/L 0
Total CO2 mmol/L 0
User defined 1 mg/L 0
User defined 2 mg/L 0
User defined 3 mgVSS/L 0
User defined 4 mgISS/L 0
Dissolved oxygen mg/L 0
Flow 2E-5
Configuration information for all Effluent units
Configuration information for all Sludge units
Configuration information for all Splitter units

Operating data Average (flow/time weighted as required)
Element name Split method Average Split specification
WAS splitter Flowrate [Side] 0.00724597683843622
Splitter11 Flow paced 100.00 %
BioWin Album
Album page - Influent
Influent
Parameters
Conc. (mg/L)
Mass rate (lb/d) Notes
Volatile suspended solids
188.00
784.47
Total suspended solids
250.04
1043.36
Particulate COD
300.74
1254.91
Filtered COD
202.49
844.93
Total COD
503.23
2099.84
Soluble PO4-P
4.00
16.69
Total P
8.00
33.38
Filtered TKN
32.44
135.36
Particulate TKN
7.56
31.55
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
40.00
166.91
Filtered Carbonaceous BOD
125.60
524.10
Total Carbonaceous BOD
250.00
1043.18
Nitrite + Nitrate
0
0
Total N
40.00
166.91
Total inorganic N
26.40
110.16
Alkalinity
6.00
11.36 mmol/L and kmol/d

pH
7.00
Volatile fatty acids
12.08
50.40
ISS precipitate
0
0
ISS cellular
0.04
0.18
ISS Total
62.04
258.89
Ammonia N
26.40
110.16
Nitrate N
0
0
Parameters Value Units
Album page - PAX
PAX
Parameters
Conc. (mg/L)
Mass rate (lb/d)
Volatile suspended solids
6515.07
189904.03
Total suspended solids
10445.68
304475.44
Particulate COD
9696.44
282636.25
Filtered COD
29.31
854.27
Total COD
9725.75
283490.52
Soluble PO4-P
4.79
139.50
Total P
177.26
5166.75
Filtered TKN
6.07
177.07
Particulate TKN
541.90
15795.62
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
547.98
15972.69
Filtered Carbonaceous BOD
1.80
52.59
Total Carbonaceous BOD
1739.19
50694.67
Nitrite + Nitrate
0.04
1.10
Notes

Total N
548.02
15973.79
Total inorganic N
4.40
128.29
Alkalinity
4.45
58.82
pH
6.92
Volatile fatty acids
0.99
28.80
ISS precipitate
0
0.00
ISS cellular
356.79
10399.96
ISS Total
3930.62
114571.41
Ammonia N
4.36
127.20
Nitrate N
0.03
0.96
Parameters
Value
Units
Hydraulic residence time
0.4
hours
Velocity gradient
63.21
1/s
VSS destruction
0
%
Total solids mass
5230.41
lb
Total readily biodegradable COD
1.94
mg/L
OUR - Total
11.05
mgO/L/hr
OUR - Carbonaceous
9.87
mgO/L/hr
OUR - Nitrification
1.19
mgO/L/hr
Nit - Ammonia removal rate
0.36
mgN/L/hr
Nit - Nitrous oxide production rate
0
mgN/L/hr
Nit - Nitrite production rate
0.36
mgN/L/hr
Nit - Nitrate production rate
0.01
mgN/L/hr
Denit - Nitrate removal rate
3.02
mgN/L/hr
Denit - Nitrite removal rate
1.53
mgN/L/hr
Denit - N2 production rate
3.48
mgN/L/hr
Off gas flow rate (dry)
0.94
ft3/min
Off gas Oxygen
0
%
Off gas Carbon dioxide
79.33
%
mmol/L and kmol/d

Off gas Ammonia
0.00
%
Off gas Hydrogen
10.06
%
Off gas Methane
0.02
%
Off gas Nitrous oxide
0
%
Actual DO sat. conc.
10.06
mg/L
OTR
0
Ib/hr
SOTR
0
Ib/hr
OTE
100.00
%
SOTE
100.00
%
Air flow rate
0
ft3/min (20C, 1 atm)
Air flow rate / diffuser
0
ft3/min (20C, 1 atm)
# of diffusers
303.00
Album page - PA
PA
Parameters
Conc. (mg/L)
Mass rate (lb/d)
Volatile suspended solids
6503.83
189576.63
Total suspended solids
10434.92
304161.58
Particulate COD
9677.64
282088.12
Filtered COD
26.77
780.26
Total COD
9704.41
282868.38
Soluble PO4-P
4.89
142.50
Total P
177.26
5166.75
Filtered TKN
3.15
91.89
Particulate TKN
541.90
15795.45
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
545.05
15887.34
Filtered Carbonaceous BOD
0.96
28.02
Notes

Total Carbonaceous BOD
1726.91
50336.81
Nitrite + Nitrate
2.82
82.34
Total N
547.87
15969.68
Total inorganic N
4.07
118.60
Alkalinity
4.03
53.24
pH
6.87
Volatile fatty acids
0.02
0.60
ISS precipitate
0
0.00
ISS cellular
357.26
10413.50
ISS Total
3931.08
114584.95
Ammonia N
1.24
36.26
Nitrate N
2.44
71.24
Parameters
Value
Units
Hydraulic residence time
0.8
hours
Velocity gradient
136.87
1/s
VSS destruction
0.17
%
Total solids mass
9753.36
lb
Total readily biodegradable COD
1.35
mg/L
OUR - Total
42.22
mgO/L/hr
OUR - Carbonaceous
26.27
mgO/L/hr
OUR - Nitrification
15.95
mgO/L/hr
Nit - Ammonia removal rate
3.84
mgN/L/hr
Nit - Nitrous oxide production rate
0
mgN/L/hr
Nit - Nitrite production rate
3.80
mgN/L/hr
Nit - Nitrate production rate
3.31
mgN/L/hr
Denit - Nitrate removal rate
0.18
mgN/L/hr
Denit - Nitrite removal rate
0.09
mgN/L/hr
Denit - N2 production rate
0.18
mgN/L/hr
Off gas flow rate (dry)
293.76
ft3/min
mmol/L and kmol/d

Off gas Oxygen
18.15
%
Off gas Carbon dioxide
2.65
%
Off gas Ammonia
0.00
%
Off gas Hydrogen
0.22
%
Off gas Methane
0.00
%
Off gas Nitrous oxide
0
%
Actual DO sat. conc.
10.94
mg/L
OTR
41.87
Ib/hr
SOTR
101.68
Ib/hr
OTE
13.21
%
SOTE
32.82
%
Air flow rate
303.64
ft3/min (20C, 1 atm)
Air flow rate / diffuser
2.05
ft3/min (20C, 1 atm)
# of diffusers
148.00
Album page - MBR summary
MBR
Parameters
Conc. (mg/L)
Mass rate (lb/d)
Volatile suspended solids
0
0
Total suspended solids
0
0
Particulate COD
0
0
Filtered COD
26.47
108.83
Total COD
26.47
108.83
Soluble PO4-P
5.01
20.61
Total P
5.01
20.61
Filtered TKN
2.12
8.72
Particulate TKN
0
0
Notes

Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
2.12
8.72
Filtered Carbonaceous BOD
0.86
3.53
Total Carbonaceous BOD
0.86
3.53
Nitrite + Nitrate
1.73
7.10
Total N
3.85
15.82
Total inorganic N
1.99
8.19
Alkalinity
4.03
7.52
pH
6.83
Volatile fatty acids
0.00
0.01
ISS precipitate
0
0
ISS cellular
0
0
ISS Total
0
0
Ammonia N
0.26
1.09
Nitrate N
1.67
6.87
Parameters
Value
Units
Hydraulic residence time
0.5
hours
Velocity gradient
268.77
1/s
VSS destruction
100.00
%
Total solids mass
6842.27
lb
Total readily biodegradable COD
1.21
mg/L
OUR - Total
38.89
mgO/L/hr
OUR - Carbonaceous
29.70
mgO/L/hr
OUR - Nitrification
9.19
mgO/L/hr
Nit - Ammonia removal rate
2.14
mgN/L/hr
Nit - Nitrous oxide production rate
0
mgN/L/hr
Nit - Nitrite production rate
2.12
mgN/L/hr
Nit - Nitrate production rate
2.14
mgN/L/hr
Denit - Nitrate removal rate
0.06
mgN/L/hr
Denit - Nitrite removal rate
0.03
mgN/L/hr
mmol/L and kmol/d

Denit - N2 production rate
0.06
mgN/L/hr
Off gas flow rate (dry)
881.57
ft3/min
Off gas Oxygen
20.32
%
Off gas Carbon dioxide
0.64
%
Off gas Ammonia
0.00
%
Off gas Hydrogen
0.03
%
Off gas Methane
0.00
%
Off gas Nitrous oxide
0
%
Actual DO sat. conc.
10.81
mg/L
OTR
27.98
Ib/hr
SOTR
169.03
Ib/hr
OTE
2.94
%
SOTE
18.16
%
Air flow rate
912.00
ft3/min (20C, 1 atm)
Air flow rate / diffuser
22.24
ft3/min (20C, 1 atm)
# of diffusers
41.00
Mixed liquor flow
2.50
mgd
Membrane flux
9.54
gal/ft2/d (gfd)
# of cassettes
12.00
Air flow rate / cassette
76.00
ft3/min (20C, 1 atm)
Album page - MBR state variable
MBR
State variable Conc. (mg/L) Mass rate (lb/d) Notes
Ordinary heterotrophic organisms (OHO) 0 0
Methylotrophs 0 0
Ammonia oxidizing biomass (AOB) 0 0

Nitrite oxidizing biomass (NOB)
0
0
Anaerobic ammonia oxidizers (ANAMMOX)
0
0
Polyphosphate accumulating organisms (PAO)
0
0
Propionic acetogens
0
0
Methanogens - acetoclastic
0
0
Methanogens - hydrogenotrophic
0
0
Endogenous products
0
0
Slowly bio. COD (part.)
0
0
Slowly bio. COD (colloid.)
0
0
Part. inert. COD
0
0
Part. bio. org. N
0
0
Part. bio. org. P
0
0
Part. inert N
0
0
Part. inert P
0
0
Stored PHA
0
0
Releasable stored polyP
0
0
Fixed stored polyP
0
0
Readily bio. COD (complex)
1.20
4.95
Acetate
0.00
0.01
Propionate
0.00
0.00
Methanol
0.01
0.04
Dissolved H2
O.05
0.23
Dissolved methane
0.00
0.00
Ammonia N
0.26
1.09
Sol. bio. org. N
1.05
4.34
Nitrous Oxide N
0
0
Nitrite N
0.06
0.24
Nitrate N
1.67
6.87
Dissolved nitrogen gas
19.47
80.06
PO4-P (Sol. & Me Complexed)
5.01
20.61
Sol. inert COD
25.20
103.62

Sol. inert TKN
0.80
3.29
ISS Influent
0
0
Struvite
0
0
Hydroxy-dicalcium-phosphate
0
0
Hydroxy-apatite
0
0
Magnesium
24.99
102.78
Calcium
159.99
657.95
Metal
0
0
Other Cations (strong bases)
4.92
9.17
Other Anions (strong acids)
10.66
19.89
Total CO2
5.20
9.69
User defined 1
0
0
User defined 2
0
0
User defined 3
0
0
User defined 4
0
0
Dissolved oxygen
6.41
26.35
Parameters
Value
Units
Hydraulic residence time
0.5
hours
Velocity gradient
268.77
1/s
VSS destruction
100.00
%
Total solids mass
6842.27
lb
Total readily biodegradable COD
1.21
mg/L
OUR - Total
38.89
mgO/L/hr
OUR - Carbonaceous
29.70
mgO/L/hr
OUR - Nitrification
9.19
mgO/L/hr
Nit - Ammonia removal rate
2.14
mgN/L/hr
Nit - Nitrous oxide production rate
0
mgN/L/hr
Nit - Nitrite production rate
2.12
mgN/L/hr
Nit - Nitrate production rate
2.14
mgN/L/hr
meq/L and keq/d
meq/L and keq/d
mmol/L and kmol/d

Denit - Nitrate removal rate
0.06
mgN/L/hr
Denit - Nitrite removal rate
0.03
mgN/L/hr
Denit - N2 production rate
0.06
mgN/L/hr
Off gas flow rate (dry)
881.57
ft3/min
Off gas Oxygen
20.32
%
Off gas Carbon dioxide
0.64
%
Off gas Ammonia
0.00
%
Off gas Hydrogen
0.03
%
Off gas Methane
0.00
%
Off gas Nitrous oxide
0
%
Actual DO sat. conc.
10.81
mg/L
OTR
27.98
Ib/hr
SOTR
169.03
Ib/hr
OTE
2.94
%
SOTE
18.16
%
Air flow rate
912.00
ft3/min (20C, 1 atm)
Air flow rate / diffuser
22.24
ft3/min (20C, 1 atm)
# of diffusers
41.00
Mixed liquor flow
2.50
mgd
Membrane flux
9.54
gal/ft2/d (gfd)
# of cassettes
12.00
Air flow rate / cassette
76.00
ft3/min (20C, 1 atm)
Album page - Filtrate
Filtrate
Parameters Conc. (mg/L) Mass rate (lb/d) Notes
Volatile suspended solids 0.00 0.00

Total suspended solids
0.00
0.00
Particulate COD
0.00
0.00
Filtered COD
26.47
108.83
Total COD
26.47
108.83
Soluble PO4-P
5.01
20.61
Total P
5.01
20.61
Filtered TKN
2.12
8.72
Particulate TKN
0
0.00
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
2.12
8.72
Filtered Carbonaceous BOD
0.86
3.53
Total Carbonaceous BOD
0.86
3.53
Nitrite + Nitrate
1.73
7.10
Total N
3.85
15.82
Total inorganic N
1.99
8.19
Alkalinity
4.03
7.52
pH
6.91
Volatile fatty acids
0.00
0.01
ISS precipitate
0
0.00
ISS cellular
0.00
0.00
ISS Total
0.00
0.00
Ammonia N
0.26
1.09
Nitrate N
1.67
6.87
Parameters Value Units
Album page - WAS
WAS
mmol/L and kmol/d

Parameters
Conc. (mg/L)
Mass rate (lb/d)
Volatile suspended solids
7773.58
470.07
Total suspended solids
12479.81
754.66
Particulate COD
11565.08
699.35
Filtered COD
26.47
1.60
Total COD
11591.54
700.95
Soluble PO4-P
5.01
0.30
Total P
211.21
12.77
Filtered TKN
2.12
0.13
Particulate TKN
648.55
39.22
Total Kjeldahl Nitrogen
650.67
39.35
Filtered Carbonaceous BOD
0.86
0.05
Total Carbonaceous BOD
2054.33
124.23
Nitrite + Nitrate
1.73
0.10
Total N
652.40
39.45
Total inorganic N
1.99
0.12
Alkalinity
4.03
0.11
pH
6.91
Volatile fatty acids
0.00
0.00
ISS precipitate
0
0
ISS cellular
427.99
25.88
ISS Total
4706.23
284.59
Ammonia N
0.26
0.02
Nitrate N
1.67
0.10
Parameters Value Units
Global Parameters
Notes
mmol/L and kmol/d

AOB
Name
Default
Value
Max. spec. growth rate [1/d]
0.9000
0.9000
1.0720
Substrate (NH4) half sat. [mgN/L]
0.7000
0.7000
1.0000
Byproduct NH4 logistic slope [-]
50.0000
50.0000
1.0000
Byproduct NH4 inflection point [mgN/L]
1.4000
1.4000
1.0000
AOB denite DO half sat. [mg/L]
0.1000
0.1000
1.0000
AOB denite HNO2 half sat. [mgN/L]
5.000E-6
5.000E-6
1.0000
Aerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.1700
0.1700
1.0290
Anoxic/anaerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.0800
0.0800
1.0290
KiHNO2 [mmol/L]
0.0050
0.0050
1.0000
NOB
Name
Default
Value
Max. spec. growth rate [1/d]
0.7000
0.7000
1.0600
Substrate (NO2) half sat. [mgN/L]
0.1000
0.1000
1.0000
Aerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.1700
0.1700
1.0290
Anoxic/anaerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.0800
0.0800
1.0290
KiNH3 [mmol/L]
0.0750
0.0750
1.0000
ANAMMOX
Name Default Value

Max. spec. growth rate [1/d]
0.1000
0.1000
1.1000
Substrate (NH4) half sat. [mgN/L]
2.0000
2.0000
1.0000
Substrate (NO2) half sat. [mgN/L]
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Aerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.0190
0.0190
1.0290
Anoxic/anaerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.0095
0.0095
1.0290
Ki Nitrite [mgN/L]
1000.0000
1000.0000
1.0000
Nitrite sensitivity constant [L / (d mgN) ]
0.0160
0.0160
1.0000
OHO
Name
Default
Value
Max. spec. growth rate [1/d]
3.2000
3.2000
1.0290
Substrate half sat. [mgCOD/L]
5.0000
5.0000
1.0000
Anoxic growth factor [-]
0.5000
0.5000
1.0000
Denite N2 producers (NO3 or NO2) [-]
0.5000
0.5000
1.0000
Aerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.6200
0.6200
1.0290
Anoxic decay rate [1/d]
0.2330
0.2330
1.0290
Anaerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.1310
0.1310
1.0290
Hydrolysis rate [1/d]
2.1000
2.1000
1.0290
Hydrolysis half sat. [-]
0.0600
0.0600
1.0000
Anoxic hydrolysis factor [-]
0.2800
0.2800
1.0000
Anaerobic hydrolysis factor (AS) [ ]
0.0400
0.0400
1.0000
Anaerobic hydrolysis factor (AD) [-]
0.2000
0.5000
1.0000
Adsorption rate of colloids [L/(mgCOD d)]
0.1500
0.8000
1.0290
Ammonification rate [L/(mgN d)]
0.0400
0.0400
1.0290
Assimilative nitrate/nitrite reduction rate [1/d]
0.5000
0.5000
1.0000
Fermentation rate [1/d]
1.6000
3.2000
1.0290
Fermentation half sat. [mgCOD/L]
5.0000
5.0000
1.0000
Fermentation growth factor (AS) [-]
0.2500
0.1250
1.0000

Endogenous products decay rate[1/d]
0
0
1.0000
Free nitrous acid inhibition [mmol/L]
1.000E-7
1.000E-7
1.0000
Methylotrophs
Name
Default
Value
Max. spec. growth rate [1/d]
1.3000
1.3000
1.0720
Methanol half sat. [mgCOD/L]
0.5000
0.5000
1.0000
Denite N2 producers (NO3 or NO2) [-]
0.5000
0.5000
1.0000
Aerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.0400
0.0400
1.0290
Anoxic/anaerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.0300
0.0300
1.0290
Free nitrous acid inhibition [mmol/L]
1.000E-7
1.000E-7
1.0000
PAO
Name
Default
Value
Max. spec. growth rate [1/d]
0.9500
0.9500
1.0000
Max. spec. growth rate, P-limited [1/d]
0.4200
0.4200
1.0000
Substrate half sat. [mgCOD(PHB)/mgCOD(Zbp)]
0.1000
0.1000
1.0000
Substrate half sat., P-limited [mgCOD(PHB)/mgCOD(Zbp)]
0.0500
0.0500
1.0000
Magnesium half sat. [mgMg/L]
0.1000
0.1000
1.0000
Cation half sat. [mmol/L]
0.1000
0.1000
1.0000
Calcium half sat. [mgCa/L]
0.1000
0.1000
1.0000
Aerobic/anoxic decay rate [1/d]
0.1000
0.1000
1.0000
Aerobic/anoxic maintenance rate [1/d]
0
0
1.0000
Anaerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.0400
0.0400
1.0000
Anaerobic maintenance rate [1/d]
0
0
1.0000

Sequestration rate [1/d]
4.5000
6.0000 1.0000
Anoxic growth factor [-]
0.3300
0.3300 1.0000
Acetogens
Name
Default
Value
Max. spec. growth rate [1/d]
0.2500
0.2500
1.0290
Substrate half sat. [mgCOD/L]
10.0000
10.0000
1.0000
Acetate inhibition [mgCOD/L]
10000.0000
10000.0000
1.0000
Anaerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.0500
0.0500
1.0290
Aerobic/anoxic decay rate [1/d]
0.5200
0.5200
1.0290
Methanogens
Name
Default
Value
Acetoclastic max. spec. growth rate [1/d]
0.3000
0.3000
1.0290
H2-utilizing max. spec. growth rate [1/d]
1.4000
1.4000
1.0290
Acetoclastic substrate half sat. [mgCOD/L]
100.0000
100.0000
1.0000
Acetoclastic methanol half sat. [mgCOD/L]
0.5000
0.5000
1.0000
H2-utilizing CO2 half sat. [mmol/L]
0.1000
0.1000
1.0000
H2-utilizing substrate half sat. [mgCOD/L]
0.1000
0.1000
1.0000
H2-utilizing methanol half sat. [mgCOD/L]
0.5000
0.5000
1.0000
Acetoclastic propionic inhibition [mgCOD/L]
10000.0000
10000.0000
1.0000
Acetoclastic anaerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.1300
0.1300
1.0290
Acetoclastic aerobic/anoxic decay rate [1/d]
0.6000
0.6000
1.0290
H2-utilizing anaerobic decay rate [1/d]
0.1300
0.1300
1.0290
H2-utilizing aerobic/anoxic decay rate [1/d]
2.8000
0.6000
1.0290

M
Name
Default
Value
OHO low pH limit [-]
4.0000
4.0000
OHO high pH limit [ ]
10.0000
10.0000
Methylotrophs low pH limit [-]
4.0000
4.0000
Methylotrophs high pH limit [-]
10.0000
10.0000
Autotrophs low pH limit [-]
5.5000
5.5000
Autotrophs high pH limit [-]
9.5000
9.5000
PAO low pH limit [-]
4.0000
4.0000
PAO high pH limit [-]
10.0000
10.0000
OHO low pH limit (anaerobic) [ ]
5.5000
5.5000
OHO high pH limit (anaerobic) [-]
8.5000
8.5000
Propionic acetogens low pH limit [-]
4.0000
4.0000
Propionic acetogens high pH limit [-]
10.0000
10.0000
Acetoclastic methanogens low pH limit [-]
5.0000
5.0000
Acetoclastic methanogens high pH limit [-]
9.0000
9.0000
H2-utilizing methanogens low pH limit [-]
5.0000
5.0000
H2-utilizing methanogens high pH limit [-]
9.0000
9.0000
Switches
Name Default Value
Aerobic/anoxic DO half sat. [mgO2/L] 0.0500 0.0500
Anoxic/anaerobic NOx half sat. [mgN/L] 0.1500 0.1500
AOB DO half sat. [mgO2/L] 0.2500 0.2500

NOB DO half sat. [mg02/L]
0.5000
0.5000
ANAMMOX DO half sat. [mg02/L]
0.0100
0.0100
Anoxic NO3(->NO2) half sat. [mgN/L]
0.1000
0.1000
Anoxic NO3(->N2) half sat. [mgN/L]
0.0500
0.0500
Anoxic NO2(->N2) half sat. (mgN/L)
0.0100
0.0100
NH3 nutrient half sat. [mgN/L]
0.0050
1.000E-4
PolyP half sat. [mgP/mgCOD]
0.0100
0.0100
VFA sequestration half sat. [mgCOD/L]
5.0000
5.0000
P uptake half sat. [mgP/L]
0.1500
0.1500
P nutrient half sat. [mgP/L]
0.0010
0.0010
Autotroph CO2 half sat. [mmol/L]
0.1000
0.1000
H2 low/high half sat. [mgCOD/L]
1.0000
1.0000
Propionic acetogens H2 inhibition [mgCOD/L]
5.0000
5.0000
Synthesis anion/cation half sat. [meq/L]
0.0100
0.0100
Common
Name Default Value
Biomass volatile fraction (VSS/TSS)
0.9200
0.9200
Endogenous residue volatile fraction (VSS/TSS)
0.9200
0.9200
N in endogenous residue [mgN/mgCOD]
0.0700
0.0700
P in endogenous residue [mgP/mgCOD]
0.0220
0.0220
Endogenous residue COD:VSS ratio [mgCOD/mgVSS]
1.4200
1.4200
Particulate substrate COD:VSS ratio [mgCOD/mgVSS]
1.6000
1.6000
Particulate inert COD:VSS ratio [mgCOD/mgVSS]
1.6000
1.6000
AOB

Name Default Value
Yield [mgCOD/mgN]
0.1500
0.1500
AOB denite NO2 fraction as TEA [-]
0.5000
0.5000
Byproduct NH4 fraction to N20 [-]
0.0025
0.0025
N in biomass [mgN/mgCOD]
0.0700
0.0700
P in biomass [mgP/mgCOD]
0.0220
0.0220
Fraction to endogenous residue [ ]
0.0800
0.0800
COD:VSS ratio [mgCOD/mgVSS]
1.4200
1.4200
NOB
Name
Default
Value
Yield [mgCOD/mgN]
0.0900
0.0900
N in biomass [mgN/mgCOD]
0.0700
0.0700
P in biomass [mgP/mgCOD]
0.0220
0.0220
Fraction to endogenous residue [ ]
0.0800
0.0800
COD:VSS ratio [mgCOD/mgVSS]
1.4200
1.4200
ANAMMOX
Name
Default
Value
Yield [mgCOD/mgN]
0.1140
0.1140
Nitrate production [mgN/mgBiomassCOD]
2.2800
2.2800
N in biomass [mgN/mgCOD]
0.0700
0.0700
P in biomass [mgP/mgCOD]
0.0220
0.0220

Fraction to endogenous residue [-] 0.0800 0.0800
COD:VSS ratio [mgCOD/mgVSS] 1.4200 1.4200
• 0,
Name
Default
Value
Yield (aerobic) [ ]
0.6660
0.6660
Yield (fermentation, low H2) [-]
0.1000
0.1000
Yield (fermentation, high H2) [-]
0.1000
0.1000
H2 yield (fermentation low H2) [-]
0.3500
0.3500
H2 yield (fermentation high H2) [-]
0
0
Propionate yield (fermentation, low 1-12) [-]
0
0
Propionate yield (fermentation, high 1-12) [-]
0.7000
0.7000
CO2 yield (fermentation, low 1-12) [-]
0.7000
0.7000
CO2 yield (fermentation, high 1-12) [-]
0
0
N in biomass [mgN/mgCOD]
0.0700
0.0700
P in biomass [mgP/mgCOD]
0.0220
0.0220
Endogenous fraction - aerobic [ ]
0.0800
0.0800
Endogenous fraction - anoxic [-]
0.1030
0.1030
Endogenous fraction - anaerobic [-]
0.1840
0.1840
COD:VSS ratio [mgCOD/mgVSS]
1.4200
1.4200
Yield (anoxic) [-]
0.5400
0.5400
Yield propionic (aerobic) [ ]
0.6400
0.6400
Yield propionic (anoxic) [-]
0.4600
0.4600
Yield acetic (aerobic) [-]
0.6000
0.6000
Yield acetic (anoxic) [ ]
0.4300
0.4300
Yield methanol (aerobic) [ ]
0.5000
0.5000
Adsorp. max. [-]
1.0000
1.0000
Max fraction to N2O at high FNA over nitrate [-]
0.0500
0.0500

Max fraction to N20 at high FNA over nitrite [-] 0.1000 0.1000
Methylotrophs
Name
Default
Value
Yield (anoxic) [ ]
0.4000
0.4000
N in biomass [mgN/mgCOD]
0.0700
0.0700
P in biomass [mgP/mgCOD]
0.0220
0.0220
Fraction to endogenous residue [-]
0.0800
0.0800
COD:VSS ratio [mgCOD/mgVSS]
1.4200
1.4200
Max fraction to N20 at high FNA over nitrate [ ]
0.1000
0.1000
Max fraction to N20 at high FNA over nitrite [-]
0.1500
0.1500
PAO
Name
Default
Value
Yield (aerobic) [-]
0.6390
0.6390
Yield (anoxic) [-]
0.5200
0.5200
Aerobic P/PHA uptake [mgP/mgCOD]
0.9300
0.9500
Anoxic P/PHA uptake [mgP/mgCOD]
0.3500
0.3500
Yield of PHA on sequestration [-]
0.8890
0.8890
N in biomass [mgN/mgCOD]
0.0700
0.0700
N in sol. inert [mgN/mgCOD]
0.0700
0.0700
P in biomass [mgP/mgCOD]
0.0220
0.0220
Fraction to endogenous part. [ ]
0.2500
0.2500
Inert fraction of endogenous sol. [ ]
0.2000
0.2000
P/Ac release ratio [mgP/mgCOD]
0.5100
0.4900

COD:VSS ratio [mgCOD/mgVSS] 1.4200 1.4200
Yield of low PP [-] 0.9400 0.9400
Acetogens
Name
Default
Value
Yield [-]
0.1000
0.1000
H2 yield [-]
0.4000
0.4000
CO2 yield [-]
1.0000
1.0000
N in biomass [mgN/mgCOD]
0.0700
0.0700
P in biomass [mgP/mgCOD]
0.0220
0.0220
Fraction to endogenous residue [-]
0.0800
0.0800
COD:VSS ratio [mgCOD/mgVSS]
1.4200
1.4200
Methanogens
Name
Default
Value
Acetoclastic yield [-]
0.1000
0.1000
Methanol acetoclastic yield [ ]
0.1000
0.1000
H2-utilizing yield [-]
0.1000
0.1000
Methanol 1-12-utilizing yield [-]
0.1000
0.1000
N in acetoclastic biomass [mgN/mgCOD]
0.0700
0.0700
N in H2-utilizing biomass [mgN/mgCOD]
0.0700
0.0700
P in acetoclastic biomass [mgP/mgCOD]
0.0220
0.0220
P in H2-utilizing biomass [mgP/mgCOD]
0.0220
0.0220
Acetoclastic fraction to endog. residue [-]
0.0800
0.0800
H2-utilizing fraction to endog. residue [-]
0.0800
0.0800

Acetoclastic COD:VSS ratio [mgCOD/mgVSS] 1.4200 1.4200
H2-utilizing COD:VSS ratio [mgCOD/mgVSS] 1.4200 1.4200
General
Name
Default
Value
Molecular weight of other anions [mg/mmol]
35.5000
35.5000
Molecular weight of other cations [mg/mmol]
39.1000
39.1000
Mg to P mole ratio in polyphosphate [mmolMg/mmolP]
0.3000
0.3000
Cation to P mole ratio in polyphosphate [meq/mmolP]
0.1500
0.3000
Ca to P mole ratio in polyphosphate [mmolCa/mmolP]
0.0500
0.0500
Cation to P mole ratio in organic phosphate [meq/mmolP]
0.0100
0.0100
Bubble rise velocity (anaerobic digester) [cm/s]
23.9000
23.9000
Bubble Sauter mean diameter (anaerobic digester) [cm]
0.3500
0.3500
Anaerobic digester gas hold-up factor []
1.0000
1.0000
Tank head loss per metre of length (from flow) [m/m]
0.0025
0.0025
Mass transfer
Name
Default
Value
Klfor H2 [m/d]
17.0000
17.0000
1.0240
Klfor CO2 [m/d]
10.0000
10.0000
1.0240
KI for NH3 [m/d]
1.0000
1.0000
1.0240
KI for CH4 [m/d]
8.0000
8.0000
1.0240
Klfor N2 [m/d]
15.0000
15.0000
1.0240
KI for N2O [m/d]
8.0000
8.0000
1.0240
Klfor O2 [m/d]
13.0000
13.0000
1.0240

Henry's law constants
Name
Default
Value
CO2 [M/atm]
0.0340
0.0340
2400.0000
02 [M/atm]
0.0013
0.0013
1500.0000
N2 [M/atm]
6.500E-4
6.500E-4
1300.0000
N2O [M/atm]
0.0250
0.0250
2600.0000
NH3 [M/atm]
58.0000
58.0000
4100.0000
CH4 [M/atm]
0.0014
0.0014
1600.0000
H2 [M/atm]
7.800E-4
7.800E-4
500.0000
Physico-chemical rates
Name Default Value
Struvite precipitation rate [1/d]
Struvite redissolution rate [1/d]
Struvite half sat. [mgTSS/L]
HDP precipitation rate [L/(molP d)]
HDP redissolution rate [L/(mol P d)]
HAP precipitation rate [molHDP/(L d)]
Physico-chemical constants
3.000E+10 3.000E+10 1.0000
3.000 E+ 11 3.000 E+ 11 1.0240
1.0000 1.0000 1.0000
1.000E+8 1.000E+8 1.0000
1.000E+8 1.000E+8 1.0000
5.000E-4 5.000E-4 1.0000
Name Default Value

Struvite solubility constant [mol/L]
6.918E-14
6.918E-14
HDP solubility product [mol/L]
2.750E-22
2.750E-22
HDP half sat. [mgTSS/L]
1.0000
1.0000
Equilibrium soluble PO4 with Al dosing at pH 7 [mgP/L]
0.0100
0.0100
Al to P ratio [molAl/molP]
0.8000
0.8000
AI(OH)3 solubility product [mol/L]
1.259E+9
1.259E+9
AIHPO4+ dissociation constant [mol/L]
7.943E-13
7.943E-13
Equilibrium soluble PO4 with Fe dosing at pH 7 [mgP/L]
0.0100
0.0100
Fe to P ratio [molFe/molP]
1.6000
1.6000
Fe(OH)3 solubility product [moI/L]
0.0500
0.0500
FeH2PO4++ dissociation constant [moI/L]
5.012E-22
5.012E-22
Aeration
Name
Default Value
Alpha (surf) OR Alpha F (diff) [-]
0.5000
0.5000
Beta [-]
0.9500
0.9500
Surface pressure [kPa]
101.3250
101.3250
Fractional effective saturation depth (Fed) [ ]
0.3250
0.3250
Supply gas CO2 content [vol. %]
0.0350
0.0350
Supply gas 02 [vol. %]
20.9500
20.9500
Off -gas CO2 [vol. %]
2.0000
2.0000
Off -gas 02 [vol. %]
18.8000
18.8000
Off -gas H2 [vol. %]
0
0
Off -gas NH3 [vol. %]
0
0
Off -gas CH4 [vol. %]
0
0
Surface turbulence factor [-]
2.0000
2.0000
Set point controller gain []
1.0000
1.0000

Modified Vesilind
Name
Default
Value
Maximum Vesilind settling velocity (Vo) [ft/min]
0.387
0.387
Vesilind hindered zone settling parameter (K) [L/g]
0.370
0.370
Clarification switching function [mg/L]
100.000
20.000
Specified TSS conc.for height calc. [mg/L]
2500.000
2500.000
Maximum compactability constant [mg/L]
15000.000
15000.000
Double exponential
Name
Default
Value
Maximum Vesilind settling velocity (Vo) [fUmin]
0.934
0.934
Maximum (practical) settling velocity (Vo') [ft/min]
0.615
0.615
Hindered zone settling parameter (Kh) [L/g]
0.400
0.400
Flocculent zone settling parameter (Kf) [L/g]
2.500
2.500
Maximum non -settleable TSS [mg/L]
20.0000
20.0000
Non -settleable fraction [-]
0.0010
0.0010
Specified TSS conc. for height calc. [mg/L]
2500.0000
2500.0000
Emission factors
Name Default Value
Carbon dioxide equivalence of nitrous oxide 296.0000 296.0000
Carbon dioxide equivalence of methane 23.0000 23.0000

Biofilm general
Name
Attachment rate [ g / (m2 d) ]
Attachment TSS half sat. [mg/L]
Detachment rate [g/(m3 d)]
Solids movement factor []
Diffusion neta []
Thin film limit [mm]
Thick film limit [mm]
Assumed Film thickness for tank volume correction (temp independant) [mm]
Film surface area to media area ratio - Max.[ ]
Minimum biofilm conc. for streamer formation [gTSS/m2]
Maximum biofilm concentrations [mg/L]
Default Value
80.0000
80.0000 1.0000
100.0000
100.0000 1.0000
8.000E+4
8.000E+4 1.0000
10.0000
10.0000 1.0000
0.8000
0.8000 1.0000
0.5000
0.5000 1.0000
3.0000
3.0000 1.0000
0.7500
0.7500 1.0000
1.0000
1.0000 1.0000
4.0000
4.0000 1.0000
Name
Default
Value
Ordinary heterotrophic organisms (OHO)
5.000E+4
5.000E+4
1.0000
Methylotrophs
5.000E+4
5.000E+4
1.0000
Ammonia oxidizing biomass (AOB)
1.000E+5
1.000E+5
1.0000
Nitrite oxidizing biomass (NOB)
1.000E+5
1.000E+5
1.0000
Anaerobic ammonia oxidizers (ANAMMOX)
5.000E+4
5.000E+4
1.0000
Polyphosphate accumulating organisms (PAO)
5.000E+4
5.000E+4
1.0000
Propionic acetogens
5.000E+4
5.000E+4
1.0000
Methanogens - acetoclastic
5.000E+4
5.000E+4
1.0000
Methanogens - hydrogenotrophic
5.000E+4
5.000E+4
1.0000

Endogenous products
3.000E+4
3.000E+4 1.0000
Slowly bio. COD (part.)
5000.0000
5000.0000 1.0000
Slowly bio. COD (colloid.)
4000.0000
4000.0000 1.0000
Part. inert. COD
5000.0000
5000.0000 1.0000
Part. bio. org. N
0
0 1.0000
Part. bio. org. P
0
0 1.0000
Part. inert N
0
0 1.0000
Part. inert P
0
0 1.0000
Stored PHA
5000.0000
5000.0000 1.0000
Releasable stored polyP
1.150E+6
1.150E+6 1.0000
Fixed stored polyP
1.150E+6
1.150E+6 1.0000
Readily bio. COD (complex)
0
0 1.0000
Acetate
0
0 1.0000
Propionate
0
0 1.0000
Methanol
0
0 1.0000
Dissolved H2
0
0 1.0000
Dissolved methane
0
0 1.0000
Ammonia N
0
0 1.0000
Sol. bio. org. N
0
0 1.0000
Nitrous Oxide N
0
0 1.0000
Nitrite N
0
0 1.0000
Nitrate N
0
0 1.0000
Dissolved nitrogen gas
0
0 1.0000
PO4-P (Sol. & Me Complexed)
1.000E+10
1.000E+10 1.0000
Sol. inert COD
0
0 1.0000
Sol. inert TKN
0
0 1.0000
ISS Influent
1.300E+6
1.300E+6 1.0000
Struvite
8.500E+5
8.500E+5 1.0000
Hydroxy-dicalcium-phosphate
1.150E+6
1.150E+6 1.0000
Hydroxy-apatite
1.600E+6
1.600E+6 1.0000
Magnesium
0
0 1.0000

Calcium
0
0
1.0000
Metal
1.000E+10
1.000E+10
1.0000
Other Cations (strong bases)
0
0
1.0000
Other Anions (strong acids)
0
0
1.0000
Total CO2
0
0
1.0000
User defined 1
0
0
1.0000
User defined 2
0
0
1.0000
User defined 3
5.000E+4
5.000E+4
1.0000
User defined 4
5.000E+4
5.000E+4
1.0000
Dissolved oxygen
0
0
1.0000
Effective diffusivities [m2/s]
Name
Default
Value
Ordinary heterotrophic organisms (OHO)
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Methylotrophs
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Ammonia oxidizing biomass (AOB)
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Nitrite oxidizing biomass (NOB)
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Anaerobic ammonia oxidizers (ANAMMOX)
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Polyphosphate accumulating organisms (PAO)
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Propionic acetogens
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Methanogens - acetoclastic
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Methanogens - hydrogenotrophic
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Endogenous products
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Slowly bio. COD (part.)
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Slowly bio. COD (colloid.)
5.000E-12
5.000E-12
1.0290
Part. inert. COD
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Part. bio. org. N
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Part. bio. org. P
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290

Part. inert N
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Part. inert P
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Stored PHA
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Releasable stored polyP
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Fixed stored polyP
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Readily bio. COD (complex)
6.900E-10
6.900E-10
1.0290
Acetate
1.240E-9
1.240E-9
1.0290
Propionate
8.300E-10
8.300E-10
1.0290
Methanol
1.600E-9
1.600E-9
1.0290
Dissolved H2
5.850E-9
5.850E-9
1.0290
Dissolved methane
1.963E-9
1.963E-9
1.0290
Ammonia N
2.000E-9
2.000E-9
1.0290
Sol. bio. org. N
1.370E-9
1.370E-9
1.0290
Nitrous Oxide N
1.607E-9
1.607E-9
1.0290
Nitrite N
2.980E-9
2.980E-9
1.0290
Nitrate N
2.980E-9
2.980E-9
1.0290
Dissolved nitrogen gas
1.900E-9
1.900E-9
1.0290
PO4-P (Sol. & Me Complexed)
2.000E-9
2.000E-9
1.0290
Sol. inert COD
6.900E-10
6.900E-10
1.0290
Sol. inert TKN
6.850E-10
6.850E-10
1.0290
ISS Influent
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Struvite
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Hydroxy-dicalcium-phosphate
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Hydroxy-apatite
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Magnesium
7.200E-10
7.200E-10
1.0290
Calcium
7.200E-10
7.200E-10
1.0290
Metal
4.800E-10
4.800E-10
1.0290
Other Cations (strong bases)
1.440E-9
1.440E-9
1.0290
Other Anions (strong acids)
1.440E-9
1.440E-9
1.0290
Total CO2
1.960E-9
1.960E-9
1.0290
User defined 1
6.900E-10
6.900E-10
1.0290

User defined 2
6.900E-10
6.900E-10
1.0290
User defined 3
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
User defined 4
5.000E-14
5.000E-14
1.0290
Dissolved oxygen
2.500E-9
2.500E-9
1.0290
EPS Strength coefficients [ ]
Name
Default
Value
Ordinary heterotrophic organisms (OHO)
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Methylotrophs
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Ammonia oxidizing biomass (AOB)
5.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Nitrite oxidizing biomass (NOB)
25.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Anaerobic ammonia oxidizers (ANAMMOX)
10.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Polyphosphate accumulating organisms (PAO)
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Propionic acetogens
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Methanogens - acetoclastic
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Methanogens - hydrogenotrophic
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Endogenous products
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Slowly bio. COD (part.)
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Slowly bio. COD (colloid.)
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Part. inert. COD
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Part. bio. org. N
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Part. bio. org. P
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Part. inert N
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Part. inert P
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Stored PHA
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Releasable stored polyP
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Fixed stored polyP
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Readily bio. COD (complex)
0
0
1.0000

Acetate
0
0
1.0000
Propionate
0
0
1.0000
Methanol
0
0
1.0000
Dissolved H2
0
0
1.0000
Dissolved methane
0
0
1.0000
Ammonia N
0
0
1.0000
Sol. bio. org. N
0
0
1.0000
Nitrous Oxide N
0
0
1.0000
Nitrite N
0
0
1.0000
Nitrate N
0
0
1.0000
Dissolved nitrogen gas
0
0
1.0000
PO4-P (Sol. & Me Complexed)
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Sol. inert COD
0
0
1.0000
Sol. inert TKN
0
0
1.0000
ISS Influent
0.3300
0.3300
1.0000
Struvite
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Hydroxy-dicalcium-phosphate
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Hydroxy-apatite
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Magnesium
0
0
1.0000
Calcium
0
0
1.0000
Metal
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Other Cations (strong bases)
0
0
1.0000
Other Anions (strong acids)
0
0
1.0000
Total CO2
0
0
1.0000
User defined 1
0
0
1.0000
User defined 2
0
0
1.0000
User defined 3
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
User defined 4
1.0000
1.0000
1.0000
Dissolved oxygen
0
0
1.0000

PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF
PLANT MODIFICATION TO 0.5 MGD
PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
• Rp
Q r�
02 7Ar
3-13-21
FIRM G1989

TABLE OF CONTENTS
I SPECIFICATIONS FOR WORK
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
CAST IN PLACE CONCRETE
II GENERAL MATERIALS
1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE
2. SS PIPE
3. C-900 AND C-905 PVC PIPE
4. SCHEDULE 80 PVC PIPE
III EQUIPMENT
1. PUMPS
2. BLOWERS
3. EQ AND DIGESTER DIFFUSERS
4. VALVES
5. BALL CHECK VALVES
6. SWING CHECK VALVES
7. GATE VALVES
8. LEVEL FLOAT SWITCHES
9. SUBMERGED MEMBRANE UNITS
10. GLASS LINED TANKS
1
8
11
11
22
22
22
22
22
18
18
18
19
20
22
22
22
23
24

Note: In the following documents "Owner" shall mean Pluris Hampstead, LLC. "Engineer of
record" shall mean the engineer who oversees construction of the project as stipulated by the
owner. "Design engineer" means the engineer whose seal and name appear on the design
documents in question.
I. SPECIFICATIONS FOR WORK
GENERAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. CLEARING
a. All areas to be cleared shall be delineated with sediment fence prior to clearing. All
clearing will follow the guidelines for erosion control on plan sheets C 10.0-C 10.3.
All disturbed areas will be stabilized within 21 days of the end of work in that area.
Stabilization of disturbed areas should follow the seeding guidelines set forth in
Specification 3.
2. EXCAVATING, GRADING, TRENCHING, & BACKFILLING
a. General
i. The contractor shall furnish all labor, equipment, supplies and materials, and
perform all operation in connection with the excavations, grading and
backfilling, including borrow for drainage structures, curb and gutter,
sidewalks, driveways, pavements, slopes, storm drains, water and sanitary
sewer lines, including all hauling, wetting, rolling and other operations
pertaining thereto within the clearing limits, complete, in strict accordance
with this section of the specifications and the applicable drawings, and
subject to the terms and conditions of the contract.
b. Existing Conditions
i. Every reasonable effort has been made to provide accurate information on
existing site conditions. The Contractor should become familiar with the site
and satisfy himself as to the scope of the work involved and the materials to
be encountered. Any significant change in conditions should be immediately
brought to the attention of the Owner's representative.
c. References
i. ASTM C33 - Standard specification for concrete aggregates
ii. ANSUASTM C136 - Sieve analysis of fine and coarse aggregates.
iii. ANSUASTM D698 - Tests for moisture -density relations of soils and soil -
aggregate mixture using 5.5 lb (2.49 kg) rammer and 12 inch (305 mm)
drop.
iv. ANSUASTM D 15 56 - Density of soil in place by sand -cone method.
V. ASTM D2487 - Classification of soils for engineering purposes.
d. Products -Soils
i. General: Use soils free of organic matter, refuse, rocks and lumps greater
than 4 inches in diameter and other deleterious matter.

1. Backfilling Materials: Suitable material, when used as backfill in
paved areas, shall be capable of being compacted as specified in
paragraph "Compaction and Testing" of this section of these
specifications.
a. Type 1 Material: Excavated material from the trench or
materials from other sources which are free from large clods,
roots or stones larger than 1 inch may be used as initial backfill
in trenches.
b. Type 2 Material: Excavated material from the trench or
materials from other sources which are free from large clods,
roots or stones larger than 8 inches may be used as final
backfill in trenches (see Trench Details)
ii. Classification: For the purpose of this specification, soils to be used as fill
material are grouped into five classes according to soil properties and
characteristics.
1. Class I -Angular, 6 to 40-mm (1/4 to 1-1/2 in.), graded stone,
including a number of fill materials that have regional significance
such as coral, slag, cinders, crushed stone, crushed gravel, and crushed
shells.
2. Class II - Coarse sands and gravels with maximum practical size of 44
mm (1-1/2 in.), including variously graded sands and gravels
containing small percentages of fines, generally granular and non -
cohesive, either wet or dry. Soil Types GW, GP, SW, and SP are
included in this class.
3. Class III - Fine sand and clayey gravels, including fine sands, sand -
clay mixtures, and gravel -clay mixtures. Soil Types GM, GC, SM, and
SC are included in this class.
4. Class IV - Silt, silty clays, and clays, including inorganic clays and
silts of low to high plasticity and liquid limits. Soil Types MH, ML,
CH, and CL are included in this class. These materials are not
recommended for bedding, pipe haunching, or initial backfill.
5. Class V - This class includes the organic soil, OL, OH, PT as well as
soils containing frozen earth, debris, rocks, larger than 40 mm (1-1/2
in.) in diameter, and other foreign materials. These materials are not
recommended for bedding, pipe haunching or initial backfill.
iii. Topsoil: Natural, friable soil free of subsoil, stumps, rocks larger than 2
inches in diameter, weeds and other material detrimental to plant growth.
iv. Granular Fill: Granular fill under floor slabs shall be Class I material.
V. Structural Fill: Fill material placed inside the line of the building foundation
or slab shall be Class I or II.
vi. Fill Beneath Pavement: Fill material used beneath pavement and for road
shoulders shall be Class II or III.
vii. General Fill: General fill material not otherwise specified shall be Class II or
III.
viii. Trench Backfill: Material used for bedding, pipe haunching and initial
backfill shall be as specified hereinafter.
2

1. Crushed Stone: Crushed stone shall be size no. 57, washed stone. If
fines are insufficient, stone screenings shall be added to extent
required to stabilize it in the trench.
2. Concrete: Concrete placed for cradles, thrust blocks, or encasement
shall be Class B concrete as specified in Section 03300 Cast -in -Place
Concrete.
3. EXECUTION
a. General
i. Familiarization: Prior to commencement of the earthwork, become
thoroughly familiar with the site, the site conditions, and all portions of the
work specified in this Section.
ii. Approvals: Backfilling and grading operations near foundations, walls,
pipes and other portions of the work to be covered shall not commence until
the Owner's Representative has completed all required inspections, tests and
approvals. Work covered prior to inspection shall be uncovered for
inspection purposes and backfilled.
b. Surface Preparation
i. Clearing: Areas designated for clearing and required for construction
operations shall be cleared of trees, brush, structures and other materials.
Trees which are to remain shall be protected during clearing operations and
subsequent work.
ii. Grubbing: Roots, stumps and other materials shall be grubbed from the
cleared areas to a depth of at least 18 inches. Tree stumps shall be grubbed
in their entirety, including tap roots where applicable.
iii. Topsoil: Strip existing topsoil to a depth of 4 inches from areas to be
excavated or graded. Stockpile the topsoil in a suitable area for use during
final grading operations. Protect the topsoil from excessive erosion.
iv. Unsuitable Material: Remove sod, muck or other unsuitable material to firm
subsoil in areas designated for filling or grading operations.
V. Disposal: Trees, stumps, roots, rubbish, unsuitable soil or other material
resulting from surface preparation shall be removed from the site by the
Contractor and disposed of.
c. Excess Water Control
i. General: Grade and maintain all areas of the site to preclude surface runoff
into excavations and prevent ponding of water.
ii. Dewatering: Excavations should be kept free of surface water and/or
groundwater. Provide and maintain at all times the necessary means and
devices to prevent water from entering the excavations and for removing all
water entering the excavations, at no additional cost to the owner.
iii. Softened Subgrade: Remove all soil softened or eroded by the presence of
water and replace with suitable backfill material.
d. Excavation
Excavation shall be accomplished in accordance with the grades and lines as
established by the Engineer and as required by the work to be performed.
3

Excavation shall include the removal and replacement of all asphalt,
concrete, curb, rock, earth, fences, trees (as directed by the Engineer),
shrubs, and other materials as applicable. The contractor will exercise care
to prevent undercutting lower than the required subgrades. All materials
from excavation, considered as suitable by the Engineer, shall be used as fill
wherever required, and the Contractor shall arrange his work so that this
usage of excavated materials will be possible. Unsuitable and surplus
materials from excavation, if any, shall be disposed of by the Contractor at
this expense. All areas of the site shall be graded and maintained at all times
to prevent surface runoff from draining into the excavations, and to prevent
ponding of water therein.
ii. Excavated materials not required for topsoil, fill or backfill shall be removed
from the site of the work by the Contractor, but none shall be deposited on
private property without written consent of the property owner.
iii. Unsuitable Materials: Unsuitable materials encountered in an excavation
shall be removed as directed by the Owner's representative, backfilled with
suitable material and compacted. Unsuitable materials include organic soils,
muck, soft and compressible silts and clays and running sands.
iv. Undercutting: Undercutting, unless authorized by the Engineer, shall be
replaced and compacted, as specified in f. (Fill and Compaction), at the
Contractor's expense. If the material, after excavation to subgrade, is found
to be soft, spongy or pumping and thus unfit for use as subgrade, such
unsuitable material shall be removed to a depth as directed by the Engineer
and the subgrade shall be brought to proper elevation by filling with suitable
material from excavation or from an approved borrow site.
V. Borrow: The Contractor will supply all borrow necessary and will provide
all labor and equipment necessary to dig and haul such borrow. The placing
of borrow shall be as provided for section f (Fill and Compaction).
e. Preparation of Subgrade
i. General: Upon completion of site preparation and excavation, scarify to a
depth of 12 inches and compact as specified. For areas to receive fill, the
compacted subgrade shall be scarified to a depth of four inches prior to
placing the fill.
f. Fill and Compaction
i. General: When and where existing plans and grades require the use of fill to
reach the required elevation, the Contractor shall deposit suitable material
from previously excavated areas. Such material shall be free from debris,
roots, trash, stones, or other harmful substances, and shall be spread in
successive layers of loose material not more than 8 inches in depth. Each
layer shall be spread uniformly by motor grader or other approved device
and rolled with an approved tamping or three -wheeled power roller until
thoroughly compacted to 90 percent of maximum density obtained at
optimum moisture content, as determined by the A.A.S.H.T.O. Standard
Method T-180. When any portion of the fill is constructed on an old road
bed, the existing surfaces shall be scarified and manipulated as directed by
the Engineer in order that, when compacted, it shall have a uniform density,
rd

as specified above. Fills shall be shaped and maintained at all times during
their construction to prevent an accumulation of standing water in the event
of rain.
ii. Moisture Conditioning: Moisten or aerate the subgrade and fill material as
required to obtain proper compaction.
iii. Structural Fill: Compact the subgrade and fill to a minimum of 98 percent
ASTM D698 (Standard Proctor) maximum density at optimum moisture
content.
iv. Granular Fill: Place granular fill on compacted, unscarified fill or subgrade
and compact to a minimum of 100 percent, ASTM D698, maximum density
at optimum moisture content.
V. Pavement Areas: Compact the subgrade and fill material beneath paved
areas and shoulders to a minimum 100 percent ASTM D698 maximum
density at optimum moisture content.
vi. Landscaped Areas: Compact the subgrade and fill to a minimum 98 percent
ASTM D698 maximum density at optimum moisture content. Compact
topsoil to 85 percent ASTM D698 maximum density at optimum moisture
content.
g. Finish Grading
i. General: Perform finish grading to the lines and grades shown on the
drawings. Finished grades should be smooth and uniform and provide
positive drainage..
ii. Tolerances:
1. Rough Grade Plus or minus 0.1 foot
2. Finish Grade Plus or minus 0.1 foot
iii. Topsoil: The top 4 inches of soil in landscaped areas shall be topsoil.
iv. Protection: Protect areas which have been graded from equipment traffic.
h. Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction for Utility Systems
i. General: Refer to specific utility sections in these specifications for
installation requirements. Trench, backfill and compact as specified except
as modified herein.
ii. Trenching: Trench widths at and below the top of the pipe shall be the
minimum necessary for proper installation. Trench banks above the top of
the pipe shall be as vertical as practicable. Overdepth excavation shall be
backfilled with Class I material and compacted. The Contractor shall
provide, at his expense and as directed by the Owner's representative,
special bedding material or concrete encasement as may be necessary due to
over -width excavation.
iii. Depth: Trench to the lines and grades shown on the drawings. Where
elevations are not shown, trench to a depth sufficient to provide at least 36
inches of cover above the top of pipe, unless otherwise specified. Grade
trenches to provide a constant slope free of sags and high spots.
iv. Dewatering: Keep trenches free of water. Include cost of dewatering in unit
price bid for pipe. No additional payment for this item is permitted.
V. Trench Bracing: Properly brace, sheet and support trench walls as soil
conditions indicate and in strict conformance with all pertinent laws and

OSHA regulations. Provide adequate bracing and shoring to protect adjacent
improvements. Contractor shall provide certification for all premanufactured
trench bracing devices prior to any excavation activities.
vi. Bedding, Pipe Haunching and Initial Backfill: Tamp to provide firm, even
bedding. Excavate bedding material to match the shape of the bottom of the
pipe and bell, as detailed in the drawings. Place haunching material so as to
provide full bearing around the bottom of the pipe. Place bedding haunching
and initial backfill as specified below.
vii. Pipe Bedding:
1. P.V.C. Gravity Main - Provide six (6) inches of Class I bedding
material compacted to 98 percent ASTM D698 density. Haunching
material shall be Class I material compacted to 98 percent ASTM
D698 density. Haunching of pipe from invert to springline shall be by
hand placement to ensure material is worked under Haunch. Initial
backfill shall be Class I to top of pipe (washed 157 stone preferred).
2. D.L.P. and C900/905 PVC Gravity Main - Provide six (6) inches of
Class I bedding material compacted to 98 percent ASTM D698
density. Haunching material shall be Class I material compacted to 98
percent ASTM D698 density. Haunching of pipe from invert to
springline shall be by hand placement to ensure material is worked
under Haunch. Initial backfill shall be Class I to springline of pipe
Class I, II or III material to top of pipe.
3. Pressure Main P.V.C. or D.I.P. - Provide six (6) inches of Class I or II
bedding material compacted to 98 percent ASTM D698 density.
Haunching material shall be Class I or II material compacted to 98
percent ASTM D698 density. Haunching of pipe from invert to
springline shall be by hand placement to ensure material is worked
under Haunch. Initial backfill shall be Class I or Class II to top of pipe
Class I, II or III material from top of pipe to 6-inches above pipe.
4. Service Pipe (Schedule 40) - Provide six (6) inches of Class I or II
bedding material compacted to 98 percent ASTM D698 density.
Haunching material shall be Class I or II material compacted to 98
percent ASTM D698 density. Haunching of pipe from invert to
springline shall be by hand placement to ensure material is worked
under Haunch. Initial backfill shall be Class I or II to top of pipe.
viii. Backfill: Backfill the remainder of the trench in accordance with paragraphs
2d (Products -Soils) and f. (Fill and Compaction) of this section. Backfill
from embedment zone to surface grade may be by hand of mechanical
placement. Trench backfill shall be compacted in 8-inch lifts.
ix. Foundation: Foundation materials shall be required in wet, yielding and
mucky locations. Foundation shall be constructed by removal of wet,
yielding or mucky material and its replacement with sufficient Class I
material to correct the instability. In areas where foundation is required
bedding shall be class I only.
X. Backfilling in Traffic Areas (Highways, paved streets, paved parking lots,
alleys, driveways, highway and street shoulders)
Cel

1. Initial Backfilling of Pipe (Ordinary Bedding for DIP Pipe)
a. After preparing the trench for ordinary bedding as described
under h. Trenching, Backfilling and Compaction for Utility
Systems) of this section, this portion of the pipe trench shall be
backfilled with suitable materials (Type 1) under and around
the pipe, carefully deposited in uniform layers on both sides of
pipe and compacted by hand or pneumatic tampers until
backfill reaches one (1) foot above top of pipe. The depth of
backfill layers shall be six (6) inches maximum. Each layer of
material shall be compacted to a dry density 95 percent of the
maximum determined by the Standard Proctor Compaction
Test.
b. When crushed stone or concrete encasement is used, the initial
backfill of suitable materials will not be required.
c. The tampers shall be of proper sized to operate between trench
wall and pipe without damaging the pipe.
2. Initial Backfilling of Pipe (Crusted Stone Encasement for PVC pipe,
DIP in unstable or wet conditions, or crushed stone encasement)
a. This portion of the pipe trench shall be backfilled with crushed
stone to provide crusted stone encasement.
b. When concrete cradle is used, the initial backfill will start at
the top of the concrete and then continue as specified above.
c. When concrete encasement is used, the initial backfill of
crushed stone will not be required.
3. Backfilling Trench to Subgrade After Initial Backfilling (Suitable
Materials)
a. After initial backfilling has been compacted as specified above,
backfill the remainder of the trench in compacted layers not to
exceed twelve (12) inches using a mechanical tamper up to the
bottom elevation of the pavement structure with suitable
materials (Type 2) to be a dry density 95 percent of the
maximum determined by the Modified Proctor Compaction
Test.
Field Quality Control
i. Field inspection, sampling and testing will be performed per owner's
instructions.
ii. An independent soils engineering and testing laboratory shall perform
sufficient tests and inspection procedures, to the satisfaction of the Engineer,
both in the field and lab to ensure that the provisions of this specification are
met. The testing shall be paid by the Contractor. The testing lab shall be
approved by the Engineer. After testing is completed and reports are
provided, all subgrades below the paving will be examined by the Engineer
before any paving is authorized. The responsibility of the soils engineering
and testing laboratory is to the Engineer, to whom that firm must promptly,
faithfully and accurately report the results of its tests and inspections. The
firm must, in addition, work in coordination with the Contractor, making all
7

tests required. The reports must state whether or not the reported results
comply with contract requirements. The testing and control firm shall
promptly type and deliver all its reports to the Engineer with a copy to the
Contractor.
4. PAYMENT
a. Payment
No separate payment will be made for Excavating, Grading, Trenching and
Backfilling. All costs incurred by the contractor for this work should be included in
the unit price or lump sum price for the item of work to which it pertains
5. SEEDING AND STABILIZATION OF DISTURBED AREAS
a. The seeding and stabilization of all disturbed areas shall conform to the soil erosion
design found on plan sheets C 13.0- C 13.3 and the Erosion Control Permit. All
seeding shall meet or exceed the standards set forth in the seeding chart found in the
plan set.
ELECTRICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. GENERAL
a. Scope of work
i. The work included under this Section consists of the furnishing of all labor,
equipment, supplies and materials, and the performing of all operations
necessary to complete the installation of an electrical system for light and
power as indicated on the plans, including electrical outlets and connections
shown or required for all motors and equipment furnished under other sections
of the work together with local control and remote control wiring. The work
includes, but is not limited to, trenches, copper wire, conduit, fittings, outlet
boxes, junction boxes, pull boxes, switches, receptacles, panelboards, lighting
fixtures, lamps, relays, timers, alarms, control centers and lightning arrestors.
b. Related Work Specified Elsewhere
i. Submittals: See sealed drawings and specifications by Electrical Engineer
ii. Wire and Cable: See sealed drawings and specifications by Electrical
Engineer
iii. Electrical Service: See sealed drawings and specifications by Electrical
Engineer
c. Reference Standard
i. Qualifications
1. All technical drawings submitted will bear the seal of a registered
Professional Engineer. The act of sealing each drawing shall be taken
to indicate that the sealing engineer has personally reviewed the plans
and specifications, and that it is his professional opinion that the
material covered in his submission meets or exceeds the requirements
of the Contract Drawings and Specifications.

2. Workmanship shall be of the highest quality and all work shall be done
by workmen skilled in the trades involved.
3. The term "CONTRACTOR" as used herein, is intended to mean the
"General Contractor," or his subcontractor.
ii. Standards and Codes
1. All construction, installation, workmanship, equipment and materials
shall conform to all act, laws, rules and regulations having jurisdiction
in the area where this project is to be located, and to the current edition
of the following standards or codes in 2. of this section.
2. National Electrical Code (NEC) National Electrical Manufacturing
Assoc.(NEMA) American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA) Insulated Cable
Engineers Association (ICEA) Institute of Electrical & Electronic
Engineers (IEEE) Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Electrical Testing
Laboratory (ETL) Codes and regulations are to be interpreted as
minimum requirements and shall in no way restrict the installation.
3. Allowable Tolerances
a. Equipment locations and conduit installation shall follow the
layouts shown on the drawings. These layouts, however, are
diagrammatic and shall be subject to such changes as may be
necessary to complete the installation, to coordinate the work
with other trades, or to overcome obstacles encountered during
construction.
b. The Contractor shall apply for detailed information regarding
the position of equipment and outlets that are not dimensioned
on the drawings. The final or required locations must be
coordinated on the job site with other outlets or other trades.
c. Where a major deviation from the drawings is indicated by
practical considerations, the Contractor shall submit shop
drawings showing all deviations in such detail so as to clearly
indicate the necessity or desirability for the change.
d. Submittals
i. The drawings indicate the extent and general arrangement of the various
systems. If any departures from these drawings are deemed necessary by the
Contractor, detailed drawings and descriptions of these departures and a
statement of the reasons therefore shall be submitted to the Engineer for
approval as soon as practicable. No departures from the arrangements shown
on the drawings shall be made without prior written approval of the design
engineer.
ii. Shop drawings and required field drawings shall be submitted to the design
engineer for approval as required by the contract documents.
Product, Deliver, Storage and Handling
i. All materials and equipment furnished and/or installed under this contract
shall be received and adequately protected by the Contractor.
f. Job Conditions

i. It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to make a physical survey of
existing conditions pertaining to this project.
ii. The drawings showing the extent and arrangement of the work of the
particular trade must be used together with the drawings showing the extent
and arrangement of the work of the other trades. The Contractor shall lay out
work with due consideration for the other trades and shall be responsible for
calling to the attention of the Engineer any interferences encountered and shall
be investigated and called to the attention of the Engineer before any
equipment is installed and before any material is fabricated. Relocation
resulting from interferences shall be made at no additional cost to the Owner.
g. Products - Materials
i. All materials and equipment, installed under this contract shall be firmly
supported and secured to the structure where required.
ii. Fastenings to wood shall be by means of wood screws, or bolts; to masonry by
means of threaded metal inserts, metal expansion bolts of shields, lag screws
or toggle bolts; and to steel by means of metal screws, bolts or welding. No
wood or fiber plugs will be permitted.
iii. Structural stainless steel angles, channel and flats, rods and hangers;
"Unistrut" or "Kindorf' or equal, sheet steel with stainless nuts and fittings
shall be provided, as required or detailed, to install and mount electrical
equipment. Perforated iron straps shall not be used for outdoor supports.
iv. Conduit runs shall be supported with stainless iron clamps. Multiple conduit
runs shall be supported preferably by means of "Unistrut" or "Kindorf'
sections welded to structural steel.
v. Conduit runs overhead to isolated areas may be supported by pipe hangers or
process or service piping. Piping shall be of a class, size and span to
adequately support the conduit system. Such installation shall require the prior
approval of the Engineer.
h. Nameplates
i. The nameplate shall show the manufacturer's name and location, the
manufacturer's shop order number and outline drawings number, the date of
manufacture and other information required by code, such as "HIGH
VOLTAGE", warnings, voltage, and amperage ratings.
ii. All unit equipment shall contain individual unit nameplates. Nameplates shall
also be provided on all individual dry type transformers, individual
panelboards, control panels, transfer switches, safety switches and
combination starters. The nameplate will describe the unit or equipment which
is served. Each nameplate will be of suitable height to get at least three lines
of 3/16-inch high engraved laminated plastic white -on -black background
letters, indicating the function or name of the equipment, as identified on the
drawings.
iii. All pilot lights will include laminated plastic nameplates with 3/16-inch
engraved, white letters on black background indicating what has operated or
in what state the controlled load is in.
2. EXECUTION
10

a. Field Quality Control
i. The contractor shall test the completed system wiring for faults, and remove
any defects prior to final inspection.
b. Protection of Completed Work
i. The Contractor shall effectively protect his work, materials and equipment
from damage during the construction period. All openings into any part of the
conduit system, associated fixtures and equipment must be securely covered
or otherwise protected. Steel conduit and other ferrous metal supplies shall be
stored where they will not be exposed to corrosion.
3. PAYMENT
a. No separate payment will be made for Electrical Section. All costs incurred by the
contractor for this work should be included in the unit price or lump sum price for the
item of work to which it pertains.
MECHANICAL SPECIFICATIONS
1. GENERAL
a. Scope of Work
i. Mechanical work for this project consists of the construction of pipe networks
connecting various pumps, blowers and miscellaneous equipment and the
installation of said equipment. Industry standards for all pipe fitting and
utility line installation shall be adhered to.
b. Testing and Quality Assurance
i. All lines that are to be pressurized shall be leak tested by filling the lines with
clean water and putting the line under a pressure of 150 psig for a minimum of
two hours. Lines that will experience gravity flow should be thoroughly
flushed and inspected by camera for sagging and infiltration. All manholes
shall be vacuum tested to insure water tightness. The engineer of record
should be notified of all testing two days prior to the event so that the engineer
or his representative can be present.
c. HVAC and Plumbing Work
i. Plumbing fixtures shall meet all NC Building Code standards. HVAC
equipment shall consist of a typical "window unit" sized for the control room
and shall meet all requirements per the NC Building Code.
d. All mechanical work should follow the latest version of the NC Mechanical Code and
all manufacturers' recommendations for equipment installation.
CAST -IN -PLACE CONCRETE SPECIFICATIONS
1. GENERAL
a. Concrete shall consist of a mixture of Portland cement aggregates and water,
proportioned in accordance with the requirements of this specification. Admixtures
shall be included with these primary ingredients only when specifically authorized.
2. SPECIAL PRECAUTIONS IN FREEZING WEATHER
11

a. Frozen Aggregates
i. Frozen aggregates or aggregates containing lumps of frozen material shall be
thawed before using.
b. Work in Freezing Weather
i. When the temperature falls below thirty-two (32) degrees Fahrenheit, all the
materials which enter into the construction of concrete work of any kind are to
be thoroughly heated and used while hot. This shall be accomplished by heating
the aggregates and water with which the concrete is mixed. As soon as the
concrete is placed, it is to be protected from frost, either by backfilling or
covering with hay, straw or some similar substance, to a depth of at least one
(F) foot. A covering of canvas or boards will not be sufficient, but where steam
is available and it is practical to cover all exposed concrete with canvas and
introduce steam under the canvas, it will be deemed a sufficient protection.
When the temperature falls to or below thirty-five (35) Fahrenheit, no concrete
work of any kind is to be done except by special permission of the Engineer,
and then strictly according to his directions. Concrete shall be deposited on
frosted or frozen subgrade.
3. PROPORTIONS AND CONSISTENCY
a. General
i. In proportioning concrete materials one (1) bag (sack) of cement shall be
considered as being one (1) cubic foot volume and ninety-four (94) pounds
weight.
b. Aggregates
i. The weight per unit volume of the aggregates shall be based on dry and rodded
weights determined in accordance with ASTM C-29 latest revision.
c. Water
i. Total or maximum water shall be considered as that including added water
absorbed (surface) water in the aggregates. Water shall be measured by volume
or weight. The device for the measurement of water shall be readily adjustable
under all operating conditions and shall be accurate to one-half (1/2%) percent or
less.
d. Cement
i. Cement shall be measured by weight when bulk cement is used and where in
batching it is necessary to use a portion of a bag. Otherwise for bag cement, the
bag weight of ninety-four (94) pounds may be used. Cement shall not be
weighed in the same batch box as the aggregates, but a separate scale shall be
used.
e. Admixtures
i. Powdered admixtures shall be measured by weight and liquid admixtures by
weight or volume.
f. Weighing Hoppers & Scales
i. Scales utilized in proportioning shall be either springless dial, multiple beam
type, or solid-state digital strain gauge transducer type. Scale gradations shall be
no greater than: Aggregate Scales 30 lbs. Cement Scales 6 lbs. Water Scales 6
lbs. All scale indicators shall be enclosed against moisture and dust. Weighing
equipment shall be insulated against vibration and movement of other operating
12

equipment in the plant. When the entire plant is running, the scale reading at
cut-off shall not vary more than 1% for cement, 1% for water, 1 1/2% for any
size of aggregate, nor 1 % for the total aggregate in any batch.
g. Consistency
i. The consistency of the concrete shall be determined by the slump test,
hereinafter referred to, and said mixes shall be of the consistency required by
the Engineer; but the ratio of fine aggregate to total aggregate shall be
maintained as shown in Table 1.
Table I - Recommended Proportions of Aggregates
Ratio of Fine (*) to Total Aggregate on
Maximum Size of Coarse Basis of Dry, Compacted Columns,
Aggregate - Inches Measured Separately
Minimum Maximum
3/8" 0.55 0.70
3/4" 0.40 0.60
1" and over 0.30 0.50
(*) Note: The finer the sand, the lower will be the percentage required.
4. MIXING AND DELIVERY
a. General
i. All concrete under this specification shall be machine mixed, where the volume
to be placed is equal to or greater than (1) cubic yard. Hand mixing may be
allowed where the volume to be placed is less than (1) cubic yard.
b. Mixers
i. Mixers shall be stationary or truck mixers and shall conform with ASTM C-94
latest revision. The mixer drum shall be of adequate size to accommodate the
maximum batch and shall be rotated at the rate specified by the manufacturer.
The mixer shall be equipped with an automatic timing device to prevent
discharge of the concrete until the specified mixing time has elapsed. In lieu of
an automatic timing device, the Contractor may elect to use a stop watch in the
hands of a reliable worker.
c. Mixing Time
i. The minimum mixing time for batches of one (1) cubic yard capacity or less
shall be one (1) minute; for larger capacity of mixes this mixing time shall be
increased at the rate of one-half (1/2) minute for each cubic yard or fraction
thereof additional capacity. The mixing time shall be measured from the time
that all of the materials and one-half (1/2) of the water are in the drum. The water
shall not be added faster than consuming ten (10) complete drum revolutions.
d. Central Plant Ready Mix Concrete Delivery
i. Central Plant Ready Mix Concrete shall be delivered to the work site at the
specified consistency in watertight containers in which segregation will not take
place and from which the concrete can be discharged freely.
Delivery Period
13

i. Central Plant Ready Mix Concrete shall be delivered to the work site and
pouring begun within a period of one and one half (1 1/2) hours after the
introduction of mixing the water to the dry materials.
f. Cold Weather Delivery
i. Concrete delivered in out of door temperature lower than forty (40) degrees
shall arrive at the work having a temperature of not less than sixty (60) degrees
Fahrenheit (F), nor greater than one hundred (100) degrees F.
g. Hand Mixing
i. Hand mixing shall be permitted when the amount of concrete required for any
job is less than one (1) cubic yard. Hand mixed concrete shall be mixed on a
watertight platform or in a mortar box in batches not to exceed 1/3 cubic yards
each. The aggregate shall first be spread in a uniform layer over which the
required quantity of cement shall be evenly distributed. The entire batch shall be
turned with shovels until the ingredients are thoroughly blended before adding
the water. After adding the proper amount of water, the batch shall again be
turned with shovels until a uniform consistency is obtained. Methods of hand
mixing which allow the loss of mixing water will not be permitted.
5. INSPECTION
a. General
i. Proper facilities shall be provided for the inspection and sampling of concrete at
the mixing plant, loading plant, and place of delivery.
ii. The manufacturer shall afford the inspector, without charge to the Owner, all
reasonable facilities for securing samples to determine if the concrete is being
furnished in accordance with the requirements of this specification. All
inspection and sampling shall be so conducted as not to interfere unnecessarily
with the manufacture and delivery of the concrete.
b. Handling and Placing Concrete
i. No concrete shall be used which does not reach its final position in the forms
within one (1) hour after water is first added to the mix, except when concrete is
continually agitated, when the time may be extended to one and one-half (1 1/2)
hours. Concrete shall be placed so as to avoid segregation of the materials and
the displacement of the reinforcement. The use of long chutes for conveying
concrete from the mixer will be permitted only on written authority of the
Engineer. In case an inferior quality of concrete is produced by the use of
chutes, the Engineer may order discontinuance of their use and the substitution
of a satisfactory method of placing. Open troughs and chutes shall be of metal
or metal lines; where steep slopes are required; the chutes shall be equipped
with baffle boards or be in short lengths that reverse the direction of movement.
All chutes, troughs and pipes shall be kept free from coatings of hardened
concrete by thoroughly flushing with water after each run; water used for
flushing shall be discharged clear of the concrete already in place. Concrete
shall not be dropped a distance of more than five (5) feet, and special care shall
be taken to fill each part of the form by depositing the concrete as near final
position as possible. The coarse aggregate shall be worked back from the face
14

and the concrete forced around the reinforcement without displacing the bars.
After initial set of the concrete, the forms shall not be jarred and no strain shall
be placed on the ends of the projecting reinforcement. Concrete shall be
compacted by continuous working with a suitable tool or by vibrating the forms
in a manner acceptable to the Engineer; the mortar shall be flushed to the
surface by the use of a suitable spading tool. If puddling cannot be done because
of the obstruction of reinforcement or other cause, compacting shall be
accomplished by vibrating the form in a manner satisfactory to the Engineer.
Concrete shall be placed in horizontal layers not more than twelve (12") thick,
except as hereinafter provided. When less than a complete layer is placed in one
operation, it shall be terminated in a vertical bulkhead. Each layer shall be
placed and compacted before the preceding batch has taken initial set to prevent
injury to the green concrete and avoid surfaces of separation between the
batches. Each layer shall be compacted so as to void the formation of a
construction joint with a preceding layer which has not taken initial set. When
placing of concrete is temporarily discontinued, the concrete, after becoming
firm enough to sustain its form, shall be cleaned of laitance and other
objectionable material to a sufficient depth to expose sound concrete. To avoid
visible joints as far as possible upon exposed faces, the top surface of the
concrete adjacent to the form shall be smoothed with a trowel. Where a "Feather
Edge" might be produced at a construction joint, inset form work shall be used
to form the preceding layer so that the thickness of the edge shall be not less
than six (6") inches. Work shall not be discontinued within eighteen (18")
inches thick, in which case, if permitted by the Engineer, the construction joint
may be made at the underside of the coping. Construction joints shall be placed
across regions of low shearing stress, in locations which will be hidden from
view to the greatest possible extent, and at only the locations shown on the plans
or as directed by the Engineer. All concrete shall be placed so as to be properly
finished and curing begun during the daylight hours. At no time shall concrete
be placed which will require the finishing, etc., to be performed by artificial
light. Paving operations shall be as scheduled by the Engineer.
6. FINISHING AND CURING OF CONCRETE
a. Finishing
i. Concrete for curb, curb and gutter, sidewalk and driveways shall have a
broomed finish. This finish shall be accomplished as follows: The surface shall
be screened and tamped with a special tool to force the coarse aggregate away
from the surface, floated to bring the surface to the required finish level, steel -
troweling to an even smooth surface and brooming with a fibre -bristle brush.
The surface shall be of uniform texture.
b. Curing
i. Curing shall be accomplished by preventing loss of moisture, rapid temperature
change, and mechanical injury or injury from rain or flowing water for a period
of 7 days when normal Portland cement has been used or 3 days when high -
early -strength Portland cement has been used. Curing shall be started as soon
after placing and finishing as free water has disappeared from the surface of the
15

concrete. Curing may be accomplished by any of the following methods or
combination thereof, as approved.
Moist Curing
i. Uniformed surfaces shall be covered with burlap, cotton, or other approved
fabric mats, or with sand and shall be kept continually wet. Forms shall be kept
continually wet and if removed before the end of the curing period, curing shall
be continued as on uniformed surfaces, using suitable materials. Burlap shall be
used only on surfaces which will be unexposed in the finished work and shall be
in two layers.
d. Waterproof -Paper Curing
i. Surfaces shall be covered with waterproof paper lapped 4 inches at edges and
ends and sealed with masting or pressure -sensitive tape not less than 1 1/2 inches
wide. Paper shall be weighted to prevent displacement, and tears and holes
appearing during the curing period shall be immediately repaired by patching.
e. Membrane -Curing Method
i. The entire exposed surfaces shall be covered with a pigmented membrane -
forming curing compound approved by the Engineer. The curing compound
shall be applied in two coats by hand operated pressure sprayers at a coverage
rate of approximately 200 square feet per gallon for both coats. The second coat
shall be applied in a direction approximately at right angles to the direction of
application of the first coat. The compound shall form a uniform, continuous,
coherent film that will not check, crack, or peel and shall be free from pinholes
or other imperfections. Concrete surfaces to which membrane -curing
compounds have been applied shall be adequately protected for 7 days from
pedestrian and vehicular traffic and from any other action which might disrupt
the continuity of the membrane. Any area covered with curing compound and
damaged by subsequent construction operations within the 7-day curing period
shall be re -sprayed at no additional expense to the Owner.
f. Sampling and Testing
i. General
1. All sampling, curing and testing of Portland Cement concrete shall be in
accordance with the current ASTM designation applicable to each case
as listed in the subsections. Not less than three cylinders shall be taken
for testing at any one time. Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer,
three cylinders shall be taken for breaking at seven days and three
cylinders taken for breaking at twenty-eight (28) days from each batch to
be tested. The cost of concrete for samples is to be considered incidental
testing company. The Owner will pay the costs of the initial tests. Any
retests will be paid by the Contractor.
ii. Sampling Fresh Concrete
1. C 172 - Latest Revision
iii. Obtaining Drilled Cores
1. C42 - Latest Revision
iv. Molding and Curing Specimens
1. C31 - Latest Revision
v. Compressive Strength
16

1. C39 - Latest Revision
vi. Flexural Strength
1. C78 - Latest Revision
vii. Slump
1. C 143 - Latest Revision
viii. Air Content
1. C 173 or C231 - Latest Revision
ix. Unit Weight Yield
1. C138 - Latest Revision
x. Setting of Mortar
1. C 191 or C266 - Latest Revision
7. PAYMENT
a. General
i. No separate payment for concrete will be made.
II. GENERAL MATERIALS
1. DUCTILE IRON PIPE
a. All ductile iron pipe will conform to the latest version of ANSI/AWWA
C151/A21.5I and be either flanged joint or mechanical joint pipe. All fittings will
conform to the standards found in the Appendix I of this specification from American
Ductile Iron Pipe.
b. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 1.
2. STAINLESS STEEL PIPE
a. All stainless steel pipe shall be schedule 40 304 stainless steel and meet the standards
or ASTM A-312/ASME SA-312
b. For more information on stainless steel pipe and tubing refer to the specifications
from Independent Pipe and Supply Corp found in Appendix I tab 2.
c. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 2.
3. C-900 AND C-905 PVC PIPE
a. All C-900 and C-905 pvc pipe shall conform to the following standards:
i. ASTM D 1784
ii. ASTM 477
iii. All other applicable standards for pressure pipe.
iv. Appendix Reference — Appendix I tab 3.
4. SCHEDULE 80 PVC PIPE
a. All schedule 80 PVC pipe and fittings shall conform to the following standards:
i. ASTM D 1784
ii. ASTM D 1785
iii. ASTM D 2464 OR ASTM D 2467 PVC
iv. ASTM D 2467
v. ASTM D 2564
vi. ASTM F 1668
17

vii. NSF STANDARD 14
viii. NSF STANDARD 61
ix. Note: Latest revision of each standard applies.
x. Refer to the manufacturer's suggested specification form Charlotte Pipe and
Foundry Company as meeting these standards. Pipe supplied shall be equal or
better to the materials included in Appendix I tab 5.
xi. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 4.
III. EQUIPMENT
1. PUMPS
a. Equalization Tank Pumps
i. Equalization Tank Pumps shall be Flygt np3102, 5 hp submersible pumps or
equivalent.
ii. Design Point: 450 gpm @ 20' TDH
iii. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 5.
b. Wasting/Rescreening Pumps
i. Wasting/Rescreening Pumps shall be Flygt NP3085, 2.2 hp submersible
pumps or equivalent.
ii. Operating Point - 75 gpm @ 25' TDH
iii. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 6.
2. BLOWERS
a. DIGESTER AND EQUALIZATION BLOWERS
i. Equalization Blower package shall be Aerzen GM 25S Delta positive
displacement rotary lobe blowers (or Kaeser equivalent) capable of producing
488 SCFM at a differential pressure of 5.7 psig.
ii. Digester Blower packages shall be Aerzen GM 30L Delta positive
displacement rotary lobe blowers (or Kaeser equivalent) capable of producing
785 SCFM at a differential pressure of 5.9 psig
iii. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 7.
3. EQ AND DIGESTER MEDIUM BUBBLE DIFFUSERS
a. Medium bubble diffusers shall be manufactured by Environmental Dynamics, Inc.
Equivalent products may be considered.
b. The digester diffuser system shall be capable of 40 scfm for 1000 cu ft of tank
volume based on mixing.
c. The equalization diffuser system shall be capable of 20 scfin for 1000 cu ft of tank
volume based on mixing.
d. Associated piping and hardware shall be as detailed in the manufacturer's literature.

e. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 8.
4. VALVES
a. PVC BALL VALVES
i.
General
1.
Type-21 Ball Valves
ii.
Scope
1.
All requirements are for PVC, CPVC, PP & PVDF Type-21 Ball
Valves and accessories.
iii.
Materials
1.
U-PVC — Conforming to ASTM D1784 Cell Classification 12454 A
2.
CPVC — Conforming to ASTM D1784 Cell Classification 23567 A
3.
Polypropylene — Conforming to ASTM D4101 Cell Classification
PP0210B67272
4.
PVDF — Conforming to ASTM D3222-91A Cell Classification Type I1
5.
FKM — Viton® Fluorocarbon Rubber
6.
EPDM — Ethylene Propylene Diene Terpolymer Rubber
7.
PTFE — Teflon® Polytetrafluoroethylene
8.
3.0 Type-21 Ball Valves:
9.
All Type-21 ball valves sized 1/2" — 6"shall be of True -Union design
with 2-way blocking capability. PTFE seats shall have elastomeric
backing cushions to provide smooth even stem torque and to
compensate for wear. Valves shall feature molded ISO mounting top
flange for actuation installation and Panel Mount feature on bottom of
valve for securing in -line. The handle shall double as the spanner
wrench for maintenance and carrier adjustment.
iv.
Operators
1.
Type-21 1/2" — 6" (Lever Type standard)
2.
Lever Handle to be Asahi Standard valve handle Red color.
v.
Approved Manufacturer
1.
Type-21 Ball Valves shall be provided by Asahi/America, Inc. of
Malden, MA with no approved equals. Manufacturer must be ISO-
9001 certified.
vi.
Working Temperature:
1.
Valves shall have a pressure rating of:
a. 230 psi at 700 F sizes 1/2" — 3" PVC, CPVC, PVDF (Soc, Thd
or Butt)
b. 150 psi at 700 F sizes 1/2" — 6" PP, 4 — 6" PVC, CPVC, &
PVDF
c. 150 psi at 700 F sizes 1/2" — 6" PVC, CPVC, PP & PVDF
(Flanged)
vii.
Accessories:
1.
Stem Extensions
a. Stem extensions where required should be designed, built and
provided by the Asahi/America, Inc., and be 1 of 3 styles:
19

i. Style BV-A Two piece extension with outer housing
100% sealed either free standing or supported design.
ii. Style BV-B Single piece extension either free standing
or supported design
iii. Style BV-P Single piece Panel Mount Extension made
of PVC
b. Minimum Length = 4"
c. Maximum Length = 12"
d. Not Available for 4" or 6" Valves
viii. Actuation
1. Actuation where required should be designed, built and provided by
Asahi/America, Inc., and be either pneumatic (Series 79P) or electric
(Series 83, 94, or 92) type. All actuation accessories to be provided
and installed by Asahi/America, Inc. in accordance with manufacturers
requirements.
ix. Locking Devices
1. Where required locking devices can be installed over the valve handle
to prevent unauthorized operation of the valve.
x. Operating Nuts
1. Where required 2" square operating nuts can be installed in place of
valve handle.
2. Materials of construction — Annodized Aluminum.
xi. Certifications:
1. NSF-61
2. PVC/EPDM and PVC/FKM models shall have NSF-61 Certification
for use in drinking water applications.
xii. Installation Procedures
1. All valve joints shall be prepared using the preferred joining method
for the valve material and installation type in accordance with all
requirements put forth in the Type-21 Operation & Maintenance
manual. All accessories should be installed in accordance with the
manufacturers requirements as well as any facility requirements.
2. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 9.
b. Butterfly Valves
i. Butterfly Valves shall be Keystone resilient seated butterfly valves.
ii. Shutoff rating shall be 250 psi.
iii. Body shall be ASTM-A 126 Class B Cast Iron
iv. Valve stem shall be 416 SS
v. Disc shall be Aluminun ASTM B 148 UNS
vi. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 10.
20

5. BALL CHECK VALVES
a. General
i. Ball Check Valves
b. Scope
i. All requirements are for PVC, CPVC, Polypropylene & PVDF True -Union
and Single Union Ball Check Valves and accessories.
c. Materials
i. U-PVC — Conforming to ASTM D 1784 Cell Classification 12454 A
ii. CPVC — Conforming to ASTM D1784 Cell Classification 23567A
iii. Polypropylene — Conforming to ASTM D4101 Cell Classification
PP0210B67272
iv. PVDF — Conforming to ASTM D3222-91A Cell Classification Type II
v. FKM — VitonR Fluorocarbon Rubber
vi. EPDM — Ethylene Propylene Diene Terpolymer Rubber
vii. PTFE - Polytetrafluoroethylene
d. Valves
i. Ball Check valves shall be PVC, CPVC, PP or PVDF body with EPDM, FKM
or PTFE seals. Valves shall be of solid thermoplastic construction, and be
designed with an elastomeric uniseat/seal for tight shut-off under pressure.
Sizes 1/2" — 2" shall be true union, and sizes 3" & 4" shall be single union.
Approved Manufacturer
i. Valves shall be provided by Asahi/America, Inc. of Malden, MA with no
approved equals. Manufacturer must be ISO-9001 certified.
f. Pressure Vs. Temperature
i. Valves shall have a pressure rating o£
150 psi at 70' F sizes 1/2" — 2"
100 psi at 70' F sizes 3" & 4"
g. ACCESSORIES:
i. SS Spring
1. Valves shall be capable of being machined to accept a 316 SS Spring
or PTFE Coated 316 SS spring where required. A minimum 10 psi
inlet pressure is required to "crack" open the valve with this option.
2. Foot Valve Screen
3. Valves shall accept the option of a PVC Foot valve screen on the inlet
side of the valve for use in applications where the valve is in a tank on
the suction side of the pump to protect against foreign material
entering the system.
h. Certifications
i. NSF-61 PVC/EPDM and PVC/FKM models shall have NSF-61 Certification
for use in drinking water applications.
Installation Procedures
i. All valve joints shall be prepared using the preferred joining method for the
valve material and installation type in accordance with all requirements put
forth in the Ball Check Valve Operation & Maintenance manual. All
accessories should be installed in accordance with the manufacturer's
requirements as well as any facility requirements.
21

j. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 11.
6. WAFER CHECK VALVES AND SWING CHECK VALVES
a. The check valve shall be a wafer style (flangeless) swing check design utilizing a
torsional spring to assist in faster closure. The valve must be capable of gravity
closure should the loss of spring tension occur when system back pressure is present.
b. Body/Seat The body shall be of one-piece construction and shall (1) possess a
machined dovetail groove for elastomer and polymer seals, or (2) possess an integral
metal seat machined into the body when metal -to -metal seats are required. The
resilient seals shall not be vulcanized to facilitate seat retention. The resilient seals
shall be field replaceable. The resilient seals shall provide positive shut-off at both
low and high pressure.
c. Disc The valve shall utilize a one-piece disc/arm assembly. The disc shall completely
cover the seal when in the closed position to provide positive seal regardless of disc
orientation.
d. Disc/Stem Connection The stem shall possess a double "D" design that when mated
to the corresponding disc/arm assembly bore provided positive connection.
e. Swing check valves shall be by Asahi America or Mueller and allow for horizontal or
vertical installation. Valve bodies may be cast iron or PVC
f. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 12.
7. GATE VALVES
a. The resilient seat gate valves shall fully comply with the latest revision of AWWA
C509, and shall also be UL listed and FM approved. The valves shall be tested and
certified to ANSI/NSF 61.
b. The valve shall have a 250 psig working pressure.
c. The valve type shall be NRS (non -rising stem) or OS&Y (outside screw & yoke) as
specified.
d. The valve shall have an arrow cast on the operating nut or handwheel showing
opening direction. The direction of opening shall be as specified.
e. The NRS valves shall be provided with a 2" square operating nut and OS&Y valves
shall be provided with a handwheel. The bolt that attaches the operating nut to the
stem shall be recessed into the operating nut so as not to interfere with valve wrench
operation.
f. The valves shall have bolts and nuts for the stuffing box and bonnet with one of the
following compositions:
g. Steel, ASTM A-307, Grade B zinc plated.
h. Type 304 stainless steel.
i. Type 316 stainless steel.
j. The valve stem shall be made of bronze ASTM B-132 alloy C67600 bar stock
material. The stem shall have at least one "anti -friction" thrust washer above and
below the stem collar to reduce operating torque. The design of the NRS valve stem
shall be such that if excessive input torque is applied, stem failure shall occur above
22

the stuffing box at such a point as to enable the operation of the valve with a pipe
wrench or other readily available tool. The stem material shall provide a minimum
70,000psi tensile strength with 15% elongation and yield strength of 30,000psi.
Valves with cast stems or two piece stem collars are not acceptable.
k. The NRS valves shall have a stuffing box that is o-ring sealed. Two o-rings shall be
placed above and one o-ring below the stem thrust collar. The thrust collar shall be
factory lubricated. The thrust collar and its lubrication shall be isolated by the o-rings
from the waterway and from outside contamination providing permanent lubrication
for long term ease of operation. Valves without a stuffing box are unacceptable.
Valves without at least three stem o-rings are also unacceptable.
1. The valve body, bonnet, stuffing box, and disc shall be composed of ASTM A-126
Class B grey iron or ASTM A395 or A536 ductile iron. The body and bonnet shall
also adhere to the minimum wall thickness as set forth in Table 2, section 4.3.1 of
AWWA C509.
m. The valve disc and guide lugs must be fully (100%) encapsulated in SBR ASTM
D2000 rubber material. The peel strength shall not be less than 75 pounds per inch.
Guide caps of an acetal bearing material shall be placed over solid guide lugs to
prevent abrasion and to reduce the operating torque.
n. The valves shall have all internal and external ferrous surfaces coated with a fusion
bonded thermosetting powder epoxy coating of 10 mils nominal thickness. The
coating shall conform to AWWA C550.
o. The tapping valves shall have an inlet flange conforming to ANSI B 16.1 Class 125
for attachment to a tapping sleeve or cross. In addition, the valve inlet flange shall
have a machined projection or raised face complying with MSS SP-60 for accurate
alignment to the mating recess in the tapping sleeve flange. The seat opening of the
tapping valves shall be at least .30" larger than the nominal pipe size to permit full
diameter cuts.
p. The valves shall be warranted by the manufacturer against defects in materials or
workmanship for a period of ten (10) years from the date of manufacture. The
manufacturing facility for the valves must have current ISO certification.
q. The NRS valves shall be MUELLER® A2360 series or approved equal.
r. The OS & Y valves shall be MUELLER® R2360 series or approved equal.
s. The NRS tapping valves shall be MUELLER® T2360 series or approved equal.
t. Note: Valves 2 " and 2-112 " are not covered under A WWA C-509.
u. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 13.
8. PROCESS CONTROL EQUIPMENT
a. LEVEL FLOAT SWITCHES
i. Level float switches shall be Conery 2900 Narrow Angle float switches, single
pole, 16 AWG 3, Type SJOW-300 VOLT; Or,
ii. Meyers Level Float Switch, AWG 3, Type SJOW-300 VOLT
iii. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 14.
23

9. SUBMERGED MEMBRANE UNITS
a. Submereged membrane units shall be Kubota SP600, 0.4 micron membranes. Each
membrane cassette shall have 60 membrane modules with a combined surface area of 600
square meters..
b. Appendix Reference - Appendix I tab 15.
9. GLASS LINED TANKS
a. Glass lined tanks shall be Tarsco glass fused carbon steel tanks. Tanks shall be
delivered "turn -key" with erection, foundation design and installation by the
manufacturer.
b. Appendix Reference — Appendix I tab 16.
24

mg�
Michael C. Gallant PE, PA
Engineering / Consulting / Design
NC Firm C-1989, AL Firm CA - 4338 — E
NC Reg. No. - 25572, AL Reg. No. - 32178
PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF
APPENDIX I
ADENDMUM TO THE PROJECT SPECIFICATIONS
MANUFACTURERS' INFORMATION AND LITERATURE
���►►► { { i r r rrrr��
�N CAR�'�� .
FE ' Si ••.�i
S L
�r
02 72
DEL ••
C.
G�
���r1r111111{{{��
3-13-21
gall ant m cGyah oo .corn
tel [phone]
P.Q. Box 4039
Surf City, NC 28445

TABLE OF CONTENTS
..,
DUCTILE IRON PIPE
1
SS PIPE
2
C-900 AND C-905 PVC PIPE
3
SCHEDULE 80 PVC PIPE
4
EQUALIZATION PUMPS
5
WASTING/RESCREENING PUMPS
6
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT BLOWERS
7
MEDIUM BUBBLE DIFFUSERS
8
PVC BALL VALVES
9
BUTTERFLY VALVES
10
BALL CHECK VALVES
11
WAFER CHECK VALVES AND SWING CHECK VALVES
12
GATE VALVES
13
FLOAT SWITCHES
14
MEMBRANE CASSETTES
15
GLASS LINED TANKS
16

DUCTILE IRON PIPE

Specifications for Ductile Iron Pipe & Fittings
dNDEX
PART 1 — GENERAL
1.1 THE REQUIREMENT
A. General
B. Manufacturer
1.2 REFERENCE SPECIFI TIONS CODES AND STAbLDARDS
A. Commercial Standards
1.3 CQAT—RACTQR 4aUM=Lgj
A.
Shop Drawings/Lay Schedules
B.
Certifications
C.
Sample Costs
1.4
29ALITYASSMRANCE
A.
Inspection
B.
Plant Access
C.
Tests
D.
Test Costs
E.
ISO/Third Party Inspection
F.
Factory Hydrostatic Test
G.
Affidavits
PART 2 — PRODUCTS
2'.1 kgNERAL
A.
Standards
B.
Markings
C.
Laying Lengths
2.2 EXPE DESIGN
A.
Design Parameters
B.
Minimum Pipe Class
2.3 JOINT DESIGN
A.
General
B.
Push -on Joints
C.
Restrained Joints
D.
Flanged Joints — Pipe
E.
Flanged Joints— Fittings
F.
Welded -on Thrust Collars
G.
Mechanical Joints
H.
Grooved Joints
2.4 FITTINGS
A. General
B. Cement Lining
C. Buried Service Fittings
D. Aboveground Service Fittings
2.5 WELDED -ON QMTLETS
A. Outlet Size and Parent Pipe Sizes
B. Outlet Joint Types
C. Design
D. Quality Assurance
6 CEMENT -MORTAR LINING
A. Cement -mortar Lining for Shop Application
B. Lining Thickness

C. Seal Coating or Non -seal Coating of Cement -mortar Lining
Commentary
A. Buried Ductile Iron Piping
B. Aboveground Ductile Iron Piping
1.1 THE REOUIREMENT
A. General: The CONTRACTOR shall furnish and install ductile iron pipe and all appurtenances, complete in
place, all in accordance with the requirements of the Contract Documents. Where standards, specifications,
or methods are cited without dates, the reference shall be construed to apply to the latest revision in effect
at the time of contract.
B. Manufacturer: The term "MANUFACTURER" shall mean the party that manufactures, fabricates, or
produces materials or products.
• Option 1•
All 30-inch through 64-inch ductile iron pipe shall be the product of one manufacturer experienced in
manufacturing pipe of the size, class, and quantity specified herein. The pipe manufacturer shall
have manufactured 30-inch through 64-inch ductile iron pipe for a minimum of five (5) years and
have a successful performance record in the USA on projects of comparable magnitude.
Option 2:
All 30-inch through 64-inch ductile iron pipe shall be the product of one manufacturer experienced in
manufacturing pipe of the size, class, and quantity specified herein. The pipe manufacturer shall
have manufactured 30-inch through 64-inch ductile iron pipe for a minimum of five (5) years. Prior
to = (or manufacture) the pipe manufacturer upon request shall submit to the OWNER or OWNER's
ENGINEER a reference list for at least five (5) projects of comparable magnitude. This list shall
include the following information: Location of Project; Quantity, Size, and Class; Owner, Address,
Contact Name, and Phone.
",2 REFERENCE SPECIFICATIONS, CODES, AND STANDARDS
A. Commercial Standards:
ANSI/AWWA C104/A21.4 Cement -mortar Lining for Ductile Iron Pipe and Fittings for Water
ANSI/AWWA C105/A21.5 Polyethylene Encasement for Ductile Iron Pipe Systems
ANSI/AWWA C110/A21.10 Ductile Iron and Gray Iron Fittings, 3-in, through 48-in. for Water and
Other Liquids
ANSI/AWWA C111/A21.11 Rubber Gasket Joints for Ductile Iron Pressure Pipe and Fittings
ANSI/AWWA C115/A21.15 Flanged Ductile Iron Pipe with Ductile Iron or Gray Iron Threaded Flanges
ANSI/AWWA C150/A21.50 Thickness Design of Ductile Iron Pipe
ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51 Ductile Iron Pipe, Centrifugally Cast for Water
ANSI/AWWA C153/A21.53 Ductile Iron Compact Fittings, 3-in, through 24-in. and 54-in. through
64-in. for Water Service
ANSI/AWWA C600 Installation of Ductile Iron Water Mains and their Appurtenances
ANSI/AWWA C606 Grooved and Shouldered Joints
ANSI/AWS D11.2 Guide for Welding Iron Castings
Note: Hereafter in this specification the specific referenced ANSI/AWWA standards are referred to either by their
full description as in the first column of the above standards list, or only by their abbreviated AWWA C designation
(e.g. AWWA C151 is meant to refer to ANSI/AWWA C151/A21.51, etc.).

1.3 CONTRACTOR SUBMITTALS
A. Shop Drawings/Lay Schedules: The CONTRACTOR upon request shall submit catalog cuts of pipe and
fittings in accordance with the requirements of this Section:
1. Certified dimensional drawings of all valves, fittings, and appurtenances.
2. Certified dimensional drawings of joints, showing the manufacturer's allowable deflections.
3. Copies of the manufacturer's approved installation instructions for the types of joints being used.
4. Optional
For pipe 42 inches in diameter and larger, lay schedules that indicate the type of pipe, fitting, or
special, and the location and the direction of each of these components in the completed line shall be
provided. In addition, the lay schedule shall include: the pipe stationing at all changes in grade or
horizontal alignment; all elements of curves and bends, both in horizontal and vertical alignment;
and the limits of each reach of restrained joints or concrete encasement.
B. Certifications: Upon request the CONTRACTOR shall furnish a certified affidavit of compliance for all pipe
and other products or materials furnished under this Section, as specified in the referenced standards and
as specified in Section 1.4 — Quality Assurance.
C. Sample Costs: All expenses incurred in making samples for certification of specified tests shall be borne by
the MANUFACTURER.
1.4 OUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Inspection: All pipe shall be subject to inspection at the place of manufacture, in accordance with the
provisions of the referenced standards, as supplemented by the requirements herein.
B. Plant Access: During the manufacture of the pipe, the ENGINEER shall be given access to all areas where
manufacturing and testing is in process and shall be permitted to make all inspections necessary to confirm
compliance with the Specifications.
C. Tests: Except as modified herein, all materials used in the manufacture of the pipe shall be tested in
accordance with requirements as applicable.
D. Test Costs: The MANUFACTURER shall perform said material tests at no additional cost to the OWNER. The
ENGINEER shall have the right to witness all testing conducted by the MANUFACTURER, provided that the
MANUFACTURER's and CONTRACTOR's schedule is not delayed for the convenience of the ENGINEER.
E. ISO/Third Party Inspection:
OPTION 1:
All pipe material suppliers shall be ISO 9001:2000 registered or provide the services of an Independent
Inspection Agency. ISO 9001:2000 registration shall have been certified by a qualified ISO registrar. Prior
to the start of manufacturing, any manufacturer not meeting the ISO registration requirements shall submit
to the OWNER or OWNER's ENGINEER, for approval, a list of qualifications for a minimum of three (3)
Independent inspection agencies. These qualifications shall include, but are not limited to, the following:
o List of project references for projects of similar type and size
o Resumes for inspection and testing personnel
o Capacities for chemical and mechanical testing of material specimens
o Frequencies for all instrument and testing equipment certifications
The independent testing agency will be responsible for observing, verifying, and documenting all quality assurance
testing for the production of pipe material produced for this project. Independent inspection agency shall ensure
that all pipe sections produced for this project have traceability such that each individual pipe section can be
referenced to the following chemical, mechanical, and performance tests:
o Chemisty
■ Ladle Number
■ Ladle Chemistry
o Mold Number
■ Mold Production History
o Bracketed Mechanical Testing
■ Tensile Yield
■ Elongation
■ Charpy Test
o Hydrostatic Proof Test
■ Chart Recorder Graph
■ Proof Test Pressure

o Annealing
■ Annealing Furnace Number
■ Horizontal Continuous Annealing Ovens, Record Pipe Flow Through Speeds
■ Horizontal Annealing Ovens, Record Pipe Rotation Speeds
■ Vertical Stationary Annealing Ovens, Record Position of Pipe in Oven
■ Chart Recorder Graph of Time and Temperatures During Annealing Process
e Pipe Weight
o Lining/Coating/Finishing
■ Cement Analysis
■ Sand Cement Ratio
■ Curing Temperature and Humidity Records
Prior to the start of pipe manufacture, the independent testing agency shall review all calibration certifications for
all measuring instruments (e.g., weight scales, tape measures, dial gage indicators, tensile tester load cells, etc.)
used to ensure the quality of the pipe and if necessary perform certification tests in accordance with the National
Institute of Standards and Technology. The independent testing agency shall verify that written procedures and
job training records are available for operations personnel for each production operation, including, but not limited
to, raw material processing, melting, pipe casting, annealing, testing and inspection, lining, coating, etc. At all
times the independent inspection agency shall verify compliance with these written procedures and these
specifications.
During pipe manufacture, the independent inspection agency shall provide adequate qualified personnel to
facilitate a thorough and complete observation of the pipe's production from raw materials through final shipment.
The independent inspection agency shall observe, review and document all tests required by AWWA/ANSI
C151/A21.51 and these specifications performed by the manufacturer. The independent inspection agency shall
also be responsible for performing verification tests on materials and samples to support the results of
manufacturer -performed testing. The table below indicates the required tests to be performed by the
manufacturer and frequency of observations and retesting for the independent testing agency.
Table No. 1
Raw Materials
Analysis of chemical content
Review daily
of metallics, coke, fluxes,
silicon
Cupola
Analysis of chemical content
Observed tests: every 30 minutes
of molten stream
Verification tests: retest one (1) each
day
Analysis of chemical content
Observed tests: every ladle
after inoculation
Verification tests: retest one (1)
sample out of every five (5)
Post Annealing
Visual inspection
Observed tests: every pipe
Dimensional verification
Observed tests: every pipe
Verification tests: retest one (1) pipe
out of every ten (10)
Mechanical properties
Observed tests: each test
verification (tensile, impact,
Verification tests: retest one (1)
hardness)
sample out of every ten (10)
Microstructure
Observed tests: each test
Hydrotesting
Hydrostatic proof test
Observed tests: each pipe
Lining
Visual inspection
Observed tests: each pipe
Lining thickness testing
Final Inspection
Visual inspection
Verification tests: each pipe shall be
visually inspected and stamped with
the inspector stamp
The independent inspection agency shall verify that all test results of the manufacturer and those retests
performed by the independent testing agency are referenced to each individual pipe section for traceability in the
future. This information shall be in a suitable format that, at the request of the owner or owner's engineer, may be
downloaded into a spreadsheet format.
.JPTION 2:
All pipe material suppliers shall be ISO 9001:2000 registered or provide the services of an independent inspection

agency. Prior to the start of manufacturing, any manufacturer not meeting the ISO registration requirements shall
submit to the OWNER or OWNER's ENGINEER the name of an independent inspection agency for approval. The
independent inspection agency shall be responsible for sample monitoring of chemical and mechanical tests,
sample visual inspection of quality assurance tests performed on in -process pipe and fittings, and a sample visual
and dimensional inspection on finished product for this project. A certified inspection report from the independent
inspection agency of all witnessed tests shall be supplied to the owner or owner's engineers within ten (10) days
f completion of pipe manufacturing.
Chemical samples shall be taken from each ladle of iron, and the manufacturer's chemical control limits shall be
maintained for at least the following elements: carbon, sulfur, phosphorus, silicon, magnesium, chromium,
manganese, tin, aluminum, cerium, copper, and lead. When chemical values fall outside the manufacturer's
control limits, additional mechanical property testing shall be performed to assure minimum mechanical properties
are met.
F. Factory Hydrostatic Test: All pipe shall be subject to a factory hydrostatic test of at least 500 psi for a
period of not less than 10 seconds. For 30 inches and larger, the pressure will then be elevated to a peak
pressure that induces a stress in the pipe wall equivalent to 75% of the minimum specified yield strength of
ductile iron (42,000 psi) as calculated by the following formula:
P=Lfst
D
Where: p = peak hydrostatic pressure
fs = 31,500 psi, stress in pipe wall during hydrostatic test,
which shall be 0.75 times the minimum yield strength of
the ductile iron in tension (42,000 psi)
= nominal wall thickness, in.
D = outside diameter, in.
G. Affidavits: Upon request the CONTRACTOR shall submit affidavits of compliance from the MANUFACTURER
for the following:
1. Ductile iron pipe in accordance with the requirements of AWWA C151 and these specifications.
2. Cement -mortar lining of ductile iron pipe, specials, and fittings in accordance with the requirements
of AWWA C104 and these specifications.
3. Polyethylene encasement for ductile iron piping in accordance with AWWA C105 (if specified).
4. Rubber gasket joints for ductile iron pressure pipe and fittings in accordance with the requirements
of AWWA C111 and these specifications.
5. Charpy impact testing of ductile iron used in the manufacture of pipe shall be performed in
accordance with AWWA C151.
The minimum corrected absorbed energy (ft.-lb.) shall be as follows:
7 ft.-lb. at 70OF + 10°F

6. Low -temperature impact tests shall be made from at least 10% of the test pipe to assure
compliance.
The minimum corrected absorbed energy (ft.-lb.) shall be as follows:
3 ft-lb at —40OF (°C)
7. The affidavits of compliance shall be certified by a registered professional engineer.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 GENERAL
A. Standards: Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151, subject to the following supplemental
requirements. The pipe shall be of the diameter and class shown, shall be furnished complete with rubber
gaskets as indicated in the Contract Documents, and all specials and fittings shall be provided as required
under the Contract Documents. The ductile iron pipe, specials, and fittings shall be manufactured or
supplied by American Ductile Iron Pipe (a division of American Cast Iron Pipe Company, Birmingham,
Alabama) or pre -approved equal.
B. Markings: Upon request the CONTRACTOR shall require the MANUFACTURER to legibly mark specials in
accordance with the laying schedule and marking diagram.
C. Laying Lengths: Pipe -laying lengths shall be provided in 18-foot and 20-foot nominal lengths with
allowable trim -pipe lengths in accordance with AWWA C151 and special shorter lengths provided as
required by the Drawings.
2.2 PIPE DESIGN
A. Design Parameters: All ductile iron pipe shall be designed and manufactured in accordance with AWWA
C150 and AWWA C151, respectively, for the following minimum operating conditions:
1. The minimum internal design pressure shall be 150 psi with a 100-psi surge allowance, with a safety
factor of 2, for a total internal design pressure of 500 psi. No reduction of safety factor for transient
pressures shall be allowed.
Commentary: Higher working pressures and/or transient pressures must be specified (substituted) in
the above paragraph when applicable to a specific project.
2. The external loads design criteria shall be a minimum of 4 feet depth of cover at 120 lbs. per cubic
feet soil weight, and live load based on one AASHTO H-20 truck load. The thickness design of ductile
iron pipe shall be in accordance with AWWA C150.
Commentary: Minimum depth of soil cover as stated in the above paragraph may be revised for
specific project requirements and local practices.
3. The horizontal deflection of cement -mortar -lined ductile iron pipe resulting from external load
conditions shall not exceed three percent of the pipe diameter.
4. The pipe trench, per AWWA C150, for design purposes shall be:
Option A•
Laying condition Type 1 — Flat -bottom trench. Loose Backfill.
Commentary: For 14" and larger pipe, consideration should be given to the use of laying conditions other
then Type 1 (Option A).
Option B:
Laying condition Type 2 — Flat -bottom trench. Backfill lightly consolidated to centerline of pipe.
Option C•
Laying condition Type 3 — Pipe bedded in 4" minimum loose soil. Backfill lightly consolidated to top of pipe.
Option D•
Laying condition Type 4 — Pipe bedded in sand, gravel, or crushed stone to depth of 1/8 pipe diameter, 4"
minimum. Backfill compacted to top of pipe. (Approximately 80% Standard Proctor, AASHTO T-99)
Option E:
Laying condition Type 5 — Pipe bedded to its centerline in compacted granular material, 4" minimum under
pipe. Compacted granular or select material to top of pipe. (Approximately 90% Standard Proctor, AASHTO

T-99)
5. For purposes of restrained joint calculations per the Ductile Iron Pipe Research Association (DIPRA)
method, the soil classification* for both the native trench soil and also the backfill soil to surround
the pipe shall be defined with one or more of the following options:
Option A Option B Option C OptionD Option E Option Option
Clay 1 Silt 1 Clay 2 Silt 2 Coh-gran Sand Silt Good Sand
* As described in DIPRA's "Thrust Restraint Design for Ductile Iron Pipe," latest edition.
B. Minimum Pipe Class: Ductile iron pipe shall conform to AWWA C151. All pipe shall have a minimum
pressure rating as indicated below, or higher ratings as indicated in the contract documents:
Table No. 3
Commentary: Table No. 3 should be revised to reflect any increase in working pressures and/or transient
pressures provided in 2.2.A.1 above.
2.3 JOINT DESIGN
A. General: Ductile Iron pipe and fittings shall be furnished with push -on joints, push -on restrained joints,
mechanical joints, flanged joints, and grooved joints as required.
B. Push -on Joints: Push -on joints shall conform to AWWA C111. Unless otherwise specified, gasket material
shall be standard styrene butadiene copolymer (SBR.) Push -on joints shall be Fastite, as manufactured by
American Ductile Iron Pipe, or pre -approved equal. The pressure rating for push -on joints shall be a
minimum of 350 psi or the specified pressure rating of the pipe, whichever is less. Standard allowable joint
deflection for 4" — 30" Fastite pipe shall be five degrees, for 36" Fastite pipe shall be four degrees, and for
42" — 64" Fastite pipe shall be three degrees. Allowable deflection of American's Fastite joint "Special
Deflection Bells" for 36" — 42" shall be five degrees and for 48" — 64" shall be four degrees.
C. Restrained Joints: Restrained joints shall be "Flex -Ring" or "Lok-Ring" restrained joints as manufactured
by American Ductile Iron Pipe or pre -approved equal. Field -adaptable restraint shall be provided through
the use of "Fast -Grip" or "Field Flex -Ring" as manufactured by American Ductile Iron Pipe, or other pre -
approved and boltless, push -on restrained devices. When restrained joints require factory welding, the
MANUFACTURER shall qualify all welding procedures and welders used to produce the product per the
requirements of a documented quality assurance system based on ANSI/AWS D11.2. Unless otherwise
specified, gasket material shall be standard styrene butadiene copolymer (SBR). Restrained joints and
restrained joint pipe shall be rated for the minimum pressure shown in Table No. 4 or the specified
pressure rating of the pipe, whichever is less. The MANUFACTURER shall furnish test results showing that
restrained joints in the sizes specified have been successfully tested to at least twice the specified pressure
rating of the joint without leakage or failure. Tests shall be performed on pipe with nominal metal thickness
less than or equal to that specified for the project. Torque -activated restrained joint devices that rely on
threaded bolts or set -screws for joint restraint shall not be used.
Table No. 4

8"
350 / 50
350 / 50
10"
350 / 50
350 / 50
12"
350 / 50
350 / 50
14"
250 / 4°
350 / 4°
350 / 4°
16"
250 / 30
350 / 3.750
350 / 3.750
18"
250 / 30
350 / 3.750
350 / 3.750
20"
250 / 3°
350 / 3.50
350 / 3.50
24"
250 / 30
350 / 30
350 / 30
30"
150/2.5 0
250 / 2.50
250 / 2.50
36"
250 / 20
250 / 20
42"
250 / 20
250 / 0.50
48"
250 / 20
250 / 0.50
54"
250 / 0.50
60"
250/0.50
64"
250 / 0.50
D. Flanged Joints — Pipe: Candidate pipe for 4"- 54" flanged pipe thread -fabrication shall be Special
Thickness Class 53 and for 60" — 64" flanged thread -fabrication shall be Pressure Class 350 ductile iron
pipes, all in accordance with AWWA C115. Threaded companion flanges for ductile iron pipe shall be ductile
iron in accordance with AWWA C115, not ANSI B16.1. Bolt circle and bolt holes match those of ANSI B16.1
class 125 and ANSE B16.5 class 150 flanges. The flanges shall be rated for at least 250 psi working
pressure. The threaded flanges shall be individually fitted and machine tightened on the pipe ends. Bolts,
gaskets, and installation shall be in accordance with AWWA C115, Appendix A requirements, and flanged
gaskets shall be Toruseal gaskets as manufactured by American Ductile Iron Pipe, with a special seal
design. Toruseal gaskets must be used for all 54 64" flanged piping, for all glass -lined piping, and for all
buried flanged joints. Gaskets shall be full -face Toruseal design for all service installations. Gaskets for
flanged ductile iron pipe must not have the larger inside diameters provided by the requirements of ANSI
B16.21. Flange facing shall be smooth or with shallow serrations per AWWA C115.
Commentary: As noted in the appendices of various ANSI/AWWA standards and AWWA Manual M41, the
use of flanged joints underground is generally not recommended because of the rigidity of the joint.
Option D (Additional Paragraph): To insure accountability, all flanged pipe shall be fabricated at the factory
by the pipe manufacturer.
E. Flanged Joints — Fittings: Flange fittings shall be ductile iron in accordance with AWWA C110or AWWA
C153, not ANSI B16.1. Bolt circle and bolt holes match those of ANSI B16.1 class 125 and ANSI B16.5
class 150 flanges. The flanges shall be rated for at least 250 psi working pressure. Bolts, gaskets, and
installation shall be in accordance with AWWA C110 or AWWA C115, Appendix A requirements, and flanged
gaskets shall be Toruseal gaskets as manufactured by American Ductile Iron Pipe, with a special seal
design. Toruseal gaskets must be used for all 54" — 64" flanged piping, for all glass -lined piping, and for all
buried flanged joints. Gaskets shall be full -face Toruseal design for all service installations. Gaskets for
flanged ductile iron pipe must not have the larger inside diameters provided by the requirements of ANSI
B16.21. Flange facing shall be smooth or with shallow serrations per AWWA C110 or AWWA C153.
Commentary: As noted in the appendices of various ANSI/AWWA standards and AWWA Manual M41, the
use of flanged joints underground is generally not recommended because of the rigidity of the joint.
F. Welded -on Thrust Collars: Welded -on thrust collars, for wall pipe and pipe thrust restraint, shall be

welded steel collars designed for the thrust generated by 250 psi working pressure with a safety factor of at
least two (2.0) against failure. Welded -on thrust collars shall be as manufactured by American Ductile Iron
Pipe or pre -approved equal. The manufacturer shall qualify all welding procedures and welders per the
requirements of a documented quality assurance system based on ANSI/AWS D11.2.
G. Mechanical Joints: Mechanical joints shall conform to AWWA C111. Bolts shall be high -strength, low -alloy
steel per AWWA C111. Unless otherwise specified, gasket material shall be standard styrene butadiene
copolymer (SBR) per this standard.
H. Grooved Joints: Unless specifically otherwise called for on the contract drawings, grooved joints shall be
an approved substitute for flanged joints. Grooved pipe and groove joints shall be in accordance with
AWWA C606. Rigid radius groove dimensions shall be utilized. Flexible grooves shall be provided as
necessary for settlement or expansion as determined and approved by the ENGINEER and as specifically
shown on the contract drawings. Gasket material shall be Grade "M" halogenated butyl. Bolts shall be heat -
treated, plated -carbon steel, track head, conforming to the mechanical properties of ASTM A-183, minimum
tensile strength 110,000 psi. Grooved ductile iron pipe shall be Special Thickness Class 53 for 4" — 16",
Class 54 for 18", Class 55 for 20", and Class 56 for 24" — 36".
Commentary: The following table of available push -on and mechanical joint gaskets and services is to be
used for selecting various gasket compounds for push -on and mechanical joints. The maximum service
temperatures are based on lowest temperature rated mechanical joint applications, but shall also be
suitable for push -on joint applications. The manufacturer should be consulted for higher temperature rating
requirements that will generally be met by superior performance of push -on joint design.
GASKET MATERIALS USED FOR DUCTILE IRON PIPE
IN WATER AND SEWAGE SERVICE
Description
Maximum Service
Temperature (°F) 1,2
Uses 3
Water & Sewer
Air 4,5
Push -on &
Mechanical
Push -on Joint Mechanical
Joint Gaskets
Gasket Joint Gaskets
SBR
Common: Drinking Water, Sea
(Styrene
1500
1500 1250
Water, Sanitary Sewage, Reclaimed
Butadiene)
Water, Raw Water, Storm Water
Common: Alcohols, Dilute Acids,
EPDM
Dilute Alkalis, Ketones (MEK,
(Ethylene
Acetone), Vegetable Oil. Other
Propylene
2120
2000 1500
Acceptable Services: Drinking
Diene Monomer)
Water, Sea Water, Sanitary
Sewage, Reclaimed Water, Raw
Water, Storm Water
Common: Hydrocarbons, Fats, Oils,
Nitrile (NBR)
Greases, Chemicals, Oils & Fluids,
Acr lonitrile
( Y
150 o
0 o
150 125
Refined Petroleum. Other
Butadiene)
Acceptable Services: Drinking
Water, Sanitary Sewage, Reclaimed
Water, Raw Water, Storm Water
Common: Greasy Waste. Other
Neoprene® (CR)
200°
180°
150°
Acceptable Services: Sea Water,
(Polychloroprene)
Sanitary Sewage, Reclaimed Water,
Raw Water, Storm Water
Common: Aromatic Hydrocarbons
and Fuels, Acids, Vegetable Oils,
Viton® Fluorel®
Petroleum Products, Chlorinated
(FKM) 6
0
212
0
300
300°
Hydrocarbons, Most Chemicals and
(Fluorocarbon)
Solvents. Other Acceptable
Services: Drinking Water,
Reclaimed Water, Raw Water,
Storm Water
Maximum service temperatures listed are intended as general guidelines to those listed, consult pipe
Manufacturer for specific recommendations.
2Maximum service temperature is not usually a meaningful parameter for piping gaskets; however, low
temperatures during pipeline installation may necessitate precautions. Consult pipe manufacturer for pertinent

recommendations.
3Water, including sewage, with low levels of the listed contaminants.
41-ubricating oil in the air will adversely affect SBR and EPDM performance.
5SBR, Nitrile, or Neoprene are not recommended for air exposure in wastewater.
6Consult pipe manufacturer for availability of FKM push -on gaskets.
2.4 FITTINGS
A. General: Fittings shall be ductile iron in accordance with AWWA C110, AWWA C153, or AWWA C606, latest
revisions.
B. Cement Lining: Fittings shall be internally lined with cement mortar in accordance with AWWA C104. The
lining thicknesses shall be equal to or greater than those for comparable size pipe.
C. Buried Service Fittings: Fittings, sizes 4" — 24", with push -on, restrained push -on, or mechanical joints
shall be rated for 350 psi working pressure. Fittings, sizes 30" — 64", with push -on, restrained push -on, or
mechanical joints shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure.
D. Aboveground Service Fittings: Fittings, sizes 4" — 64", with flanged joints shall be rated for 250 psi
working pressure. Fittings, sizes 4" — 36", with grooved joints shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure.
Grooved couplings shall be rated for 250 psi working pressure for 4" — 18" and 150 psi working pressure
for 20" — 36".
Commentary: Flanged joints for 12" and smaller sizes may be rated for 350 psi when used with AMERICAN
Toruseal gaskets.
2.5 WELDED -ON OUTLETS
A. Outlet Size and Parent Pipe Size: Welded -on outlets shall be limited to branch outlets having a nominal
diameter not greater than 70% of the nominal diameter of the main line pipe or 36", whichever is smaller
(see Table No. 1), with all fabrications subject to further requirements of the following specification with
regard to design and manufacture. The MANUFACTURER shall have the capability to furnish welded -on
outlets as a radial (tee) outlet, tangential outlet, or lateral outlet fabricated at a specific angle to the main
line pipe (in 150 increments between 450 and 900 from the axis of the main line pipe), as indicated on the
drawings. Welded -on outlets shall be fabricated by the pipe manufacturer at the same facility where the
pipe is produced. The pipe manufacturer shall have a minimum of five years experience in the fabrication
and testing of outlets of similar size and configuration.
Table No. 6
10"
6"
30
20"
12"
8"
36"
24"
14"
8"
42"
30"
16"
10"
48"
30"
18"
12"
54"
*30"
20"
14"
60"
1 *30"
24"
16"
64"
*30"
*Commentary — 36" lateral outlets can be furnished on 54"- 64" pipe at a
pressure rating of 200 psi.
B. Outlet Joint Types: The joints on welded -on branch outlets shall meet, where applicable, the
requirements of AWWA C111 and/or AWWA C115.
C. Design:
1. The pipe wall thickness and weld reinforcement design for welded -on outlet fabrications shall be
based on a method similar to that which is described in Section 13 of AWWA Manual M11 for similar
welded outlets on steel pipe (which in turn refers to Section VIII of the ASME Unfired Pressure
Vessel Code for design method details). Reinforcing welds shall be placed using Ni-Rod FC 55-0
cored wire, Stoody Castweld Ni 55-0 cored wire, or Ni-Rod 55-0 electrodes manufactured by INCO
Alloys (or an electrode with equivalent performance properties). Carbon steel electrodes are not
acceptable. Upon request, the MANUFACTURER shall provide test results indicating typical mechanical

properties of the utilized weld material (an all -weld sample), as well as typical mechanical properties
from transverse tensile and impact specimens machined from butt -weld joined ductile iron pipe
coupons to show the suitability or equivalence of the electrodes used.
2. Parent pipe and branch outlet candidate pipe shall be centrifugally cast ductile iron pipe designed in
accordance with AWWA C150 and manufactured in accordance with AWWA C151. Minimum classes
for parent and outlet pipe shall be: for sizes 4" - 54", Special Thickness Class 53; for sizes 60" -
64", Pressure Class 350.
3. All welded -on outlets 6" - 30" shall be rated for a working pressure of 250 psi. Welded -on outlets
36" and larger shall be rated for 200 psi. Welded -on outlets of all diameters and configurations must
have a minimum safety factor of 2.5 based on proof of design hydrostatic test results. The
MANUFACTURER shall, at the request of the OWNER or OWNER's ENGINEER, provide representative
proof test data confirming the design, hydrostatic test results, and safety factors.
4. Prior to the application of any coating or lining in the outlet area, all weldments for branch outlets to
be supplied on this project shall be subjected to an air pressure test of at least 15 psi. Air leakage is
not acceptable. Any leakage shall be detected by applying an appropriate foaming solution to the
entire exterior surface of the weldment and adjoining pipe edges or by immersing the entire area in
a vessel of water and visually inspecting the weld surface for the presence of air bubbles. Any
weldment that shows any signs of leakage shall be repaired and retested in accordance with the
manufacturer's written procedures.
D. Quality Assurance:
1. The manufacturer shall have a fully documented welding quality assurance system and maintain
resident quality assurance records based on ANSI/AWS D11.2, the Guide for Welding Iron Castings.
The manufacturer shall maintain appropriate welding procedure specification (WPS), procedure
qualification (PQR), and welder performance qualification test (WPQR) records as well as appropriate
air -test logs documenting air -leakage tests on all welded -on outlet pipes furnished to the project.
The manufacturer shall have ISO 9001:2000 registration.
2. Prior to the start of manufacturing, any proposed manufacturer not meeting ISO 9001:2000
registration requirements shall submit to the OWNER or OWNER's ENGINEER the name of an
Independent Inspection Agency and the agency's qualifications. Submitted qualifications shall
include, but are not limited to, the following:
c List of project references for projects of similar type and size
o Resumes for inspection and testing personnel
c Capacities for chemical and mechanical testing of material specimens
o Frequencies for all instrument and testing equipment certifications
3. The independent inspection agency shall be responsible for all of the following:
o Verify compliance to written welding procedures, specifications (WPS), and procedure qualification
(PQR).
c Verify qualification of all welders (WPQR) per ANSI/AWS D11.2 criteria
o Document use of Ni-Rod FC 55® cored wire or Ni-Rod 55® electrodes manufactured by INCO Alloys,
Stoody Cast -Weld 55-0 cored wire, or an electrode with equivalent performance properties. The
independent testing agency shall provide test results indicating typical mechanical properties of the
utilized weld material (an all -weld sample), as well as typical mechanical properties from transverse
tensile and impact specimens machined from butt -weld joined ductile iron pipe coupons to show the
suitability or equivalence of the electrodes used.
c Witness and document all air testing of outlet welds
2.6 CEMENT -MORTAR LINING
A. Cement -mortar Lining for Shop Application: Except otherwise provided herein, interior surfaces of all
ductile iron pipe, fittings, and specials shall be cleaned and lined in the shop with a standard thickness
cement -mortar lining applied in conformity with AWWA C104, Portland cement mortar. Every precaution
shall be taken to prevent damage to the lining. If lining is damaged or found faulty at delivery site, the
damaged or unsatisfactory portions shall be repaired or replaced with lining conforming to these
Specifications.
B. Lining Thickness: The minimum lining thickness shall be as follows:

C. Seal Coat or Pion -seal Coat Cement -mortar Lining:
Option 1:
Ductile iron pipe, specials, and fittings shall be lined with cement -mortar lining with an asphaltic seal coating, 1
mil, in accordance with AWWA C104.
Option 2:
Ductile iron pipe, specials, and fittings shall be lined with cement -mortar lining without an asphaltic seal coating in
accordance with AWWA C104.
Option 3•
General: Ductile iron pipe shall be internally lined with cement -mortar lining in accordance with AWWA C104, by
a high-speed, centrifugal process. The quality system of the manufacturer shall be registered to an ISO 9000
quality standard by an accredited registrar. Grinding of linings shall not be allowed. The finished cement lining
shall be uniformly smooth. In addition to complying with AWWA C104, the linings shall also comply with the
following additional requirements.
Material: The cement used shall be a Portland cement. Sand shall consist of inert, hard, strong, and durable silica
grains. The water used in the cement mortar shall be potable and free from injurious quantities of organic matter,
alkali, salt, or other impurities that might reduce the strength, durability, or other desirable qualities of the lining.
All material in contact with water shall be certified to meet the requirements of ANSI/NSF Standard 61. The
cement mortar shall contain no less than one part of cement to two parts of sand, by volume.
Lining Thickness: Cement lining thicknesses shall be per AWWA C104 either single or double thickness and as
shown in the Table No. 6.
Commentary: For special service conditions, greater lining thicknesses may be furnished. Consult ACIPCO for
specific capabilities.
Surface Preparation: All surfaces to be mortar lined shall be cleaned as necessary to remove foreign matter
that could interfere with the adherence of the cement mortar or protrude through the lining.
Lining Equipment and Process: Linings shall be manufactured using centrifugal pipe rotational equipment
capable of sufficient rotation speed to sustain 60 G to 100 G of compaction force. Simultaneous controlled
vibration shall be applied to the pipe during high-speed rotation to produce a lining of such high density and firm
compaction that the laitance can be washed from the surface of the lining immediately after consolidation. Upon
request, the MANUFACTURER shall submit an affidavit of compliance certified by a registered professional engineer
`hat the linings have been applied according to these specifications. The mortar shall be mixed in batches. The
;mount of cement and sand entering into each batch shall be measured by weight. The quantity of mixing water
entering into each batch shall be measured automatically by an adjustable device, or it shall be otherwise
measured to ensure that the correct quantity of water is being added.
Washing and Finish: After the mortar has been distributed, the rotational speed and vibration shall be increased
to produce a mortar lining with a uniformly smooth, firm surface. Immediately after lining, the surface of the
lining shall be flushed with a large volume of water to remove excess laitance.
Curing: Cement -mortar linings shall be lined and stored in a building with controlled atmosphere for a minimum
of 18 hours. Linings shall be furnished standard without seal coat.
Repairs: All repairs of handling or other damage shall be made in accordance with the recommendations of the
MANUFACTURER and shall be reasonably smooth and may not project into the waterway.
Option 4:
Ductile iron pipe, specials, and fittings shall be lined with cement lining and exterior -coated with an asphaltic
coating in accordance with AWWA C104, except that all pipe 42"— 64" pipe shall be cement lined, without seal
coat, and shall be lined in accordance with the following requirements:
Cement Mortar: Cement mortar shall be composed of 100% Portland cement Type II or Type V, sand, and
water, well -mixed and of proper consistency to obtain a dense, homogeneous lining.
Thickness: Cement -mortar lining shall be furnished single thickness or double thickness per AWWA C104. Ends
of lining shall be square and uniform with regard to the longitudinal axis of the pipe, and the lining holdback shall
be 1/16" maximum, as measured from pipe barrel. Every effort should be made to produce a lining with
essentially zero segregation. Zero segregation shall be defined as limiting the cement/laitance rich layer to no
greater than 5% of the total lining thickness in any area. Grinding of cement linings to achieve this requirement is
not allowed.
Lining Equipment and Process: Linings shall be manufactured using equipment capable of sufficient rotation
speed to sustain 60 G to 100 G of compaction force. Simultaneous application of controlled vibration shall be
applied to the pipe during rotation to produce a dense and highly compacted lining.
fixing: The mortar shall be mixed in batches. The amount of cement and sand entering into each batch shall be
"measured by weight. The quantity of water entering into each batch shall be otherwise measured and recorded.

Lining Finish: After the mortar has been distributed to a uniform thickness, the rotation speed and vibration
shall be increased to produce a mortar lining with a uniformly smooth surface. No grinding of the cement -mortar
line is allowed.
Washing and Finish: Immediately after lining, the surface of the lining shall be flushed with a large volume of
water to remove excess laitance.
Repairs: All repairs shall be as smooth as practical and may not project into the waterway.
Curing: The lining shall be manufactured without a seal coat. The cement -mortar linings shall be cured for a
minimum of 18 hours in a facility with controlled atmosphere.
Commentary: For some very special services such as extremely aggressive, or unlooped, low -flow potable water
service, asphaltic seal coat can be specified over linings produced otherwise as per Options No. 3 and 4.
2.7 OPTION SEWER OR SPECIAL SERVICE -INTERIOR LINING
Commentary: In cases where the sewer application is non-acid forming, and the water pH is not below 6, a
standard cement -mortar lining is commonly chosen as an appropriate lining. If the system is determined to be
potentially acid -producing, or if the system is otherwise determined to be corrosive to cement -mortar lining, there
are special service linings available from AMERICAN. When special service linings for applications in sanitary
sewerage is required the specifying OWNER or OWNER's ENGINEER should consider the use of Protecto 401®.
Contact AMERICAN for additional information on this lining material.
2.8 EXTERIOR COATING
A. Buried Ductile Iron Pipe: The exterior of ductile iron pipe, special, and fittings shall be coated with a 1-
mil asphaltic coating in accordance with AWWA C151, Section 51-9. When specified, loose polyethylene
encasement shall be supplied in accordance with AWWA C105.
B. Aboveground Ductile Iron Pipe: The exterior of ductile iron pipe, specials, and fittings shall be coated
with one of the following coatings or primers:
• Above Ground — Exterior (Mild Exposure)
Standard 1-mil Asphaltic Coating per AWWA C151
Commentary: This standard asphaltic coating is not provided for and is not normally suitable for
bonded topcoats.
• Above Ground — Interior/Exterior Immersion/Non-immersion (Mild to Aggressive Exposure)
Universal Moisture -cured Urethane or MC-FerroClad Primer. Can be topcoated with NSF-61 certified
coatings where NSF-61 compliance is required.
Shop coat thickness: 3.0-5.0 mils dry film thickness
Commentary:
(1) Typical topcoats include: Alkyds, aluminums, epoxies (amine, polyamide, polyamidoamine,
water -borne, and coal tar), and urethanes.
(2) The finish -coating specification is not apportioned to this sample specification.
O 1995 - 2007, American Cast Iron Pipe Company

TAB 2
STAINLESS STEEL PIPE

Pipe and Supply Corp.
Stainless Steel pipe specifications
Stainless steels are iron -based alloys usually containing at least 11.5% chromium. Other elements, nickel being the most Important, may be
added in combination with chromium to obtain special properties.
Stainless steels are highly resistant to corrosive attack and to oxidation at high temperatures. in general, resistance to corrosion and oxidation
increases progressively, though not proportionately, with the increase in chromium content.
Stainless steel pipe and tubing are used for a variety of reasons: to resist corrosion and oxidation, to resist high temperatures, for cleanliness
and low maintenance costs, and to maintain the purity of materials which come In contact with stainless. The inherent characteristics of stainless
steel permits the design of thin wall piping systems without fear of early failure due to corrosion. The use of fusion welding to join such piping
eliminates the need for threading.
Type 304 stainless is the most widely used analysis for general corrosive resistant tubing and pipe applications, it is used in chemical plants,
refineries, paper mills, and food processing industries. Type 304 has a maximum carbon content of .08%. It is not recommended for use in the
temperature range between 800° F and 1650' F due to carbide precipitation at the grain boundaries which can result in intergranular corrosion
and early failure under certain conditions.
Type 304L. Is the same as 304 except that a .03% maximum carbon content is maintained which precludes carbon precipitation and permits the
use of this analysis in welded assemblies under more severe corrosive conditions. Type 318 is much more resistant to pitting than other
chromium nickel alloys due to the addition of 2% to 3% molybdenum. it is particularly valuable wherever acids, brines, sulphur water, seawater or
halogen salts are encountered. Type 316 is widely used in the sulphite paper industry and for manufacturing chemical plant apparatus,
photographic equipment, and plastics.
Type 316L, like 304L, is held to a maximum carbon content of .03%. This permits its use in welded assemblies without the need of final heat
treatment. It is used extensively for pipe assemblies with welded fitting..
Other fields where stainless steel pipe and tubing are used are: aviation, electronics, automotive, cyrogenic, marine, air conditioning and heating,
medical, architectural and textiles.
Specifications:
ASTM A-312/ASME SA-312 WELDED STAINLESS PIPE
ASTM A-358/ASME SA-358
Scope:
Pipe intended for high temperature and general corrosive service as in A-312, plus electric fusion welded pipe as in A-358 and intended for
high temperature and general corrosive service or both.
General Requirements:
Conforming to the above specifications plus applicable parts us ASTM A-530.
Range:
ASTM A-312 pipe is more commonly found from 118" IPS to and including 24" IPS in standard schedules 5, 10, 20, and 40. On special
applications, sizes can be produced to 60" IPS through schedule 80 walls by certain mills. ASTM A-358 is usually produced in sizes 8" IPS
and larger and where filler metal is added to the weld. This specification covers five classes of pipe and are usually determined by the end
application and needs of the pipe.
ASTM A-312 pipe is manufactured by two different processes. Pipe through 6" IPS is manufactured by the continuous welding process and is
very similar to welded tubing.
Coils of flat roll strips are fed into sizing rolls and welded. Material is then annealed (usually in an open air furnace), straightened, cut, pickled,
tested, and inspected.
In full finished pipe, material is cold worked after welding. This can be done by rolling, forging, or drawing the weld bead; but primarily the weld is
- - rolled.
Pipe 8" IPS and larger is manufactured by the batch method or process. Unlike the continuous welding method. material made by this batch
method is made in single lengths. Plates, cut to length and width, are formed from flat into tubular shape by a press and welded. Material is then
annealed, sized, and straightened, ends trimmed or cut to specific smaller lengths, pickled, and inspected.

a 0 ems\ �\\\\\\o a
� Wipe and Supply Corp.
Pipe and Tubing
"As -Welded" Grade "
"as -welded" pipe and tub-
ing is straight -seam welded using ASME
qualified automatic gas tungsten -arc
procedures and can be supplied in a wide
range of diameters and wall thicknesses
from any of the weldable corrosion resistant
alloys. Normally furnished with square cut
ends, pipe with beveled, belied, or roil -
grooved ends can be provided. Spot
radiography or 100% radiography of welded
seams can also be performed. Alaskan
pickles and passivates its pipe and tubing to
maintain corrosion resistance and to
prevent surface discoloration from free iron
oxidation. "As -welded" pipe and tubing is
commonly used in pulp and paper mills,
food processing plants. and other industries
where corrosion resistance is essential.
ASTM A 778
This specification covers welded
unannealed stainless steel pipe intended for
low to moderate temperatures and corrosive
service where heat treatment is not required
for corrosion resistance. A 788 is
considered to be the most applicable ASTM
specification for "as welded" pipe and differs
from it only in that a transverse guided -bend
test and a transverse tension test are
required per lot.
ASTM A 213 (ASME SA-213 is
identical)
This specification includes minimum wall
thickness seamless austenitic stainless
steel tubing intended for high temperature
usage such as boiler, superheater and heat
exchanger tubes, Production is generally
limited to tubing 'A" inside diameter to 5"
outside diameter and .015" to ,500"
inclusive in wail thickness. All material is to
be furnished in the heat treated condition.
Alaskan stocks "average wall" austenitic A
213 tubing.
ASTM A 249 (ASME SA-249 is
generally identical)
This specification covers welded austenitic
stainless steel tubing intended for high
temperature usage such as boiler,
superheater, heat exchanger, or condenser
tubes. Production is generally limited to
tubing 1/8" inside diameter through 5"
outside diameter and .01 5" to .320"
inclusive in wall thickness. All material is to
be furnished in the heat treated condition.
The principal manufacturing procedures
specified under A 249 are:
1. Automatic welding process with no
addition of filler metal.
2. Hydrostatic or non-destructive electric
test of each tube.
3. Tension, flattening, flange. reverse -
bend and hardness tests required each
lot.
ASTMA 269
This specification covers seamless and
welded austenitic stainless steel tubing
intended for low or high temperature and
general corrosive service. Production is
generally
Stainless Steel pipe specifications
limited to tubing 1 /4" inside diameter and
larger and .020" in nominal wall thickness
and heaver. All material is to be furnished
in the heat treated condition, Mechanical
requirements are the same as listed under
A 249. Alaskan stocks A 269 tubing to
4"OD, with up to 8"OD available,
ASTMA 372 (ASME SA-312 is
generally identical)
This specification covers seamless and
straight -seam welded stainless steel pipe
intended or high temperature and general
corrosive service. The A 312 manufacturing
process is suited to high -volume production
and is therefore generally limited to
diameters and schedule wall thick nesses
shown in ANSI B36.10 and ANSI B36.19
(See page 4,40). Alaskan stocks A 312
pipe with immediate delivery available from
a complete inventory of both common and
special alloys.
The principal manufacturing procedures
specified under A 312 are;
1. Welding without the addition of filler
metal.
2. Annealing after welding.
3. Tension and flattening tests per lot.
4, Hydrostactic testing of each length.

NO
�.=�Pipe and Supply Corp.
Stainless Steel pipe specifications
Pipe and Tubing (Continued)
ASTM A 358 (ASME SA -358 is
austenitic stainless steel pipe intended for
procedures specified under A 409 are:
generally identical with some additional
high temperature service. Among the
1. Either hydrostatic. air or gas pressure
requirements)
grades covered are five H grades and two
testing per lot.
This specification covers stainless steel pipe
nitrogen grades that are specifically
2. Transverse guided -bend tests and
intended for high temperature and general
intended for high temperature service. All
transverse tension tests each length.
corrosive service. Production is generally
material is furnished in the heat treated
limited to diameters and schedule wall
condition unless waived and specifically
MIL-P- 1144
thicknesses of 8" and larger as shown in
marked `HT-O". Hydrostatic tests are
This specification covers seamless and
ANSI B36.10 and ANSI B36.19 (See page
required for each length of pipe. Tension
welded austenitic stainless steel pipe
4.40). Pipe is normally welded with filler
and flattening tests are required per lot.
intended for elevated temperature and
metal (except the root pass on Class 4) and
general corrosive service, including
can be specified as (a) single or double
ASTM A 409 (ASME SA-409 Is
cryogenic applications. This specification is
welded; (b) 100%. spot, or no radiography;
generally identical with some additional
approved for use by the Naval Sea
(c) heat treated after welding. made from
requirements)
Systems Command and is available for use
annealed plate and not heat treated after
This specification covers Schedule 5s and
by all Departments and Agencies of the
welding, or made from unannealed plate
10s straight -seam or spiral -seam welded
Department of Defense. All pipe is to be
and not heat treated after welding. The
stainless steel pipe intended for high
furnished in the heat treated condition and
principal manufacturing procedures
temperature and general corrosive service,
subjected to nondestructive electric or
specified under A 358 are:
Production is normally limited to sizes of
hydrostatic pressure test as applicable.
1. Hydrostatic testing of each length
14" through 30", however, special
Tension, flattening and intergranular
(unless waived),
diameters, lengths and alloys can be
corrosion tests are required by lot.
2. Transverse guided -bend tests and
specified. Pipe manufactured to A 409 may
transverse tension tests per lot.
be heat treated after welding, made from
annealed plate and not heat treated after
ASTM A 376 (ASME SA-376) is
welding, or made from unannealed plate
generally identical)
and not heat treated after welding.
This specification covers seamless
The principal manufacturing

TAB 3
C-900 AND C-905 PIPE

Physical Requirements for
AVVWA C900 e
Material: Pipe compound shall meet
cell class 12454 per ASTM D1784
"Standard Specification for Polyvinyl
Chloride (PVC) Compounds and
Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC)
Compounds."
Standard Laying Lengths: Standard
laying lengths shall be 20 ft. (±1 ") for
all sizes.
Hydrostatic Test: Each length of
pipe, including the joint, shall be
tested to four times the pressure
class of the pipe for a minimum of 5
seconds at the pressure listed in the
table below.
PC 100
DR25
400 psi
PC 150
DR18
600 psi
PC 200
DR14
800 psi
Quick Burst Test: Randomly
selected samples tested in
accordance with ASTM D1599 shall
withstand the pressures listed below
when applied in 60 to 70 seconds.
PC 100
DR25
535 psi
PC 150
DR18
755 psi
PC 200
DR14
985 psi
Pipe Stiffness (F/Ay): The pipe
stiffness for PVC Municipal Water
Pipe is listed in the table below.
DR25
129 psi
DR18
364 psi
DR14
815 psi
Agency Listings:
Underwriter's Laboratory (UL)
Factory Mutual (FM)
ANSI/NSF 61
Short Form Specification
for AWWA C900
Scope: This specification designates
general requirements for Polyvinyl
Chloride (PVC) water distribution pipe
in sizes 4-inch through 12-inch, with
integral bell and spigot joints for the
conveyance of water and other liquids.
Pipe: Pipe shall meet the require-
ments of AWWA C900 "Polyvinyl
Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and
Fabricated Fittings, 4-Inch through
12-Inch, for Water Distribution."
Other Requirements:
• Provisions must be made for ex-
pansion and contraction at each joint
with an elastomeric seal.
• The bell shall consist of an integral
thickened wall section with an elas-
tomeric seal. The wall thickness in
the bell section shall conform to the
requirements of Section 6.2 of ASTM
D3139, "Standard Specification for
Joint for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using
Flexible Elastomeric Seals."
• When used for potable water
systems, pipe shall meet the re-
quirements of ANSI/NSF 61 "Drink-
ing Water System Components
— Health Effects."
• The pipe shall be manufactured to
cast iron outside diameters (CIOD) in
accordance with AWWA C900.
• The seal shall meet the requirement
of ASTM F477 "Standard for Elas-
tomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Joining
Plastic Pipe."
Physical e ire exits for
AWWA 99
Material: Pipe compound shall meet
cell class 12454 per ASTM D1784
"Standard Specification for Polyvinyl
Chloride (PVC) Compounds and
Chlorinated Polyvinyl Chloride (CPVC)
Compounds."
Standard Laying Lengths: Standard
laying lengths shall be 20 ft. (±1 ") for
all sizes.
Hydrostatic Test: Each length of
pipe, including the joint, shall be
tested to two times the pressure
rating of the pipe for a minimum of 5
seconds at the pressure listed in the
table below.
Agency Listing:
ANSI/NSF 61
Short Form Specification
for AWWA C905e
Scope: This specification designates
general requirements for Polyvinyl
Chloride (PVC) water transmission
and distribution pipe in sizes 14-inch
through 24-inch, with integral bell
and spigot joints for the conveyance
of water and other liquids.
Pipe: Pipe shall meet the require-
ments of AWWA C905 "Polyvinyl
Chloride (PVC) Pressure Pipe and
Fabricated Fittings, 14-inch through
48-inch, for Water Transmission and
Distribution".
Other Requirements:
• Provisions must be made for ex-
pansion and contraction at each joint
with an elastomeric seal.
• The bell shall consist of an integral
thickened wall section with an elas-
tomeric seal. The wall thickness in
the bell section shall conform to the
requirements of Section 6.2 of ASTM
D3139, "Standard Specification for
Joint for Plastic Pressure Pipes Using
Flexible Elastomeric Seals."
• When used for potable water
systems, pipe shall meet the re-
quirements of ANSI/NSF 61 "Drink-
ing Water System Components
— Health Effects."
• The pipe shall be manufactured to
cast iron outside diameters (CIOD) in
accordance with AWWA C905.
® The seal shall meet the require-
ments of ASTM F477 "Standard for
Elastomeric Seals (Gaskets) for Join-
ing Plastic Pipe."

The Sealing System
PW Eagle's joints employ gasket
systems that have excellent track
records in the field. The joining
systems are factory -made with
rubber gaskets installed in the ring
groove at the time of manufacture.
The gaskets are designed to retain
in the ring groove. When assembly
technique is consistent with PW
Eagle instructions, the secured
gasket systems will not displace.
The gaskets are classified to ANSI/
NSF Standard 61.
Cross -Sectional Views
The following drawings show the
cross -sectional views of the pipe
before and after assembly. When
the pipes are pushed together the
rubber in the seal is compressed.
Compression gives rise to a sealing
pressure that acts on the socket and
spigot as shown in the illustration
below. _-­1
Gasket in place.
Gasket after pipe joining.
NOTE: Gasket drawings are
representations. Actual gaskets may
vary from drawings
the PW Eagle joint
The gasket is factory installed, so
there are no gaskets to install on the
job site. This avoids the possibility
of installing the wrong gasket or
improperly installing the correct
gasket. The installer should leave
the factory -installed gasket in place
and simply follow PW Eagle Joint
Assembly instructions for problem -
free joint performance.
Installation Standard
AWWA C900 and C905 pipe
should be installed in accordance
with AWWA C605 "Underground
Installation of Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)
Pressure Pipe and Fittings for Water."
'it Assembly
PW Eagle's C900 and C905 pipe will
arrive on the job site with the gasket
installed at the factory, ready for
assembly.
Assemble as follows:
1. Inspect the bell and remove any
foreign matter such as mud, sand or
ice. DO NOT REMOVE THE GASKET
FROM THE PIPE.
2. Clean off the spigot end of the pipe
and apply lubricant evenly, covering
the beveled nose and sealing surface
up to the stop mark. NOTE: Use only
lubricant supplied by PW Eagle — the
use of other lubricants may cause
deterioration of pipe or gasket.
3. Place the beveled end in the
companion bell and provide straight
alignment.
4. Push the pipe straight into the bell
with a block and bar until the stop
mark on the spigot is even with the
end of the bell.
5. NOTE: DO NOT ASSEMBLE
THE JOINT BY SWINGING OR
STABBING.
6. NOTE: For larger sizes of pipe,
additional mechanical assistance
(such as a come -along or hydraulic
jack). DO NOT ASSEMBLE THE
JOINT USING A BACKHOE BUCKET.
7. Allowable axial deflection at the
joint varies with each manufacturer's
design. For PW Eagle products,
allowable deflection is two degrees.
For more information, see PW Eagle's
technical bulletin "Gasketed Pipe
Assembly."
Gasketed AWWA C900
& C905 Transmission
& Distribution pipe is
the clear choice for
municipal applications,
Tapping
PW Eagle's C900 and C905 pipe
may be tapped either dry or under
pressure. There are three types of
tapping equipment and methods.
1. Direct Tapping
The only pipes that may be direct -
tapped are C900 DR14 and DR18 in
sizes 6-inch through 12-inch. When
direct tapping, follow the procedures
in Uni-Bell's Uni-B-8 "Recommended
Practice for the Direct Tapping of
Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC) Pressure
Water Pipe."
2. Saddle Tapping
All sizes and DRs of C900 and C905
may be saddle -tapped. Maximum
tap size is 2 inches for saddles.
Service clamps or saddles used with
PVC pipe must:
a. be designed for use with CIOD
PVC pipe
b. provide full support around the
circumference of the pipe
c. provide bearing area of sufficient
width along the axis of the pipe
(minimum 2-inch width for taps up
to 1 inch diameter; minimum 3-inch
width for taps 11/4 to 2 inch diameter)
3. Tapping Sleeve or Valve
All sizes and DRs of C900 and C905
may be tapped using a tapping
sleeve or valve. For connections
greater than 2 inches in diameter,
this method is required. Maximum
connection is size -on -size.

t,
Do not use PVC pipe to con-
vey air or other gases under
pressure. If failure should 4
occur, the result would be
catastrophic. Rapid expansion
of the compressed gas would
send shards of plastic over a
wide area and could result in
serious injury or death.
Nominal
Average
Approx
Min Wall
Min Bell
Approx
Approx
Approx
Pipe Size
DR
Pipe OD
Pipe ID
Thickness (t)
Thickness (t1)
Bell OD
Weight
Weight
(inches)
(inches)
(inches)
(inches)
(inches)
(inches)
(Ibs/100ft)
(Ibs/pc)
4
26
4.80
4.42
.192
.207
67/e
190
38
4
18
4.80
4.27
.267
.298
67/a
260
52
4
14
4.80
4:11'
.343
.394
6a7/a
320
6
25
6.90
6.35
.276
.300
91/2
390
78
6
18
6.90
6.13'
.383
.429
91/2
530=
106 = -
6
14
6.90
5.91
.493
.567
9 /2
670
134
8
26
9.05'
8.33'
.362
.395
121/a
670
134
8
18
9.05
8.04
.503
.562
121/a
910
182
8
14
9.05'
7.76
.646
.743
121/a
1150
230
10
25
11.10
10.21
A44
.483
147/a
1010
202
10
18
11.10i
9.87'
.617
.690
147/s
1370
274 -
10
14
11.10
9.51
.793
.912
147/8
1730
346
12
26
13.20'
12.14'
.628
.574
17a/a
1420
284 `
12
18
13.20
11.73
.733
.820
173/8
1940
388
i 2
14
13.20'
i t31
.943
1.085
17a/a
2450
490
14
25
15.30
14.08
.612
.666
191/2
1890
378
14
18
15.30:
13.60'
.850
.960
191/2
2580
516
16
25
17.40
16.01
.696
.760
211/a
2470
494
16
1+8
17.40'
15.47'
.967
1.095
217/8
' 3380
676
18
25
19.50
17.83
.780
.852
243/8
3110
622
18
18
19.50
17.18
1.083
1.225
241/a
4260
860
20
25
21.60
19.75
.864
.943
267/8
3840
768
20
18
21.60:
19.03'
1.200
1.356
261/a
5250
1050
24
25
25.80
23.59
1.032
1.127
311/8
5440
1088
Customer er enters
4
Oregon 800-347-0200 Missouri 800-341-0053
West Virginia
800-624-3111
Dni He11
Fax [phone]
Fax
573-474-1760
Fax [phone]
77,
PWEagle
P.O, Box 10049, Eugene,
OR 97440 • [phone]
• (541)
343-0200 • FAX [phone] • www.pweagleinc.com
Litho In USA on Recycled paper • Reorder No. MKT-w-743 - July 2005

W M I
SCHEDULE 80 PVC PIPE

C A L:.
PIPE AND FOUNDRY COMPANY
System: PVC Schedule 80 Pressure Pipe and Fitting System
Scope: This specification covers PVC Schedule 80 pipe and fittings for pressure
applications. This system is intended for pressure applications where the
operating temperature will not exceed 140°F.
Specification: Pipe and fittings shall be manufactured from virgin rigid PVC (polyvinyl
chloride) vinyl compounds with a Cell Class of 12454 as identified in
ASTM D 1784,
PVC Schedule 80 pipe shall be Iron Pipe Size (IPS) conforming to ASTM
D 1785. PVC Schedule 80 fittings shall conform to ASTM D 2467. PVC
Schedule 80 threaded fittings shall conform to ASTM D 2464.Pipe and
fittings shall be manufactured as a system and be the product of one
manufacturer. All pipe and fittings shall be manufactured in the United
States. Pipe and fittings shall conform to National Sanitation Foundation
(NSF) Standard 61 or the health effects portion of NSF Standard 14.
Installation shall comply with the latest installation instructions published by
Charlotte Pipe and Foundry and shall conform to all local plumbing, building,
and fire code requirements. Buried pipe shall be installed in accordance with
ASTM F 1668. Solvent cement joints shall be made in a two step process with
primer manufactured for thermoplastic piping systems and solvent cement
conforming to ASTM D 2564. The system shall be protected from chemical
agents, fire stopping materials, thread sealant, plasticized vinyl products, or
other aggressive chemical agents not compatible with PVC compounds.
Systems shall be hydrostatically tested after installation. WARNING! Never
test with or transport/store compressed air or gas in PVC pipe or fittings.
Referenced Standards:
ASTM D 1784
Rigid Vinyl Compounds
ASTM D 1785
PVC Plastic Pipe, Schedule 80
ASTM D 2464
Threaded Fittings, Schedule 80
or D 2467 PVC
Threaded Fittings, Schedule 80
ASTM D 2467
PVC Socket Fittings, Schedule 80
ASTM D 2564
Solvent Cements for PVC Pipe and Fittings
ASTM F 1668 Procedures for Buried Plastic Pipe
NSF Standard 14 Plastic Piping Components and Related Materials
NSF Standard 61 Drinking Water System Components - Health Effects
Note: Latest revision of each standard applies.
(110)
PO Box 35430 Charlotte, NC 28235 USA 704/372-5030 800/438-6091 FAX [phone]
www.charlottepipe.com

EQUALIZATION PUMPS

N P 3102 MT 3- Adaptive 464
Patented self cleaning semi -open channel impeller, ideal for pumping in
wastewater applications. Possible to be upgraded with Guide -pin®
for even better clogging resistance. Mod ularbased design with high
adaptation grade.
Technical specification
Configuration
Motor number
N3102.760 18-11-4A L-W
Shp
Impeller diameter
162 mm
Pump information
Impeller diameter
162 mm
Discharge diameter
100 inch
Inlet diameter
100 mm
Maximum operating speed
1745 rpm
Number of blades
2
Max. fluid temperature
40 °C
Project
Block
Installation type
P - Semi permanent, Wet
Discharge diameter
100 inch
IFYGT
a xylem brand
Curves according to: Water, pure ,39.2 °F,62.42 Ib/ft3,1.6891E-5 ft2/s
[h]Head
46
44
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
65.8
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
4 162mm
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
0
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 [US g.p.m.]
Curve: ISO 9906
Materials
Impeller
Stainless steel
Stator housing material
Grey cast iron
Created by Jared Carpenter
Created on 3/1/2021 Last update 3/1/2021

NP 3102 MT 3- Adaptive 464
Technical specification
Motor - General
FLYGT
a xylem brand
Motor number
Phases
Rated speed
Rated power
N3102.76018-11-4AL-W
3—
1745 rpm
5 hp
5hp
ATEX approved
Number of poles
Rated current
Stator variant
No
4
6.8 A
1
Frequency
Rated voltage
Insulation class
Type of Duty
60 Hz
460 V
H
51
Version code
760
Motor - Technical
Power factor- 1/1 Load
Motor efficiency- 1/1 Load
Total moment of inertia
Starts per hour max.
0.81
85.1 %
0.648 lb ftz
30
Power factor -3/4Load
Motor efficiency -3/4Load
Starting current, direct starting
0.75
85.3 %
42 A
Power factor -1/2Load
Motor efficiency -1/2Load
Starting current, star -delta
0.63
83.6 %
14 A
Project
Created by Jared Carpenter
Block
Created on 3/1/2021 Last update 3/1/2021

N P 3102 MT 3- Adaptive 464
Performance curve FLYGT
Duty point a xylem brand
Flow Head
464 US g.p.m. 21.3 ft
Curves according to: Water, pure39.2 °F,62.42 Ib/ft3,1.6891E-5 ft2/s
[ftl
Head
46
44
42
4
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
65.8`ro
22
21.3
ft
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
464 162mm
4
2
[�
Pump Efficiency
65
60
Overall Efficiency
55.5
50
40
6g4q 11 EE22
64 162mm
2
!!!!!7=
10
[hIM
Power input P1
64162mm(P1) 4.51h
4.4
Shaft power P2
4.0
- - - 64962mm 2
3.6
3.85 h
3.2
2.8
2.4
2.0
[ft]
NPSHR-values
64162mm
2
24
22
20
18
16
14
15.6
ft
12
464.5 US ..m.
0 50 100 150 200 2. 300 350 400 450 500 550 600 650 700 750 800 850 [US g.p.m.]
Curve: ISO 9906
Project Created by Jared Carpenter
Block Created on 3/1/2021 Last update 3/1/2021

N P 3102 MT 3- Adaptive 464
Duty Analysis FLYGT
a xylem brand
Cures according to: Water, pure,39.2 °F,62.42 Ib/ft3,1.6891E-5 ftZ/s
[ft]
Head
1
46-
4
42
40
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
65.8
0
22
21.3 ft
20
65.8°0
18
16
14
65.8°
12
10
8
6
464 162mm
4
50 Hz
55 Hz
2
40 Hz 45
Hz
464.5 US
g.p.m.
0 1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 [US g.p.m.1
Operating characteristics
Pumps / Flow Head Shaft power Flow Head Shaft power Hydr.eff. Specific NPSHre
Systems Energy
1 464 US g.p.m. 21.3 ft 3.85 hp 464 US g.p.m. 21.3 ft 3.85 hp 65 % 121 kWh/US M 15.6 ft
Project Created by Jared Carpenter
Block Created on 3/1/2021 Last update 3/1/2021

N P 3102 MT 3- Adaptive 464
VFD Curve FLYGT
a xylem brand
Curves according to: water, pure,39.2 °F,62.42 Ib/ft3,1.6891E-5 ftz/s
t1-
46
44
42
40
lead
38
36
34
32
30
28
26
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
60
50
40
30
20FIZ
10
[hM
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
-45
Hz
0.0
[ft]
20
16
12
8
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 [US g.p.m.1
Curve: ISO 9906
Project Created by Jared Carpenter
Block Created on 3/1/2021 Lastupdate 3/1/2021
65.8°°
65.8%
o
°
55 Hz
4 162mm
4
Hz
Pump Efficiency
erall Efficiency
40
464 162

N P 3102 MT 3- Adaptive 464
VFD Analysis
FLYGT
a xylem brand
Water ure
[ft]-
Head
Specific energy

N P 3102 MT 3- Adaptive 464
Dimensional drawing
Project
Block
V rrORRTF—cTrPCIINi1
VIEW Z — Z
I
o
I
_� BCLTo ('44
J
U
" DIIVENSICNTOENDSCF(3JDEBARS
Created by Jared Carpenter
Created on 3/1/2021 Last update 3/1/2021
FLYGT
a xylem brand

� i •
WASSTING/RESCREENING PUMPS

NP 3085 SH 3-Adaptive 456
Patented self cleaning semi -open channel impeller, ideal for pumping in
wastewater applications. Possible to be upgraded with Guide -pin®
for even better clogging resistance. Mod ularbased design with high
adaptation grade.
Technical specification
Configuration
Motor number
N3085.060 15-07-4A L-W
2.2hp
Impeller diameter
116 mm
Pump information
Impeller diameter
116 mm
Discharge diameter
80 inch
Inlet diameter
80 mm
Maximum operating speed
1670 rpm
Number of blades
2
Max. fluid temperature
40 °C
Project
Block
Installation type
P - Semi permanent, Wet
Discharge diameter
80 inch
IFYGT
a xylem brand
Curves according to: Water. pure .39.2 °F.62.42 Ib/ft3.1.69E-5 ft2/s
Ifti— Head
20.0
19.0
18.0
17.0
16.0
15.0
14.0
13.0
12.0
11.0
10.0
45
9.0 .6
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
4 116mm
2.0
1.0
�Lii­
0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 [US g.p.m.]
Curve: ISO 9906
Materials
Impeller
Hard -Iron TM
Stator housing material
Grey cast iron
Created by Jared Carpenter
Created on 3/1/2021 Last update 3/1/2021

NP 3085 SH 3-Adaptive 456
Technical specification
Motor - General
FLYGT
a xylem brand
Motor number
Phases
Rated speed
Rated power
N3085.060 15-07-4AL-W
3—
1670 rpm
2.2 hp
2.2hp
ATEX approved
Number of poles
Rated current
Stator variant
No
4
3.3 A
12
Frequency
Rated voltage
Insulation class
Type of Duty
60 Hz
460 V
H
51
Version code
060
Motor - Technical
Power factor- 1/1 Load
Motor efficiency- 1/1 Load
Total moment of inertia
Starts per hour max.
0.87
71.6 %
0.176 lb ftz
30
Power factor -3/4Load
Motor efficiency -3/4Load
Starting current, direct starting
0.83
74.2 %
14 A
Power factor -1/2Load
Motor efficiency -1/2Load
Starting current, star -delta
0.75
73.4 %
4.66 A
Project
Created by Jared Carpenter
Block
Created on 3/1/2021 Last update 3/1/2021

NP 3085 SH 3-Adaptive 456
Performance curve FLYGT
Duty point a xylem brand
Flow Head
26.5 US g. p.m. 16.9 ft
Curves according to: Water, pure39.2 °F,62.42 I1b/ft3,1.69E-5 ftz/s
[ft]
Head
20.0
19.0
18.0
17.0
16
9ft
16.0
15.0
14.0
13.0
12.0
11.0
10.0
9.0
8.0
7.0
6.0
5.0
4.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
0.0
[%]
4
35
30
25 5
2
1
10
4%
5
[hlj T
080
0.700.600.500.40 h0.300.200.100.[j7.06.56.05.55.0O4.54.0
F_.... [:777
3.50 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 130 140 150 160 170 [US g.p.m.]
Curve: ISO 9906
Project Created by Jared Carpenter
Block Created on 3/1/2021 Last update 3/1/2021
45.6Pump Efficiency
CMerall Efficiency
22.mmmPower inut P1
Shale power P2 56 116mm (P1)
S6116mm (P2) 0.503
NPSHR-values 56 116mm
4.7
26.5 US ..m.

NP 3085 SH 3-Adaptive 456
Duty Analysis FLYGT
a xylem brand
Cures according to: Water, pure,39.2 °F,62.42 Ib/ft3,1.69E-5 ft'/s
If th
21.0
20.5
20.0
19.5
19.0
18.5
18.0
17.5
17.0
Head
ft
16.9
16.5
16.0
15.5
15.0
14.5
14.0
13.5
13.0
12.5
12.0
11.5
11.0
10.5
10.0
9.5
9.0
8.5
-
0
8.0
7.5
7.0
6.5
6.0
5.5
5.0
4.5
4.0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0
1.5
1.0
0.5
-
4
45.60 0
45.606
45.606
.600
26.5 US g.p.m.
\55 FL
0 Hz
45 Hz
40 Hz
0.0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 [US g.p.m.1
Operating characteristics
Pumps / Flow Head Shaft power Flow Head Shaft power Hydr.eff. Specific NPSHre
Systems Energy
1 26.5 US g.p.m 16.9 ft 0.503 hp 26.5 US g.p.m 16.9 ft 0.503 hp 22.5 % 379 kWh/US M 4.74 ft
Project Created by Jared Carpenter
Block Created on 3/1/2021 Last update 3/1/2021

NP 3085 SH 3-Adaptive 456
VFD Curve FLYGT
a xylem brand
Curves according to: Water, pure,39.2 °F,62.42 Ib/ft3,1.69E-5 ftz/s
[ft]
Head
20
19
18
17
16
15
14
13
12
11
10
45.6°0
8
4
.6°0
7
6
4 0
5
o
4
°
3
6 116rrrn
2
4
50 Hz
Hz
1
0
Pump Efficiency
[%]
erall Efficiency
30
20
456 116mm
10
40 Hz
F 456116mm
[hA
0.80
0.70
0.60
0.50
0.40
0.30
0.20
input
mm
55 Hz
116mm (P2)
55
50 Hz
50 Hz
0.10
0.00
[ft]
NPSHR-yalu.,s456116mm
6
5
Hz 1
3-
2-
1
0
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 140 160 [US g.p.m.1
Curve: ISO 9906
Project Created by Jared Carpenter
Block Created on 3/1/2021 Lastupdate 3/1/2021

NP 3085 SH 3-Adaptive 456
VFD Analysis
FLYGT
a xylem brand
Water
re
[ftl
21.0
a
S ecific energy
20.5
20.0
19.5
19.0
18.5
18.0
379 kWh/US MG
17.5
17.0
16.9 ft
16.5
16.0
15.5
15.0
14.5
14.0
313
kWh/US MG
13.5
13.0
12.5
12.0
11.5
11.0
10.5
10.0
9.5
0
9.0
8.5
8.0
7.5
45.606
7.0
6.5
o
6.0
5.5
5.0
4.5
4.0
0
3.5
3.0
2.5
2.0 17.776 US g.p.m
1.5 40 F�
1.0 1
Hz
50 Hz
26.5 US g.p.m.
OZV�
0.0
0 20 40
60 80 100
120
140 160 [US g.p.m.1
Operating characteristics
Pumps / Frequency Flow
Head
Shaft power Flow
Head
Shaft power
Hydr.eff. Specific NPSHre
Systems
Energy
1 60 Hz 26.5 US g.p.m
16.9 ft
0.503 hp 26.5 US g.p.m
16.9 ft
0.503 hp
22.5 % 379 kWh/US N 4.74 ft
1 55Hz 24.4USg.p.m
14.3ft
0.394hp 24.4USg.p.m
14.3ft
0.394hp
22.5%357kWh/US N 4.16ft
1 50 Hz 22.2 US g. p.m
11.8 ft
0.296 hp 22.2 US g.p.m
11.8 ft
0.296 hp
22.5 % 334 kWh/US N 3.57 ft
1 45Hz 20USg.p.m.
9.6ft
0.216hp 20USg.p.m.
9.6ft
0.216hp
22.5% 320 kWh/US Iv 3.02ft
1 40Hz 17.8USg.p.m
7.58ft
0.152hp 17.8USg.p.m
7.58ft
0.152hp
22.5%313kWh/US N 2.5ft
Project
Created by Jared Carpenter
Block
Created on 3/1/2021
Last update
3/1/2021

NP 3085 SH 3-Adaptive 456
Dimensional drawing FLYGT
a xylem brand
`41s
47,B
B
1�
154 s
9E
2 DE
1�
3
z Z
rIN O
6
6
Z Z
V YO It
Ibs 150 8D
PP M SH ���
�d 1:20 200728
7332300 4m
Project Created by Jared Carpenter
Block Created on 3/1/2021 Last update 3/1/2021

TAB 7
POSITIVE DISPLACEMENT BLOWERS

AERZEN USA CORPORATION
Independence Way AERZEN
Coatesville, PA 19320
Tel. [phone] ♦ Fax. [phone] no
Confidential & Proprietary - this document shall not be distributed to anyone other than the intended recipients.
AERZEN Reference Number: E12-90477.R2
Re: Hampstead, NC WWTP
To:
AERZEN Representative Info:
Name - Shane Eckley of EW2 Environmental, Inc.
e-mail - [e-mail]
phone - 704 542-2444
AERZEN Proposal Prepared By:
Name - Jennifer Kintzer, P.E.
email - [e-mail]
hone - 484 889-9357
AERZEN Regional Manager:
Name - Jeff Dale
e-mail - [e-mail]
phone - 678 575-1432
5-Feb-21
I of z
This scope of supply does NOT include the following items: MCC Starter, External Controls, Isolation Valves,
Anchor Bolts and Installation Hardware.
Digester Blowers - Option 1
Model: GM 30L
Performance Data:
Design
Min
Intake volume, handled at intake condition
icfm
872
212
Volume handled at normal condition
scfm
785
191
Relative humidity
(D
80%
80%
Intake pressure (abs.)
psia
14.68
14.68
Pressure difference
psig
5.9
5.9
Intake temperature
°F
100
100
Discharge temperature
°F
173
200
Main rotor speed
rpm
3,541
1,181
Motor Speed
rpm
1,770
590
Power consumption at coupling
bHp
29.5
9.1
Motor Rating
HP
40
Tolerance on flow & power
± 5 %
Sound pressure level w/ enclosure
dB(A)
72
*Measured in free field at 3ft. distance from
the outline of the unit
*does not include system piping noise (tol.
± 2 dB(A)).
Weights & Dimensions:
Discharge connection EPDM ANSI 6"
Blower pkg weight lbs. 2,652
Envelope dim.* L x W x H in. 71 x 59 x 78 Add 16 in. to width for VFD
Cooling Fan shaft driven shaft driven
* non binding dimensions includes, inlet filter silencer, relief valve, check valve, and flex connector

AERZEN USA CORPORATION
Independence Way AERZEN
Coatesville, PA 19320
Tel. [phone] ♦ Fax. [phone] no
Confidential & Proprietary - this document shall not be distributed to anyone other than the intended recipients.
AERZEN Reference Number: E12-90477.R2 5-Feb-21
Re: Hampstead, NC WWTP
Page 2 of 2
Digester Blowers - Option 1 GM 30L
Aerzen Generation 5 Delta Blower Package consists of the following components, assembled in our factory.
• Aerzen Rotary Lobe Blower GM Series
• base frame with integrated reactive type silencer
• hinged motor support as automatic belt tensioning device
• set of vibration isolating mounts
• intake filter -silencer
• narrow V-belt drive with guard
• spring loaded pressure relief valve
• discharge manifold with externally accessible integrated check valve
• flexible connector with clamps for schedule 40 pipe, discharge
Scope of Supply
2 compact blower packages as listed above
2 motors 40 HP, 4-pole, NEMA, TEFC, 208-230/460 V / 60 Hz, premium efficiency, T-Stats, shaft grounding rings
2 sound enclosures with integral shaft driven cooling fans
2 set of instrumentation (4" gauges: P1, P2, T2 with High Temp Switch)
2 VFDs, NEMA 4X enclosures, 40 HP, w/ DC chokes, (100 A) fused disconnects, sun shields
VFD comes installed front face mounted on blower
Factory Services
2 ISO-1217 test reports
1 electronic copy of submittal data
1 electronic copy of Operation and Maintenance manual
Onsite Manufacturer Services
1 trip, 2 days total installation inspection, startup, testing, & training
Spare Parts
2 air filters, 2 belt sets, and 2 Delta Lube in 1 Gallon Containers
Freight & Packaging
freight to jobsite
2 domestic packaging
TOTAL for 2 Units
Confidential & Proprietary - this document shall not be distributed to anyone other than the intended recipients.
Pricing: DAP Jobsite
Terms: This offer is subject to Aerzen Standard Terms and Conditions (A2-001-USA January 2009)
Submittals: 3 weeks after receipt of Purchase Order
Delivery: presently approx. 4 months upon technical release by customer
Warranty: 24 months after start up or 30 months after delivery, which ever comes first on Aerzen package*
`Maintenance must be performed per the Instruction Manual using Aerzen spare parts.
"Equipment not manufactured by Aerzen will carry the manufacturer's standard warranty.

PLAN VIEW
Z 7l1 1')A 11
ANCHOR HOI
015 [00.6'
(4) PLCS
F
435
[17.1"]
90
[3.5"] ;
12
[0.5"]
SOUND ENCLOSURE ANCHOR
RECOMMENDATION
] SHOW WITH OPTIONAL ANCHOR
AERZEN PART NO. 120835000 (LIEBIG AB15/15)
3X SCALE
_F'LHI.t HCSLt
R FILTER
1980
[78.0"]
1500 L
[59.1"]
EARTH GROUND
MAT'L: 304 SS
3X SCALE
M12 X 1.75
GROUNDING
CONNECTION
I
SOUND ENCLOSURE
AIR INLET
1650
[65.0"]
054 [02.1"]
(2) PLCS
033 [01.3"]
ELECTRICAL CABLE
ENTRY LOCATED
N REAR
350
[13.8']
MAX
IN nTTC-
1. TOLERANCE ON DIMENSIONS = t12mm [0.5"]
2. ITEM 100 (BLOWER TORSO) INCLUDES BLOWER STAGE, INLET SILENCER, BASE
FRAME/DISCHARGE SILENCER, VIBRATION ISOLATORS, & CONNECTION HOUSING WITH
CHECK FLAP
3. CUSTOMER PIPING TO BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED
4. LIFT PACKAGE FROM FRONT SIDE THROUGH FORK LIFT POCKETS IN BASE OR LIFTING
HOLES IN CORNER OF BASE USING SPREADER BAR
5. SEE JOB DATA SHEETS FOR PERFORMANCE DATA, PART NUMBERS, TOTAL PACKAGE
WEIGHT, INSTRUMENTATION, ANY OTHER OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT & OWNERS MANUAL
WEIGHT
BLOWER PACKAGE (LESS MOTOR) 980 kg
2156 Ibs
VFD \ BRACKET 90.72 kg
200 Ibs
ELECTRIC MOTOR (ITEM 300)
TOTAL (WET WEIGHT)
AERZEN USA CORPORATION
108INDEPENDENCE WAY, COATESVILLE, PA.
PH: [phone] FX: [phone]
WWW.AERZENUSA.COM

AERZEN USA CORPORATION
108 Independence Way AERZEN
Coatesville, PA 19320
Tel. [phone] ♦ Fax. [phone]
Confidential & Proprietary - this document shall not be distributed to anyone other than the intended recipients.
AERZEN Reference Number: E12-90477.R1 30-Oct-20
Re: Hampstead, NC WWTP
To:
1 OT L
AERZEN Representative Info:
Name - Shane Eckley of EW2 Environmental, Inc.
e-mail - [e-mail]
hone - 704 542-2444
AERZEN Proposal Prepared By:
Name - Jennifer Kintzer, P.E.
email - [e-mail]
hone - 484 889-9357
AERZEN Regional Manager:
Name - Jeff Dale
e-mail - [e-mail]
hone - 678 575-1432
This scope of supply does NOT include the following items: MCC Starter, VFD, External Controls, Isolation
Valves, Anchor Bolts and Installation Hardware.
EQ Tank Blower
Model: GM 15L
Performance Data:
Design
Intake volume, handled at intake condition
icfm
542
Volume handled at normal condition
scfm
488
Relative humidity
0
80%
Intake pressure (abs.)
psia
14.68
Pressure difference
psig
5.7
Intake temperature
°F
100
Discharge temperature
°F
171
Main rotor speed
rpm
4,301
Motor Speed
rpm
1,765
Power consumption at coupling
bHp
18.7
Motor Rating
HP
25
Tolerance on flow & power
± 5 %
Sound pressure level w/ enclosure
dB(A)
72
*Measured in free field at 3ft. distance from the outline of the unit
*does not include system piping noise
(tol. ± 2 dB(A)).
Weights & Dimensions:
Discharge connection EPDM ANSI 4"
Blower pkg weight lbs. 1,508
Envelope dim.* L x W x H in. 53 x 50 x 59
Cooling Fan shaft driven shaft driven
* non binding dimensions includes, inlet filter silencer, relief valve, check valve, and flex connector

AERZEN USA CORPORATION
108 Independence Way AERZEN
Coatesville, PA 19320
Tel. [phone] ♦ Fax. [phone]
Confidential & Proprietary - this document shall not be distributed to anyone other than the intended recipients.
AERZEN Reference Number: E12-90477.R1 30-Oct-20
Re: Hampstead, NC WWTP
Page 2 of 2
EQ Tank Blower GM 15L
Aerzen Generation 5 Delta Blower Package consists of the following components, assembled in our factory.
• Aerzen Rotary Lobe Blower GM Series
• base frame with integrated reactive type silencer
• hinged motor support as automatic belt tensioning device
• set of vibration isolating mounts
• intake filter -silencer
• narrow V-belt drive with guard
• spring loaded pressure relief valve
• discharge manifold with externally accessible integrated check valve
• flexible connector with clamps for schedule 40 pipe, discharge
Scope of Supply
1 compact blower package as listed above
1 motor 25 HP, 4-pole, NEMA, TEFC, 208-230/460 V / 60 Hz, premium efficiency, T-Stat
1 sound enclosure with integral shaft driven cooling fan
1 set of instrumentation (4" gauges: P1, P2, T2 with High Temp Switch)
1 automatic start unloading valve
Factory Services
1 ISO-1217 test report
1 electronic copy of submittal data
1 electronic copy of Operation and Maintenance manual
Onsite Manufacturer Services
Included with services for Digester Blowers
Spare Parts
1 air filter, 1 belt set, and 1 Delta Lube in 1 Gallon Container
Freight & Packaging
freight to jobsite
1 domestic packaging
TOTAL for 1 Unit
Confidential & Proprietary - this document shall not be distributed to anyone other than the intended recipients.
Pricing: DAP Jobsite
Terms: This offer is subject to Aerzen Standard Terms and Conditions (A2-001-USA January 2009)
Submittals: 3 weeks after receipt of Purchase Order
Delivery: presently approx. 4 months upon technical release by customer
Warranty: 24 months after start up or 30 months after delivery, which ever comes first on Aerzen package*
*Maintenance must be performed per the Instruction Manual using Aerzen spare parts.
*Equipment not manufactured by Aerzen will carry the manufacturer's standard warranty.

I
105
[4.1"]
=rLH�-tHoLt
R FILTER
W
z
e
r�
m
0
iw
3 [0.1�
80 ' I
�012 [0.5"]
_ M8 X 1.25
GROUNDING
CONNECTION
1
— —
SOUND ENCLOSURE ANCHOR EARTH GROUND
RECOMMENDATION MATT: 304 SS
SHOW WITH OPTIONAL ANCHOR 8X SCALE
AERZEN PART NO. 120813000 (LIEBIG AB12/15)
3X SCALE
OIL
LEVEL
1500
[ 59.1 "]
SOUND ENCLOSURE
AIR INLET
AUXILIARY FOOT MOUNTING FOR
MOTORS > 400 Ibs (182 kg)
1250
[49.2"]
FRONT VIEW
397
[15.6"]
MAX
1650
[65.0"]
KInTE—C'.
1. TOLERANCE ON DIMENSIONS = t12mm [0.5"]
2. ITEM 100 (BLOWER TORSO) INCLUDES BLOWER STAGE, INLET SILENCER, BASE
FRAME/DISCHARGE SILENCER, VIBRATION ISOLATORS, & CONNECTION HOUSING WITH
CHECK FLAP
3. CUSTOMER PIPING TO BE INDEPENDENTLY SUPPORTED
4. LIFT PACKAGE FROM BLOWER SIDE THROUGH FORK LIFT POCKETS IN BASE OR LIFTING
HOLES IN CORNER OF BASE USING SPREADER BAR
5. SEE JOB DATA SHEETS FOR PERFORMANCE DATA, PART NUMBERS, TOTAL PACKAGE
WEIGHT, INSTRUMENTATION, ANY OTHER OPTIONAL EQUIPMENT & OWNERS MANUAL
WEIGHT
BLOWER PACKAGE (LESS MOTOR) 595 kg
1312 Ibs
VFD/STAND (ITEM 900) MAX. 111 kg
245 Ibs
ELECTRIC MOTOR (ITEM 300)
TOTAL (WET WEIGHT)

0
c)
m
cn
m
W
r
O
m
cn

wal
MEDIUM BUBBLE DIFFUSERS

?Y\
F) 'A 0 MWAIN MAO
Preliminary Proposal for
Des n, Supply and
Installation Inspection of the
Wastewater Treatment
Syystem Upgraded with
FlexAir T"' and MaxAirT"'
Aeration
- r
November 3, 2020 _

Project Overview
EDI is pleased to offer a Magnum fine/medium bubble aeration system for the digester tank
and a PVC MaxAir coarse bubble system for the EQ tank for the Hampstead, NC project.
The diffusers offered will provide mixing and aeration to the digester and EQ tanks.
6 I
16
A ►1exom BRAND
HAMPSTEAD, NC
(B36458-2009-01)
2of7

ystem Design
arameters
EDI understands that the digester will be replaced with a 125,000 gallon digester which needs
aeration equipment. The digester tank will be 50' diameter and 10' maximum SWD. Solids %
will be no more than 4-5%. Please note that diffused aeration is not suitable for mixing solids
that exceed 5%. EDI designs digester mixing at 40 scfm/1000 ft3 for high solids applications.
Diffusers will be provided in a clustered arrangement for optimal mixing.
For the EQ tank EDI understands that the tank will be is 64.37' diameter x 10' max SWD.
Using coarse bubble mixing EDI recommends a mixing airflow rate of 15 scfm/1000 ft3.
Aeration design parameters are presented in the following table:
Digester EQ
Tank Tank
Tank Volume (ft3)
19,635
32,543
Mixing Airflow Requirement (scfm/1000 ft3)
40
15
Total Airflow Required (scfm)
785
488
# Diffuser Tubes Required
40
60
# Diffuser Assembly Required*
20
60
Pressure Required at Top of Drop** (psig)
4.9
4.6
*2 diffuser tubes make up each Magnum diffuser assembly and 1 tube will make up each
MaxAir diffuser assembly.
**EDI recommends using 5.8 psig for blower sizing to account for pipe loss between blower
and top of drop and for safety factor.
6 616
HAMPSTEAD, NC
(
A►10X0111 BRAND B36458-2009-01)
3of7

Equipment
FlexAir" Magnum Fine/Medium Bubble Diffuser
EDI is proposing the Magnum 84P tubular medium bubble diffuser. The Magnum diffuser has
the benefits of a fine bubble membrane diffuser which include the diffuser membrane
preventing backflow of wastewater into the diffuser and fine
bubbles which are very efficient at transferring oxygen into the
wastewater.
The Magnum 84P is EDI's recommended diffuser for digester
applications because the 360 degree (top, sides and bottom)
perforation provides efficient mixing while the membrane prevents
sludge from entering the diffuser when the air is shut off In
addition, since tube diffusers do not have a flat top surface, there
is not excess settling on the diffusers during decanting.
MaxAirTM PVC Coarse Bubble Diffuser
Duplex
EDI is proposing the MaxAirT"' PVC Coarse Bubble Diffuser. This wide
band diffuser can be provided in simplex (1 arm) or duplex (2 arm)
configuration. It is designed for high airflow capacity and is a self -purging
bottom -mount diffuser. The diffuser is available in 24-inch length and
available in standard open -bottom configuration as well as an optional
Simplex closed bottom configuration.
,r The MaxAirTM PVC diffuser can also be provided in CPVC construction
for maximum chemical and temperature resistance. Three levels of air
discharge holes allow even air distribution at a wide range of airflows.
This diffuser is fully non-metallic and corrosion resistant.
ti
6 1 1
616' HAMPSTEAD, NC
(
A►1eXOf11 BRAND B36458-2009-01)
4 of 7

Pricing
Design and Supply of all in -tank FlexAirTM and MaxAirTm aeration equipment required to
make a fully functioning system (as per specifications and drawings) after the horizontal
flange and including all in -water components including but not limited to:
AEROBIC DIGESTER AERATION SYSTEM (1 TANK)
• 304L stainless steel drop pipes provided with flanged top connection and plain end
bottom.
• 304 stainless steel coupling which joins plain ends of the SS drop and PVC manifold.
• Schedule 40 PVC air distribution manifold assemblies including flanged connections at
all field joints, flanged header connections, SS flange fasteners and end caps.
• Schedule 40 PVC air headers including flanged connections at all field joints, flanged
header connections, SS flange fasteners, diffuser outlet ports and end caps.
• FlexAirTM Magnum 84P duplex diffuser assemblies which include two diffuser units and
saddle diffuser mount.
• Start-up, commissioning, and initial training combined with other supplied equipment as
per specifications (allowance of 1 trip with a total of 1 day on site)
EQ TANK AERATION SYSTEM (1 TANK)
• 304L stainless steel drop pipes provided with flanged top connection and plain end
bottom.
• 304 stainless steel coupling which joins plain ends of the SS drop and PVC manifold.
• Schedule 40 PVC air distribution manifold assemblies including flanged connections at
all field joints, flanged header connections, SS flange fasteners and end caps.
• Schedule 40 PVC air headers including flanged connections at all field joints, flanged
header connections, SS flange fasteners, diffuser outlet ports and end caps.
• MaxAir Simplex Diffuser Assembly. Diffuser assembly provided factory assembled.
Assembly includes one diffuser units and patented Spectrum Diffuser Mount.
6 616
HAMPSTEAD, NC
(
A►10X0111 BRAND B36458-2009-01)
5of7

Price for the design and supply of the following as described in the scope of work above
included in bid items:
• Aerobic Digester Tank Aeration Equipment
• EQ Tank Aeration Equipment
66,16"
A►1exom BRAND
HAMPSTEAD, NC
(B36458-2009-01)
6of7

Questions or
omments?
Any questions or comments can be directed to:
Michael Cole
Regional Sales Manager
[e-mail]
954-540-0672
I
16
A►1exom BRAND
Environmental Dynamics International, A Nexom Brand
[e-mail]
[phone]
5601 Paris Rd. - Columbia MO - 65202
www.wastewater.com
HAMPSTEAD, NC
(B36458-2009-01)
7of7

PVC BALL VALVES

=�MIRMIMLV
IMENIMMEMEMEMOMMEEM m
ns
ocket T4maded
W514

f VDF
Si
5,8 �
5,75
5. 16
.4
i
-'0, 3
0"
OA8
-.9 11

WTImp- -- _

`a'F;71'F 1WF =21'F'11`F17 F -6F "F 121`F141` F -6 F 71`F 1 ,€='141'F176F
7i7F.1i " F, F'40fF1/`F195F .12'F1,'F175F .1( r1 'F-i7 F21 F
230 17 15 120
75 55 1 150 11 9 5> 1
230- 170 150 ` 120
75 35 15o 95 70 40 230 185 150 115 85
�3 17 150 '" 35
55 5 : 95 7 1 230 185' 151� ..55 0
150 150 15 85
555 40.. 150 95,.., 7 40 15 150 € 0.. 10 70
Caution
/2" to 4", shall be of
Do not use ball valves where media has
blocking capability.
i suspended particles. Use the following valves: ;
.one' with PTFE seats.
Butterfly Valves - PVDF disc is most abrasion
,ric backing cushion
resistant and snake sure of chemical compatibility.
ve seals. Stem shall
Diaphragm Valves - Elastomeric diaphragm is 3
110out-proof design.
I designed for handling suspended particles. }
3 carrier removal
i• Volatile' fluids such as sodium hypochlorite (NaC101
inting pad shall be
i and hydrogen peroxide (N202) could be trapped
ri in.
1_4 _nn Kati within the vaivP WP r:Pn nrnvirip. vnUl
PUDF conforming to ASTM D3222 Cell Classification '
9
Vv� �1 L Carrier is not property tightened. Tighten it
Type I{. The ball valves, except PP, shall have a
2.
PTFE seat is damaged or worn. Replace
pressure rating of 230 psi for sizes"1/2" to 3" and
seat
150 psi for 4" (150 psi for PP, all sizes) at 70 ° F
3.
Foreign material is caught between ball and
Type 21 Ball Valves must carry a two-year
PTFE seat. Remove material and clean.
guarantee, as manufactured by Asahi/America, Inc.
4.
Ball is damaged or worn. Change ball.
Cv Values Weight (POUNDS)
What if fluid leaks outside of valve?
�_
1.
Union nut not properly tightened. Retighten.
NOMrraA>
SIZE i;�
nto�nirta
SIZa BOG
2.
Carrier is not properly tightened. Thread it in
n n
ems; MM . ... �
firmly.
a:
B.
Carrier or face 0 ring is damaged, warn, or
3/4 ` 20 29
3/4 20 0.66 1.54 i
missing. Replace 0-ring.
s 2.70i
What if handle does not rotate smoothly?
1 1/4' 32 ' 72
1 1/4s 32 1.54 3.30
1.
Foreign material has formed on the ball or
i-1/2 4p 1 5
1 11 II 2 64 4.40
seat: Clean both.
.
2 50 190
2 50 4.40 8151
2.
Internal part(s) chemically attacked or
2'112
6r_so I'
swollen. Refer to Asahi/America Chemical
_ _.
Resistance Chart for compatibility. Replace
3 ae410
80 0~70 1
part(s) as required.
i,
3.
Carrier over -tightened. Retighten properly.
Caution
What
if handle rotates too freely?'
• Never remove valve from pipeline under pressure
1.
Stem is damaged. Replace stem.
2.
Handle is not engaged with stem.
E•'; Always wear protective gloves and goggles.
Disassemble and reengage. Inspect:
Watch out for trapped fluid in valve. It is safe to
3.
Engaging part of stem and/or ball is
I close valve before removing it from the pipeline.
damaged. Change stem and/or ball.
35 Green Street, RO. Box 653, Malden, MA 02148 • Tel: [phone] •781-321-5409 • Fax: [phone] • E-mail: asah0asahi-america.com
Register at our interactive web site for on line ordering, product availability, order tracking, and many useful features: www.asahi-america.com
4
of 4

DUCTBUTTERFLY VALVES

KEYSTONE
Features and Benefits
~ Molded -in resilient seat provides
bubble -tight shutoff oo250psi.
° Off m,red u/�y�y�"�^,'eytp�^'===^+�^'-
|uQ�The!ugQedbodyisddNmdund
!�ppsdforiso}aXmnandremoval
oy
dn,,,vnsinasnnpipinQa\fuUrai'6d
pree�um.
~ Round, polished disc and hub edge
provides 88Odegree concentric
seating, minimum flow restriction,
lower torques and longer seat life.
° Upper and lower inboard bronze
bearings ensure longer service life with
low operating *unquea-
~ Thru-stamdesign provides high
strength and positive disc control with
standardized end connection for
operator interchangeability,
^ Extended neck allows adequate
clearance for flanges and insulation.
° Bi-directional, self-adjusting stem seal,
located inthe upper journal, iasuitable
for vacuum and pressure while also
preventing external contamination of
the stem area.
~ Heavy-duty corrosion resistant top
bushing, located inthe upper journal,
absorbs actuator side thrust.
° Cast -in top plate isan integral part of
the body and isstandardized toallow
direct mounting ofall Tyco actuators.
° Each valve isfactory tested to11O
percent ofspecified pressure rating.
tqfna / Row 4_70»,trol
Totall Flow Control SolutionSTM
Resilient Seated Butterfly Valve
General Application
Heating, ventilation, air conditioning and
general industrial services.
Technical Data
Size Range
Pressure Rating
2thm12-inohwafer
and lug style
25Opsi bi-directional
shutoff. Lugged body
style iarated for
25npsi bi-directional
dead-end service
with downstream
piping removed.

3
Y `
Part
_...___...._..Cast
Material
Material Standards
1 Body
iron^
ASTM-A 126 Class B
Aluminum
ASTM-B 148 UNS
2 Disc
bronze
C95200 Grade A
6
846 ss
ASTM-A 743 CF8M
3 Stem
416 S5
ASTM-A 582
UNS S41600
7
4 Moided-in
EPDM
liner
5 Inboard
Bronze
bearings
1 6 Upper
bushing
Polyester
7 Upper
NBR
5 stem seal
__... -
t.
Size (in)
Size (mer)
10,
20.
30.
44°
50*
60,
700
80, _
90` -_
2
50
0
1.3
5
14
26
40
52
59
60
21/2
65
0
1.4
6
21
44
74
107
138
150
3
80
0
1.5
8
29
67
115
175
234
262
4
100
1.
15
48
107
196
318
463
589
647
5
125
3
32
99
206
362
579
832
1,045
1,141
6
150
4
47
145
295
510
810
1,160
1,450
1,580
8
200
6
84
239
450
751
1,190
1,754
2,385
2,892
1
250
9
133
360
652
1,064
1,683
2,524
3,596
4,593
12
300
12
192
509
899
1,449
2,288
3,470
5,085
6,682

2-22 Lug
D
B
i
Top Plate Drilling
Bolt
No.
Hole Weight
Adapt.
Q
E F
G
H
Key
Circle
Holes Diam. (lbs.)
Code
Size
A
B
C
D
111/16
1-3/8
..... . ... .
4 11/4
1.".." 1111 _­___
9/16
_ ......... .
3/g
...... ...
N/A
...... , _­­-.,
31/4
.. ........
4
-- --------- --
7/16 7.7
BAB
2
21h6
41/8
55/16
4 11/4
9/16
V8
N/A
31/4
4
7/-,6 8.8
BAB
2V?
29/,.6
45/s
515A6
113/-,6
2
1114
9/16
3/8
N/A
31/4
4
7/16 10.2
BAB
3
31/16
53/16
65/16
113/16
25/8
4
5/87/16
N/A
31/4
4
7/16 . 16.9
BAC
4
41/16
63/8
71/8
21A6
311/16
4 11/4
51/16
73/8
71 IA6
21/4
4314
4 11/4
3/4
1/2
NIA
31/4
4
7116 19.9
BAD
5
81/2
85/16
21/4
59A6
4 11/4
3/4
112
N/A
31/4
4
-M6 25.3
BAD
6
513/16
23/s
73/4
6 11/4
718
5/8
N/A
5
4
9/16 40.5
CAE
8
71*6
1011/16
91/2
211/15
93/4
6 2
ilia
N/A
1f4 X 1/4
5
4
M6 61.1
CAF
10
913he
13
107/8
113/4
6 2
11/8
N/A
1/4 X 1/4
5
4
9/16 82.7
CAF
12
1113/1 (i
1413/16
121/4
31/a
...
. .. ....
T
ka,
'T�apped
Lug
BOVI
Bolt
No.
Weight Adapt.
F G
K Key
Cirem
HcAes
DlaM.
C�rcjo
Ho!es
Tap oh S.
cooe
E
4
71
,
4
5,4:-1 UNC-2B 9-�
BAB
4
rz i2
4
Fie--! 1 UN—C-26 1 15
BAB
4
C
6
4
M �C-28 11. 9BAB
8
SIS-1 UN�_,_'33
aAC
7,
;A
4
I A
3
Z
7!ls
8""2
8
10 U N C, - 23 225�1
BAD
�Nl
V
A,
9 �12
3
ZV"- M-C-2B 31.
BAD
7/i�
C",4
rl UNC-25 42",
P
7
)4
x V
5
4
N!A
4
12
UNC-2B. I C16 51
'0' dim I ension is the minimum allowable pipe
or flange inside diameter at the centered body
face to protect the disc sealing edge against
damage when opening
the valve.

BALL CHECK VALVES

i�rue Union Ball Check Valve
'���
Sta��da^^�Features ~S~~=~ �/� �/�� ~
= Uniseat/saa|ofEPOMor FKK4
° Ball iGthe only moving part. |tunseats topermit
flow inone direction but seals against seat to
praventbeCkf|ovu
° May beused vertically orhorizontally
° Kqinirnurn shut-off of 5 psi
° All sizes rated for full vacuum service
w Solid thermoplastic ball
Options:
• PTFEcoated FKMunieeet/saa|
° Spring -loaded ball toassist ball inseating faster
Im
Parts List - True Union (Sizes 1/2" - 2")
PARTS
NO. DESCRIPTION MATERIAL
Body PVC, GFLVG, PP, P-V9F
PVDF
8 Stop Ring (Br 1
Used fox flanged end
ASAHIIAMERICA

SINGLE UNION` <;
SOCKET
Dimensions (Sizes " - 11)
True , Single union,
Sample Specification ® (RAT T =cK vA=)
and, Foot Valve
All ball check valves and foot valves shall be of solid
Weight (POUNDS) Cv Values
thermoplastic construction, and shall be designed with
an elastomeric uniseat/seal for tight shut-off under
NOMINAL No�-
pressure. Sizes 1/2" through 2" shall be of True
SIZE SOCKET FLANGED l j SIZE C„
Union design, while 3" & 4" shall be Single Union
- I -
INCHES nll71 i INCHES - fTifTl
design. The same seal shall function as both the ball
- I
--
seat and the union seal. PVC shall conform to ASTM
#✓2 15 022 0.66 1/2 15 6.5
L.D1784
Cell Classification 12454-A, CPVC shall
3/4 20 0.44 _ 1.10 3/4 20 17
1 conform to ASTM D1784 Cell Classification 23567-A,
1 25 0,66 1.54 1 25 25
PP shall conform to ASTM D4101 Cell Classification
1 1/2 40 1.54 2.20 1/2 40 86
PP0210B67272 and PVDF shall conform to ASTM
-
2 50 2.20 3.31 2 50 130
D3222 Cell Classification Type 11. Ball Check valves
-- — 1
j and foot valves sizes 1/2"- 2" shall be rated 150 psi
9 3 28o
3 ao 6.17 80
__..__ _ _
at 70 degrees F, 3" and 4" rated 100 psi at 70
100 14.99 24.25 4 100 500
1 degrees ,, as manufactured by Asahi/America, Inc.
35 Green Street, P.Q. Box 653, Malden, MA 02148 ® Tel: [phone] ® 781-321-5409 ® Fax: [phone] ® E-mail: [e-mail]
Register at our interactive web site for on line ordering, product availability,
order tracking, and many useful features: www.asahi-america.com

TAB 12
WAFER AND SWING CHECK VALVES

yip
Features and Benefits
• Minimizes piping support with the
compact wafer style body. The Prince
wafer check valves are two to three
times lighter than traditional full-bodied
check valves.
• To meet special applications and
service conditions, Prince valves can
be offered with many different options,
such as: silicone -free cleaning,
oxygen -cleaning, vertical service, left-
hand operation, levers, weights and
cushions.
• For media containing fibrous matter or
caustics, Prince offers an external
spring (Figure 813 and Figure 815)
which eliminates the spring from the
flow path. This will prohibit the
possibility of fiber wrapping around the
spring or chemical attack of the spring.
• Maintenance is minimal with the field
replaceable O-ring seat available in all
styles and sizes.
IFlow Control
Prince Wafer Swing Check Valves
Sizes " thru 6"
Applications
The Prince Wafer Check Valve is used to
stop flow reversal in chemical refineries,
ammonia compressors, waste water
treatment plants, HVAC systems and
most other industrial applications.
Technical Data
Size Range
Pressure Rating
ANSI Flange Rating
2" thru 36"
150 - 740 psi
125 - 300
Gulf Valve is either a trademark or registered trademark of Tyco International Services AG or its affiliates
in the United States and/or other countries. All other brand names, product names, or trademarks belong
to their respective holders.
• . • o • • • 1

General The check valve shall be a wafer style (flangeless) swing check design utilizing a torsional spring to assist
in faster closure. The valve must be capable of gravity closure should the loss of spring tension occur when system
back pressure is present. Valves with discs hinged in a line crossing the valve diameter, or with center posts, are
unacceptable.
Body/Seat The body shall be of one-piece construction and shall (1) possess a machined dovetail groove for
elastomer and polymer seals, or (2) possess an integral metal seat machined into the body when metal -to -metal
seats are required. The resilient seals shall not be vulcanized to facilitate seat retention. The resilient seals shall be
field replaceable. The resilient seals shall provide positive shut-off at both low and high pressure.
Disc The valve shall utilize a one-piece disc/arm assembly. The disc shall completely cover the seal when in the
closed position to provide positive seal regardless of disc orientation.
Disc/Stem Connection The stem shall possess a double "D" design that when mated to the corresponding
disc/arm assembly bore provided positive connection.
The valve shall be F810 as manufactured by Tyco Valves & Controls.

1. Left hand versions available on all external
spring models for horizontal service.
2. Not for use in pulsating or reciprocating
services.

10
8
6
4
C
.2
2
as
CL
0
-i I
E 8.
o 6.1
Z
4.1
2.1
0
(D jj
ILL 0.1
0.1
o 0.,
101
F�l
wm�
EFvmr.=W��Wm
MWEINIFAWAM11FAMEFAM
0
winnsol,
AIINfA§U"AWAr
W40YA
FAIMMIN
�'MMWABBIAW�V�W
AiN
0
WA
'AWAMI
ME=
WIMINFAINVAW""
I
WAINFAFAN
MINI
WAINVIANFABrAff"A
F
A111111111
����1111
/
/1��r//►��/1��1�///r�//
1
Hill
OF,
0
FAMr'AFA=W�YAWJM
AMON
REM25
INWMWA
WAWA
01F.1
'A
r,
A
MY.401111111FAWAWANNFAMMIF.
Slow
NEENW�FMWAWi"
WA0WdWjWANW.M1lM1MFA5N
SIMON=
IfF�,MAFAEjl
'�
JA11WMAFA1NMrAFNMlF1ffVA
1111FAINIKAWWWWWA
111WOMA111,141151
MW
KNOW
WA
1=1
1S21FA1111
VIE
M
MEE
. IN
I
M!AWAMF""r"M0MM"AM'Ar',WANMM=WNN MINI!
0
'ESTA
W"VIAMA
M=W
ANNNWAMWAWMWMF.WAff,9l0ij09I=M,WAM
MEN
MN
OMEN
mmommil�
WAM
M
FOAM
0 1111MMANIFAM
1111111000
�mmummlii�mmon
'111
ump""WAW,
ON
MEE
on
011111111ENE11�I��i1��1�ii1
MINI
.,"'111
0„1"11I
111111110
011111
II
0 0 000 0
C11 't CLO COO 0
N
Flow - Gallons Per Minute
•
1. Curves are for water at 60°F. All valves equal approximately 0.5 psi without lever/weight or cushion. For valves with
2. Feet of water x 0.4335 = psi lever/weight or cushion, contact factory.
3. Use curves for estimating purposes only. Performance is
based upon ideal inlet and outlet conditions with no springs
or weights.
Size 2" 21/2" 3" 4" 5" 6" 8" 10" 12" 14" 16" 18" 20" 24" 30" 36"
............ ---- ---- - - --- .... . ....... ............... . ........ - .. ............... . . ..... ---------- . . . . . . . . . . . . . .... . . .......... . ........... .................... .. - . . ......................... .. ......... . ---l- --- 1111
C, 70 190 225 295 430 700 1,270 2,350 3,850 4,250 7,000 9,550 13,000 25,000 39,000 63,000

QL / 2
Pressure Drop = S.G. C -
v
Where:
QL = Flow in gallons per minute
S.G. = Specific Gravity of Liquid
Cv = Valve flow coefficient from table
Note: 30 fps is the nominal maximum
allowable velocity for liquids.
Where valve construction consists of more than one material, the effective service range of the valve is
the same as that of the most restrictive material in the valve.
Size —Temperature — Pressure Ratings
ANSI 150 CS & SS Body with
SS Disc (12' - 20°)
y 230
200
C. 100 ANSI125
Cl Body with 0
SS Disc �Ilk
(30" - 38") b
ANSI 125 Cl Body with
SS Disc (12" - 20")
ANSI 150
\ CS & SS Body
with SS Disc
a --�- (24„ - 36")
-20 100 200 300 400 500 600 650
Temperature, F
2075
ANSI 160
G.
3 ANSI 125
CI Body with SS Disc '-4k
� e
C- 100
-20 100 200 300 400 500 600 650
Temperature, F
�W
NBR 0 — 212°F
TFS-
Metal
Ra4iHg GhaftS

Size A B Q1 D E F G H J K Wt. (Ibs.)
2
41/8
13/4
21/16
117/32
13/16
31/16
423/32
61/2
55/32
221/32
5
21/2
4718
': 1718
215/32
117/32
11/16..
35/16
: 5%2 - -
7112
-... 57/8
33t32
- $
3
5%
2
31/16
21/16
15/8
31/2........
511/16
81/2
673/16
35/e
9
4
67/8
21/4
41/32
31/32
21/4
3114
613/32
81/2
- 63/4
313/32
13
5
73/4
21/2
51/32
37/e
3
5t5/32
77/32
8%
619/32
31/2
19
6
83/4
23/4
61/16
43/4
325/32
529/32
--: 73/4
8%
-:631& -:--
3114--:
24
8
11
2t5/16
731/32
67/16
45/8
631/32
95/32
93/8
77/16
35/8
32
10
13%
31/8
10
75/s
67116;
55/16
1013/32
133/8
8?11s,
43116
6U
12
1611s
31/2
12
91/2
81/8
61/4
127/32
12
9%
417/16
87
z
1. The Q dimension is the minimum pipe or companion flange inside diameter for proper valve operation.
1. The Q dimension is the minimum pipe or companion flange inside diameter for proper valve operation.

Zf,..,;.
Note Hinge
Position
6,�
1. Position the check valve to promote smooth flow.
2. Allow clearance for disc movement.
3. Install the valve in horizontal or upward flow for proper valve closure.
Caution: Do not use with reciprocating compressors, or in other pulsating services.
www.tycoflowcontrol.com
Tyco Flow Control (TFC) provides the information herein in good faith but makes no representation as to its comprehensiveness or accuracy. This data sheet is intended only as a guide to TFC products and services.
Individuals using this data sheet must exercise their independent judgment in evaluating product selection and determining product appropriateness for their particular purpose and system requirements. TFC MAKES
NO REPRESENTATIONS OR WARRANTIES, EITHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION ANY WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE WITH
RESPECT TO THE INFORMATION SET FORTH HEREIN OR THE PRODUCT(S) TO WHICH THE INFORMATION REFERS. ACCORDINGLY, TFC WILL NOT BE RESPONSIBLE FOR DAMAGES (OF ANY KIND OR
NATURE, INCLUDING INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES) RESULTING FROM THE USE OF OR RELIANCE UPON THIS INFORMATION. Patents and Patents Pending in the U.S. and
foreign countries. Tyco reserves the right to change product designs and specifications without notice.

Standard Features 3/4"-8`)
° Minimum flow resistance - Low pressure drop
° Horizontal orvertical installation
° All sizes rated for full vacuum service
° Minimum back pressure toseat disc tightly
° Top access cover facilitates maintenance
without body removal from pipeline
° All thermoplastic body
° All PVC parts made of high impact PVC
° PVC and PPValves come with EPOK4seals
[PorC#'a 5j'5k,Gand 7]aostandard
° PVOFValves, Part #'s5j and 7ofPTFEand Gof
PVDFbonded EPOK4
, 3/4"PPValves supplied with Ring 1a
Options:
° External lever and weight toassist disc in
closing faster
° External spring toassist disc inclosing faster
" PTFEorFKMSeat and O-Rings
Parts List 3/4._8")
Shaft
I
Isc
5b
Seat Holder
1
5d
Arm
Washer'
Washer'
Set
MATERIAL
PVC,FP,PVDF
pvc PP,pvor
Parts List (Lever and Weight)
xsGreen Street, PO. Box ss3, Malden, mmmnwo^Tel: [phone]*u^rm-3e-5*o ^ Fax: uuo-4zo-7os ^s+nml: Register at our interactive web site for on line ordering, product availability, order tracking, and many useful features: www.asahi-america.com

ASAHIIAMERiC
Rev. E 09-08

Dimensions (Lever &
Weight/Extemcd Spring)
NOMINAL
SIZE
H
6
150 1
10.5
11.14
11A4
E
S=ple Specification
All Swing Check valves shall be of solid thermoplastic construction, having nometal that comes in
contact with media, (except when Lever & Weight or SS spring option is installed). Valves shall
incorporate asingle disc design suitable for either horizontal orvertical installations. Valves shall baof
top entry bonnet design for maintenance purposes. PVC shall conform to ASTIVI D1784 Cell
Classification 12454-4^PPconforming to/STIVID41O1Cell Classification PPO21OBG7272and PVOF
conforming to ASTIVI D3222 Cell Classification Type 11. Valves shall be rated to 150 psi sizes 3/4"thru
3^.1OOpsi sizes 4^thruB^.75psi size 8^forPVC orPIP with EPO&4orFKK4seals, BOpsi sizes 3/4^
thru24/2^'.75psi sizes 3^&4^.GOpsi size 5^and 45psi sizes B^8`8^for PVC w±hTef|on@ soa/s.BO
psi sizes 3/4^thru2-1/2^'75psi sizes 3^&4^'GOpsi size S^and 45psi sizes G^&B^for PIP orPVOF
with Teflon@ seals all at 70 degrees F, as manufactured by Asahi/America, Inc.
usGreen Street, euBox as3,Malden, mmmn48^Tel: uou-3*uuon^nm-3e-54o ^ Fax: ono-4e6-rua ~s+nma
Register atour interactive web site for vnline ordering, product availability, order tracking, and many useful features: wwwosam-amon=`com��� �--�

Pressure vs. Temperature (PSI, WATER, NON -SHOCK)
PVC
PP
P\/DF
SIZE
WCHES
60
60
45
45
40
Minimum Back Pressure to
Troubleshooting
What dvalve leaks through the seat?
1.Sediment build-up around disc and seat. Clean disc
and seat.
2.Disc orseat broken ordamaged. Replace disc or
seat.
3.Insufficient back pressure. Check the pressure.
What if valve leaks between bonnet and body?
1. Bolts not tightened properly. Tighten firmly per
specified torque.
2.Seal chemically attacked orworn. Replace seal.
3. Exceeds maximum allowable pressure rating
ASAHI/AMERICA

TAB 13
CAST IRON GATE VALVES

❑ TRIPLE O-RING SEALS PLUS DIRT
SEAL — two above thrust collar and
one below, retain lubricant in this criti-
cal area. Top two are replaceable with
valve fully open and under pressure.
Fourth seal at top serves as dirt sealt.
❑ TWO ANTI -FRICTION WASHERS
WITH LUBRICATION— made of
polymer, one above and one below the
thrust collar, reduce operating torque
to open or close valve.
❑ STEM — forged manganese bronze bar
stock is upset, then machined to form
a thrust collar for superior strength in
this critical area.
WEDGE — cast iron, fully encapsu-
lated in molded rubber - no exposed
iron.
❑ EXTENDED WEDGE GUIDES
— molded as part of wedge, ride inside
body channels to maintain wedge
alignment throughout its travel.
❑ GUIDE CAP BEARINGS — made
of polymer and snapped over rubber
covered wedge guides, provide bearing
surfaces that protect both wedge and
interior body coating from wear and
aid in easy operation — even the largest
valves installed horizontally. Rollers,
tracks or scrapers are not needed.
❑ SMOOTH, OVERSIZED FLOW WAY
— full, round, unobstructed flow way
accommodates full size cutters, provides
superior flow characteristics and reduces
pumping costs.**
MUELLERa PRO-GARD"' FUSION
EPDXY COATING — 10 mils* thick
protects all inside and outside iron sur-
faces, and complies with AWWA C550
and certified to ANSUNSF 61.
❑ 250 PSIG MAXIMUM WORKING
PRESSURE— Hydrostatically tested
at 500 prig. Surpasses ANSI/AWWA
Standard C509 by 25%. UL,/FM: 200
i **�° p,- g MWP.
❑ AMERICAN MADE QUALITY
— factory in Chattanooga, TN with ISO
9001:2000 certification, and UL'_62.
FM 1120/1130. Certified to ANSI/NSF
61. Manufactured and tested in compli-
ance with ANSI/AWWA Standard
C509. UL Listed and FM Approved.
❑ BI-DIRECTIONAL FLOW
FLAT BOTTOM SURFACES — stands
upright for easier handling -and storage.
❑ 10-YEAR LIMITED WARRANTY
— assured reliability (see separate
Mueller Warranty document for terns).
Mueller 14" — 48" 2361 Series Resilient Wedge Gate Valve Features
In addition to all the features of the smaller 2360 series valves, large size Mueller 2361 series RSV valves offer these features:
tj COMPLIANCE — In addition to those above:
ANSI/AWWA Standard C515.
MAXIMUM WORKING PRESSURE— 14"-43" AWWA
valves rated at 250 psig — tested at 500 psig.
UL/FM valves 200 psig MWP (14"-16" 250 psig
MWP).***
s..,,,�'\�....�.:��a�?>1��.������Yo��,A'a�����������Sa� :�; �: � AV`y . � A�.1 w�\��`\V�;'� '- �A�,. �? � V �� �� ��u �w�•s -

TAB 14
FLOAT SWITCHES

MODEL# 2902-63-S2 WITH ONE 3FB
gFLOAT BRACKET PER BASIN.
' 11 A 011 lor.111 604 MO 0911• j
GENERAL
DESIGNED FOR ACCURATE LIQUID LEVEL CONTROL IN MANY APPLICATIONS INCLUDING
POTABLE WATER OR SEWAGE ENVIRONMENTS. THE FLOAT SWITCH CAN BE UTILIZED
TO SIGNIFY SPECIFIC WATER LEVELS OR FOR DIRECT ALARM ACTUATION.
SWITCH VARIATIONS
NORMALLY OPEN (N/0)
THE CONTACTS ARE OPEN (OR OFF) IN THE HANGING POSITION. AS THE FLOAT
RISES 1" (5°) ABOVE HORIZONTAL, THE CONTACTS BECOME CLOSED AND
ACTUATE (TURN ON) THE SWITCH, THIS FLOAT IS GENERALLY USED IN PUMP DOWN
APPLICATIONS.
NORMALLY CLOSED (N/C)
THE CONTACTS ARE CLOSED (OR ON) IN THE HANGING POSITION. AS THE FLOAT
RISES 1° (5°) ABOVE HORIZONTAL, THE CONTACTS BECOME OPEN AND ACTUATE
(TURN OFF) THE SWITCH. THIS FLOAT IS GENERALLY USED IN PUMP UP
SINGLE POLE, DOUBLE THROW (SPDT)
A VARIATION OF THE PREVIOUSLY LISTED SWITCHES. THIS FLOAT SWITCH CAN BE
WIRED TO OPERATE AS EITHER (BUT NOT BOTH) A NORMALLY OPEN OR NORMALLY
CLOSED SWITCH BASED ON THE ,USER'S NEED..,...
SWITCH SPECIFICATIONS
2900 SERIES MECHANICAL FLOAT SWITCHES ARE DESIGNED TO OPERATE UNDER THE
FOLLOWING PARAMETERS.
MINIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE 32 DEGREES F.
MAXIMUM OPERATING TEMPERATURE 190 DEGREES F.
ELECTRICAL RATING 10 AMP —120 VAC, 5 AMP — 240 VAC
ACTUATION POINT 1" ABOVE / BELOW HORIZONTAL.
POWER CORD SPECIFICATIONS
CONDUCTOR CORD — PHYSICAL CHLORINATED POLY ETHYLENE.
,ELECTRICAL FOR N/0, OR N/C SWITCH., ,., 16 AWG 2 ,TYPE SJOW-300 VOLT.,
ELECTRICAL FOR SPDT SWITCH 16 AWG 3, TYPE SJOW-300 VOLT
FLOAT SPECIFICATIONS
DURABLE ABS MATERIAL CONSTRUCTION.
LEAK PROOF, SHOCK PROOF, AND IMPACT RESISTANT,
RESISTANT TO SEWAGE AND WASTEWATER APPLICATIONS.
FOR USE WITH INTRINSICALLY SAFE CIRCUITS.
CORD WEIGHT
ZINC PLATED CAST IRON —1.22 LBS.
SPLIT WEIGHT DESIGN ALLOWS FOR EASY ADJUSTMENT.
DESIGN ALLOWS FOR SECURE AND PERMANENT ATTACHMENT TO CORD.
(w) 4:pv'11'm
CONERY MFG INC 1380 ENTERPRISE PARKWAY ASHLAND, OH 44805
[e-mail] PH [phone] FAX [phone]

11
■ of
ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO CONERY MFG, INC.
CHANGES TOLERANCES I DRAWN BY DATE
F
DECIMALS
D. MIDDLETON
02/20/04
E
XXX = t.005
D
.XX = t.010
MATERIAL SPECIFICATION:
FRACTIONAL
C
X/X = t.1/64
NARROW ANGLE
Ell
ANGLES
MECHANICAL FLOAT
Alr
= t1/2-
PAGE
1

NOTE: ALL ELECTRICAL DIAGRAMS SHOWN ARE EXAMPLES ONLY,
CONSULT WITH LOCAL ELECTRICAL AUTHORITIES AND CODES.
DO NOT USE THESE PRODUCTS IN GASOLINE, VOLATILES,
OTHER COMBUSTIBLES.
FOR PUMP DOWN USE
(NORMALLY OPEN FLOATS)
FOR PUMP UP USE
(NORMALLY CLOSED FLOATS)
M2
MSy CONTACT TO LEAD
�PUMP MOTOR STARTER
M21 CONTACT TO LAG
-i- PUMP MOTOR STARTER
LINE
VOLTAGE
FLOAT 3 U
FLOAT 2
FLOAT 1
ALARM
LIGHT
PAGE
TYPICAL MOUNTING 2
mKofflywo
\T 3
D Rh = m.uiv MMItKiHL 3rr- lriumIIVIV:
C FRACTIONAL SCALEPART NO.
X�X = t.1�64 NARROW ANGLE 2900 SERIES: 3
B ANGLES MECHANICAL FLOAT NONE
A r = t1/2• F . - • --I

6 ¥ �
z Q
LLA
/ ULL-
Z Lj j w ¢
�\ y 7 0 q
o\tj\ 7� \L{�
\LLJ \
i=\a 4 «
\\< ' .\/ \
z E°{ _ _ - ~CS
` 5
G\/\/ /\ /\/\
/ ~ ®� e `» » 3 ©
=[L kb G\\oz
<& c 0 3 ( j $) y<
}a< e e< s§ e
uZOZ F—
C) C) \ z »
zzzG
& K 2 / H% /j \ z§°<
z 3G 7 i 944-;
\ [* E °i "Z"
3/ ) §;§/ {<w
\/ g
m y 3> o
<
3 4 /\ /
zeoom<
f /
� MR w
/ G
\
\
/z a_
LL: �f
�
LLJ
�
�
�>
&
�
! z
30v E
±HO GM iVO-U 73

6 e 3
u Q
§ A® 2
2 / U-< a
�^ ^
§-3 7 O
\ n U .j
0��\ 7r— \ ƒ{�
LLJ < { « a 2
3d {
//)0
V)
LLI i a \ \ . \
0
/°zo\ y-\/
z[g_ - - \ �> /
\}\\{ \» /_\/®
c = o z® ^ 0 ^
e[uu� <Lu
Kilo/ \\
\ � :2 0 = ° of
\\�®~ % _« \Eoa\
6
/[\\ \ x7 92 }\ \s§:2fza
z / / ( {± I /99/;a}
G ocD
z ta c/o\;}<o ±b {z»1
zy gg \ o`
�} 2
3 e
/ \\ \
<a zuoo=<
S � ,
A
%
9 -
\
/z \
af ��
a 1
�
�
�
nlo
. I .
FLj\
�y
2
° `&
�
Lu
�
z
39VId CK
iH S|]M iVM J 73

DIM
1l]hT, i4wQ
PAGE
1

PAGE
2
R.
ALL INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DRAWING IS
CONFIDENTIAL AND PROPRIETARY TO CONERY MFG, INC.
CHANGES TOLERANCES DRAWN BY DATE
F DECIMALS D. MIDDLETON� 03/22/04
E XXX = t.005
.��
D xx = t.010 MATERIAL SPECIFICATION:
FRACTIONAL
C X/X = f.'/64 B ANGLES 300 SERIES SST
AlxC = t1/2'

TAB 15
MEMBRANE CASSETTES

GIS150081 EN [1/21
Specifications of KUBOTA Submerged Membrane UnitT"
•SDecifications of Product
Model SP600
Dimensions (Height x width x Length) H4,213mm x W944mm x L2,186mm
Mass
Upper Membrane Block
Dry Mass
660 kg
Lower Membrane Block
Dry Mass
660 kg
Diffuser Block
Dry Mass
70 kg
Attachment*'
Dry Mass
6 kg
Unit Lifting Tool*z
Dry Mass
210 kg
Total max. of Lifted Lower Membrane Block"
2,540 kg
Number of Membrane Modules
60 modules
Effective Membrane Surface Area
600 m2
Nominal (max.) Pore dia. of Membrane Sheet
0.4 pm (Average 0.2 pm)
Initial Flow Rate with Clean Water*4
369 L/min (201C, 5 kPa)
Diffuser Air Supply Rate
Required
2.00 Nm3/min
Maximum*s
4.00 Nm3/min
Pressure Loss in Diffuser
10 kPa or less
Filtration Pressure 6
20 kPa or less
Chemical Injection Pressure
10 kPa or less
Diameter of Pipe Connection
Air
]IS VP75, ASTM 3", or DIN d90 x 1
Permeate
JIS VP75, ASTM 3", or DIN d90 x 2
Replacement Parts
Diffuser Rubber
Membrane Module
Optional Parts
(These parts shall be ordered separately)
Unit Lifting Tool
Module Lifting TOOT
Precautions in Storage
Avoid direct sunlight and wetness
Keep fire away
*1 The attachement includes Manifold Adapter, Bracket, Pipe Support, and Diffuser Adapter all of which are attached to Membrane
Unit.
*2 Optional part
*3 Assuming that all the gaps between the Membrane Elements are clogged. Mass of Diffuser Block, Attachment, and Unit Lifting
Tool which is fully filled with water are also included.
*4 This does not indicate the treatment rapacity with real mixed liquor.
*5 Supplying more air flow than this maximum value may cause damage on the Membrane Unit.
*6 Difference (Pl-P2) between the pressures while the filtration is OFF (PI) and ON (P2).

GJS150081 EN [2/2]
•Design Considerations
Usage
Intended Use*'
Solid -Liquid Separation of Activated Sludge
Conditions
Filtration Method
Gravity, Suction, or Siphon Filtration
Water Temperature
5-40 °C
pH
5-10
Required min. Water Level
4,600 Tim
Sludge Properties*8
MLSS
5,000-13,000 mg/L
Viscosity 9
120 mPa•s or less
(recommended)
Paper Filtration Test
10 mL/Smin or more
DO
1 mg/L or more
Water Temperature
15-35 C
pH
6-8
Method of Fixation
Membrane Unit
Guide Set
Ancillary Equipment
(to be provided by Customer)
Guide Set 'o
Membrane Blower
Gravity Filtration
Motorized Valve (or Solenoid valve),
Devices to
Pressure Gauge,
discharge
Constant Flow Valve (or Flow Regulator and Flow Meter)
Permeate*"
(example)
Suction Filtration
Permeate Pump,
Pressure Gauge (Negative Gauge or Combination Gauge),
Constant Flow Valve (or Flow Regulator and Flow Meter)
Siphone Filtration
Siphon formation equipment,
Motorized Valve (or Solenoid Valve),
Pressure Gauge (Negative Gauge or Combination Gauge),
Constant Flow Valve (or Flow Regulator and Flow Meter)
Chemical Injection Port or Equipment
Recommended
Blower
JIS VP75, ASTM 3", or DIN d90
Piping Diameter
Permeate`
JIS VP75, ASTM 3", or DIN d90
Precautions in Operation
Avoid aeration while filtration stops as much as possible.
Stop flltration when aeration stops.
Provide continuous aeration when filtration is conducted.
*7 Pretreatment may be required for the following types of wastewater:
• Wastewater with oil, trash, or debris
• Wastewater with high contents of iron, manganese, calcium, or silicon
*8 Use these values as rough targets for treatment control.
*9 This is the value measured by an viscometer model TVC-10 (Rotor No.1, Speed 20 rpm) by Toki Sangyo Co., LTD.
If measured by an viscometer model VF-03 by Rion Co., LTD., it is 60 mPa•s or less instead.
*10 Refer to "Instruction Manual' for details.
*11 Configuration of devices to discharge permeate is not limited to these examples. Refer to "Instruction Manual".
*12 Design the system so as to prevent permeate backflow and air trap while filtration stops.
*Maintenance Considerations
In Situ
Chemical
Cleaning
Chemical type
Sodium
Hypochlorite
0.6% or less when MLSS is more than 10,000 mg/L
0.3% or less when MLSS is 10,000 mg/L or less
Oxalic Acid"'
1.0 % or less
Dosage Volume
2,400 L
Timing
When filtration pressure rises by 5-10 kPa from
the initial or every six months or more often
Diffuser Pressure Loss
Prevention
Procedure
Blow down
Timing
Once a day, for one minute
713 If calcium carbonate precipitates in the tank, dose hydrochloric acid or citric acid (1.0% or less).
[Before using this product, read "Instruction Manual for KUBOTA Submerged Membrane UnitT"".]

GLASS LINED TANKS

Request for Proposal
Quote Number: 2010008
10/08/2020
Prepared for
7245 Pineville -Matthews Road
Charlotte, North Carolina 28226

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
Introduction
Shane Eckley
EW2
[e-mail]
704-542-2444
Page: 2 of 19
Quote Proposal
Tarsco Bolted Tank, a TF Warren Company appreciates the opportunity to provide you with the following
proposal for your upcoming project. At Tarsco Bolted Tank, we approach every request for information and
quote as an opportunity to earn your business, and want to be sure we understand your needs and the challenges
you face with your project.
Project Summary & Scope of Work:
Labor, materials and equipment to erect (1) New 50.51 Feet Diameter X 11.32 Feet Height Carbon Steel
Wastewater Storage Tank
Labor, materials and equipment to erect (1) New 50.38 Feet Diameter X 10.66 Feet Height Glass Fused
Wastewater Storage Tank
Labor, materials and equipment to erect (1) New 65.36 Feet Diameter X 12.54 Feet Height Carbon Steel
Wastewater Storage Tank
Labor, materials and equipment to erect (1) New 64.37 Feet Diameter X 11.87 Feet Height Glass Fused
Wastewater Storage Tank
Site Project Location: Hampstead, North Carolina
For a more detailed description of activities please refer to this proposal.
We look forward to completing this work safely, with the highest quality, and on -time. Please contact us if you
have any questions concerning Tarsco Bolted Tank's proposal or if we can be of any further service.
Sincerely,
Pat Wilson
5897 Hwy 59
Goodman, MO 64843
[e-mail]
Tarsco Bolted Tank
913-219-6259

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
A - Tank Description
Page: 3 of 19
Quote Proposal
One (1) New 50.51 Feet Diameter X 11.32 Feet Height Carbon Steel Wastewater Storage Tank
❑� Product being stored - Wastewater Storage
❑� Total Nominal Capacity - 169,700 Gallons
❑� Usable volume of approximately - 139,700 Gallons
❑� Specific Gravity - 1.01
R Freeboard - 24 Inches
❑� Deck Type - Open -Top
❑� Floor Type - Concrete (Embedded Starter)
❑� Construction Type - Bolted
❑� Wage Type - Non -Union / Non -Prevailing
Accessories included:
1 - 30" Manway 1 - Exterior ladder w/out fall protection system -OSHA
Compliant - TBT design with no cage (Tank is under
20 ft. eave height)
1 - 3' x 3' Step -Off Platform 1 - Top Wind Girders

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
B - Technical Information
Engineering and Manufacture Specifications
Site Class: D
Wind Conditions: 145
Seismic S1: 0.081
Tank PE Stamp Required: Yes
Foundation Type: Type 6-Concrete w/Embed
Importance Factor: 1
1. Design Basis
Page: 4 of 19
Quote Proposal
Approval Drawing # of Sets: 3
Seismic Use Group: II
Seismic SS:
Calculations Required:
Shipping Weight:
Deck Live Load:
0.184
Yes
20,578 Pounds
0 Pounds per Square Foot
a) Proposal is based on final customer's engineering information being provided within two (2) weeks of award.
b) This information will include quantity, sizes and location information for all nozzles and manholes (elevation,
orientation, projections etc.) along with the location and direction of the stairway.
c) Design according to AWWA D103
2. Coatings
Epoxy Powder Coating - (interior surface 8-10 mils; Exterior 5 mils; Topcoat 3-5 mils) Color to be determined. The
exterior tank color can be chosen from five standard colors (White, Environmental Green, Cobalt Blue, Caribbean
Blue, Tan) with an interior color of white. Custom exterior colors can be matched for an additional charge. Custom
colors require paint specifications or color chips.
* SSPC QP3 Certified
C - Schedule
1
a) Approval Drawings - 2 - 3 Weeks
b) Final Drawings - 1 to 2 weeks prior to shipment of tanks
c) Tank Delivery - 8 to 10 weeks after approval of drawings and settlement of all details
d) Our proposed pricing and schedule does not include for any delays due to causes outside Tarsco Bolted Tank's
complete control, including but not limited to force majeure, strikes, political conditions, and weather. If we encounter
any delays, the schedule will be adjusted and costs for delays will be reimbursed to Tarsco Bolted Tank at the
applicable T&M rates.
e) Milestone dates for Substantial Completion are defined as tank ready for testing.
f) Free access to work site must be provided by Buyer during daylight hours on all working days including Saturday and
Sunday.

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
D - Pricing and Terms
TOTAL MATERIAL
TANK CONSTRUCTION PRICE
PRICE TOTAL
ESTIMATED FREIGHT (PREPAY AND ADD)
Options:
Price for (1) 4" flange - $118 USD
Price for (1) 6" flange - $174 USD
Price for (1) 8" flange - $245 USD
Notes for Quote:
J
$32,760.00
$36,337.00
$69,097.00
$4,704.00
Page: 5 of 19
Quote Proposal
-- This is a Budget proposal; final proposal can be prepared upon receipt of all design parameters.
-- Tank is designed based on the following data as well as data listed in Section B "Technical DATA" of this proposal. If
location or data is different design and price may change. Customer to verify for final design.
a. Seismic conditions at 34.4353' N;-77.67652' W.
b. Seismic conditions of S1 = 0.081 and Ss = 0.184.
c. Specific Gravity = 1.01
d. Temperature = <140°F
e. pH - 6-8
-- Proposal does not include any taxes, license, and/or permits. If taxes are required they will be added on to the invoice.
-- Proposal does not include any piping or electrical unless specifically specified in this proposal, including inlet piping.
-- Tarsco Bolted Tank will supply and install blind flanges for hydro -test. Buyer to fill tank and disposal of testing water.
-- Tarsco Bolted Tank will return if any leaks are found.
-- A minimum of 6' clearance around the tank is required for erection.
-- Foundation installation is by others unless included in this report.
-- Customer is responsible to ensure the foundation is level, smooth and structurally sufficient to support the new tank.
-- A Tarsco Bolted Tank supervisor has been included to supervise the installation of the embedded starter ring prior to
concrete being poured. Proper installation and roundness tolerance are the responsibility of the contractor providing
concrete installation. The contractor is responsible for the installation of the embedded ring.
-- Embedded starter ring will be shipped separately and prior to tank.
-- This project is in a wind-borne debris region
1. Proposal Validity
a) 30 Days

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
A - Tank Description
Page: 6 of 19
Quote Proposal
One (1) New 50.38 Feet Diameter X 10.66 Feet Height Glass Fused Wastewater Storage Tank
❑� Product being stored - Wastewater Storage
❑� Total Nominal Capacity - 159,000 Gallons
❑� Usable volume of approximately - 129,100 Gallons
❑� Specific Gravity - 1.01
R Freeboard - 24 Inches
❑� Deck Type - Open -Top
❑� Floor Type - Concrete (Embedded Starter)
❑� Construction Type - Bolted
❑� Wage Type - Non -Union / Non -Prevailing
Accessories included:
1 _ Exterior ladder w/out fall protection system -OSHA 1 - 3' x 3' Step -Off Platform
Compliant - TBT design with no cage (Tank is under
20 ft. eave height)
1 - 30" Manway 1 - Top Wind Girders
1 - Glass Components

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
B - Technical Information
Site Class: D
Wind Conditions: 145
Seismic S1: 0.081
Tank PE Stamp Required: Yes
Quote Number: 2010008
Engineering and Manufacture Specifications
Approval Drawing # of Sets: 3
Seismic Use Group: II
Seismic SS: 0.184
Calculations Required: Yes
Page: 7 of 19
Quote Proposal
Foundation Type: Type 6-Concrete w/Embed Shipping Weight: 16,137 Pounds
Importance Factor: 1 Deck Live Load: 0 Pounds per Square Foot
1. Design Basis
a) Proposal is based on final customer's engineering information being provided within two (2) weeks of award.
b) This information will include quantity, sizes and location information for all nozzles and manholes (elevation,
orientation, projections etc.) along with the location and direction of the stairway.
c) Design according to AWWA D103
2. Coatings
Glass
C - Schedule
a) Approval Drawings - 2 - 3 Weeks
b) Final Drawings - 1 to 2 weeks prior to shipment of tanks
c) Tank Delivery - 8 to 10 weeks after approval of drawings and settlement of all details
d) Our proposed pricing and schedule does not include for any delays due to causes outside Tarsco Bolted Tank's
complete control, including but not limited to force majeure, strikes, political conditions, and weather. If we encounter
any delays, the schedule will be adjusted and costs for delays will be reimbursed to Tarsco Bolted Tank at the
applicable T&M rates.
e) Milestone dates for Substantial Completion are defined as tank ready for testing.
f) Free access to work site must be provided by Buyer during daylight hours on all working days including Saturday and
Sunday.

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
D - Pricing and Terms
TOTAL MATERIAL
TANK CONSTRUCTION PRICE
PRICE TOTAL
ESTIMATED FREIGHT (PREPAY AND ADD)
Options:
Price for (1) 4" S.S. flange - $289 USD
Price for (1) 6" S.S. flange - $388 USD
Price for (1) 8" S.S. flange - $556 USD
Notes for Quote:
$50,215.00
$44,707.00
$94,922.00
$4,704.00
Page: 8 of 19
Quote Proposal
-- This is a Budget proposal; final proposal can be prepared upon receipt of all design parameters.
-- Tank is designed based on the following data as well as data listed in Section B "Technical DATA" of this proposal. If
location or data is different design and price may change. Customer to verify for final design.
a. Seismic conditions at 34.4353' N;-77.67652' W.
b. Seismic conditions of S1 = 0.081 and Ss = 0.184.
c. Specific Gravity = 1.01
d. Temperature = <140°F
e. pH - 6-8
-- Proposal does not include any taxes, license, and/or permits. If taxes are required they will be added on to the invoice.
-- Proposal does not include any piping or electrical unless specifically specified in this proposal, including inlet piping.
-- Tarsco Bolted Tank will supply and install blind flanges for hydro -test. Buyer to fill tank and disposal of testing water.
-- Tarsco Bolted Tank will return if any leaks are found.
-- A minimum of 6' clearance around the tank is required for erection.
-- Foundation installation is by others unless included in this report.
-- Customer is responsible to ensure the foundation is level, smooth and structurally sufficient to support the new tank.
-- A Tarsco Bolted Tank supervisor has been included to supervise the installation of the embedded starter ring prior to
concrete being poured. Proper installation and roundness tolerance are the responsibility of the contractor providing
concrete installation. The contractor is responsible for the installation of the embedded ring.
-- Embedded starter ring will be shipped separately and prior to tank.
-- This project is in a wind-borne debris region
1. Proposal Validity
a) 30 Days

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
A - Tank Description
Page: 9 of 19
Quote Proposal
One (1) New 65.36 Feet Diameter X 12.54 Feet Height Carbon Steel Wastewater Storage Tank
❑� Product being stored - Wastewater Storage
❑� Total Nominal Capacity - 314,700 Gallons
❑� Usable volume of approximately - 264,500 Gallons
❑� Specific Gravity - 1.01
R Freeboard - 24 Inches
❑� Deck Type - Open -Top
❑� Floor Type - Concrete (Embedded Starter)
❑� Construction Type - Bolted
❑� Wage Type - Non -Union / Non -Prevailing
Accessories included:
1 - 30" Manway 1 - Exterior ladder w/out fall protection system -OSHA
Compliant - TBT design with no cage (Tank is under
20 ft. eave height)
1 - 3' x 3' Step -Off Platform 1 - Top Wind Girders

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
B - Technical Information
Engineering and Manufacture Specifications
Site Class: D
Wind Conditions: 145
Seismic S1: 0.081
Tank PE Stamp Required: Yes
Foundation Type: Type 6-Concrete w/Embed
Importance Factor: 1
1. Design Basis
Page: 10 of 19
Quote Proposal
Approval Drawing # of Sets: 3
Seismic Use Group: II
Seismic SS:
Calculations Required:
Shipping Weight:
Deck Live Load:
EMU
Yes
31,223 Pounds
0 Pounds per Square Foot
a) Proposal is based on final customer's engineering information being provided within two (2) weeks of award.
b) This information will include quantity, sizes and location information for all nozzles and manholes (elevation,
orientation, projections etc.) along with the location and direction of the stairway.
c) Design according to AWWA D103
2. Coatings
Epoxy Powder Coating - (interior surface 8-10 mils; Exterior 5 mils; Topcoat 3-5 mils) Color to be determined. The
exterior tank color can be chosen from five standard colors (White, Environmental Green, Cobalt Blue, Caribbean
Blue, Tan) with an interior color of white. Custom exterior colors can be matched for an additional charge. Custom
colors require paint specifications or color chips.
* SSPC QP3 Certified
C - Schedule
1
a) Approval Drawings - 2 - 3 Weeks
b) Final Drawings - 1 to 2 weeks prior to shipment of tanks
c) Tank Delivery - 8 to 10 weeks after approval of drawings and settlement of all details
d) Our proposed pricing and schedule does not include for any delays due to causes outside Tarsco Bolted Tank's
complete control, including but not limited to force majeure, strikes, political conditions, and weather. If we encounter
any delays, the schedule will be adjusted and costs for delays will be reimbursed to Tarsco Bolted Tank at the
applicable T&M rates.
e) Milestone dates for Substantial Completion are defined as tank ready for testing.
f) Free access to work site must be provided by Buyer during daylight hours on all working days including Saturday and
Sunday.

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
D - Pricing and Terms
TOTAL MATERIAL
TANK CONSTRUCTION PRICE
PRICE TOTAL
ESTIMATED FREIGHT (PREPAY AND ADD)
Options:
Price for (1) 4" flange - $118 USD
Price for (1) 6" flange - $174 USD
Price for (1) 8" flange - $245 USD
Notes for Quote:
$43,281.00
$40,612.00
$83,893.00
$4,704.00
Page: 11 of 19
Quote Proposal
-- This is a Budget proposal; final proposal can be prepared upon receipt of all design parameters.
-- Tank is designed based on the following data as well as data listed in Section B "Technical DATA" of this proposal. If
location or data is different design and price may change. Customer to verify for final design.
a. Seismic conditions at 34.4353' N;-77.67652' W.
b. Seismic conditions of S1 = 0.081 and Ss = 0.184.
c. Specific Gravity = 1.01
d. Temperature = <140°F
e. pH - 6-8
-- Proposal does not include any taxes, license, and/or permits. If taxes are required they will be added on to the invoice.
-- Proposal does not include any piping or electrical unless specifically specified in this proposal, including inlet piping.
-- Tarsco Bolted Tank will supply and install blind flanges for hydro -test. Buyer to fill tank and disposal of testing water.
-- Tarsco Bolted Tank will return if any leaks are found.
-- A minimum of 6' clearance around the tank is required for erection.
-- Foundation installation is by others unless included in this report.
-- Customer is responsible to ensure the foundation is level, smooth and structurally sufficient to support the new tank.
-- A Tarsco Bolted Tank supervisor has been included to supervise the installation of the embedded starter ring prior to
concrete being poured. Proper installation and roundness tolerance are the responsibility of the contractor providing
concrete installation. The contractor is responsible for the installation of the embedded ring.
-- Embedded starter ring will be shipped separately and prior to tank.
-- This project is in a wind-borne debris region
1. Proposal Validity
a) 30 Days

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
A - Tank Description
Page: 12 of 19
Quote Proposal
One (1) New 64.37 Feet Diameter X 11.87 Feet Height Glass Fused Wastewater Storage Tank
❑� Product being stored - Wastewater Storage
❑� Total Nominal Capacity - 289,100 Gallons
❑� Usable volume of approximately - 240,400 Gallons
❑� Specific Gravity - 1.01
R Freeboard - 24 Inches
❑� Deck Type - Open -Top
❑� Floor Type - Concrete (Embedded Starter)
❑� Construction Type - Bolted
❑� Wage Type - Non -Union / Non -Prevailing
Accessories included:
1 _ Exterior ladder w/out fall protection system -OSHA 1 - 3' x 3' Step -Off Platform
Compliant - TBT design with no cage (Tank is under
20 ft. eave height)
1 - 30" Roof Access Hatch 1 - 30" Manway
1 - Top Wind Girders 1 - Glass Components

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
B - Technical Information
Site Class: D
Wind Conditions: 145
Seismic S1: 0.081
Tank PE Stamp Required: Yes
Quote Number: 2010008
Engineering and Manufacture Specifications
Approval Drawing # of Sets: 3
Seismic Use Group: II
Seismic SS: 0.184
Calculations Required: Yes
Page: 13 of 19
Quote Proposal
Foundation Type: Type 6-Concrete w/Embed Shipping Weight: 14,985 Pounds
Importance Factor: 1 Deck Live Load: 0 Pounds per Square Foot
1. Design Basis
a) Proposal is based on final customer's engineering information being provided within two (2) weeks of award.
b) This information will include quantity, sizes and location information for all nozzles and manholes (elevation,
orientation, projections etc.) along with the location and direction of the stairway.
c) Design according to AWWA D103
2. Coatings
Glass
C - Schedule
a) Approval Drawings - 2 - 3 Weeks
b) Final Drawings - 1 to 2 weeks prior to shipment of tanks
c) Tank Delivery - 8 to 10 weeks after approval of drawings and settlement of all details
d) Our proposed pricing and schedule does not include for any delays due to causes outside Tarsco Bolted Tank's
complete control, including but not limited to force majeure, strikes, political conditions, and weather. If we encounter
any delays, the schedule will be adjusted and costs for delays will be reimbursed to Tarsco Bolted Tank at the
applicable T&M rates.
e) Milestone dates for Substantial Completion are defined as tank ready for testing.
f) Free access to work site must be provided by Buyer during daylight hours on all working days including Saturday and
Sunday.

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
D - Pricing and Terms
TOTAL MATERIAL
TANK CONSTRUCTION PRICE
PRICE TOTAL
ESTIMATED FREIGHT (PREPAY AND ADD)
Options:
Price for (1) 4" S.S. flange - $289 USD
Price for (1) 6" S.S. flange - $388 USD
Price for (1) 8" S.S. flange - $556 USD
Notes for Quote:
$51,284.00
$52,258.00
$103,542.00
$4,704.00
Page: 14 of 19
Quote Proposal
-- This is a Budget proposal; final proposal can be prepared upon receipt of all design parameters.
-- Tank is designed based on the following data as well as data listed in Section B "Technical DATA" of this proposal. If
location or data is different design and price may change. Customer to verify for final design.
a. Seismic conditions at 34.4353' N;-77.67652' W.
b. Seismic conditions of S1 = 0.081 and Ss = 0.184.
c. Specific Gravity = 1.01
d. Temperature = <140°F
e. pH - 6-8
-- Proposal does not include any taxes, license, and/or permits. If taxes are required they will be added on to the invoice.
-- Proposal does not include any piping or electrical unless specifically specified in this proposal, including inlet piping.
-- Tarsco Bolted Tank will supply and install blind flanges for hydro -test. Buyer to fill tank and disposal of testing water.
-- Tarsco Bolted Tank will return if any leaks are found.
-- A minimum of 6' clearance around the tank is required for erection.
-- Foundation installation is by others unless included in this report.
-- Customer is responsible to ensure the foundation is level, smooth and structurally sufficient to support the new tank.
-- A Tarsco Bolted Tank supervisor has been included to supervise the installation of the embedded starter ring prior to
concrete being poured. Proper installation and roundness tolerance are the responsibility of the contractor providing
concrete installation. The contractor is responsible for the installation of the embedded ring.
-- Embedded starter ring will be shipped separately and prior to tank.
-- This project is in a wind-borne debris region
1. Proposal Validity
a) 30 Days

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1 FREIGHT:
Prepay & Add.
2 SITE CONDITIONS:
Page: 15 of 19
Quote Proposal
Buyer will provide a suitable, clear, safe, dry, leveled, compacted staging area adjacent to the tank foundation and
extending 25 ft. around the tank foundation. A graveled or hard surface access roadway from a public road to
erection site, so that loaded trucks can be driven to a point adjacent to tank foundation, must be provided and
maintained. Minimum clearance of six (6) feet is required between tanks, eight feet overhead. If work is located
inside building or enclosed area, it must be noted in the Contract. Buyer will ensure all tank parts are within 50 feet
of tank foundation with no interfering objects. If the above conditions are not as described, Tarsco Bolted Tank shall
be reimbursed for lost time and/or materials and equipment at the applicable T&M rates.
3 FOUNDATIONS:
Top of foundation must be within 2 feet of grade. If higher or on structures, price will be adjusted. It is the buyer's
responsibility to provide a level and true foundation, with level tolerances of 0.5 inches per ten (10) feet. Buyer is
responsible for establishing center lines on foundations or structures. If Tarsco Bolted Tank or erection contractor
finds inaccuracies or deficiencies in foundation work done by others, or is required to alter the tanks to make them
fit, Tarsco Bolted Tank shall be reimbursed for lost time and/or materials and equipment at the applicable T&M
rates. If a tank embedment ring is required, Tarsco Bolted Tank personnel will be required to inspect the installation
of the ring prior to concrete being poured. Proper installation and roundness tolerance is the responsibility of the
contractor providing the embedment ring installation. Location of all plumbing located within the foundation,
concrete slab, or underground, is the responsibility of others, and Tarsco Bolted Tank is not liable for accuracy of
location related to the tank. If the foundation design is included in pricing, buyer is to supply Geotechnical Soils
Report. Unless otherwise noted, all foundation design and construction shall be the responsibility of others.
4 EXCLUSIONS:
This Contract does not include unloading, hauling, grouting, or washing, painting, welding, load lines or any other
systems installation unless stated as being included. Tarsco Bolted Tank will not be liable for any demurrage. All
licenses, fees, permits, taxes or any items or services not specifically mentioned are excluded. Tarsco Bolted Tank
will not be responsible for damage to personnel, automobiles, or machines within 100 feet of erection site.

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
5 CONTINUOUS OPERATION:
Page: 16 of 19
Quote Proposal
Buyer will ensure all operations are continuous, scheduled and completed in accordance with suggested sequence
throughout erection and finishing with a completed water test and inspection. Tarsco Bolted Tank will not be liable
for any reason whatsoever for any indirect, incidental, special or consequential damages. This quote is for free
access to work site provided by Buyer for 10 hour days and 6 day work week on all working days, including
Saturday, U. S. holidays and country or region specific holidays if outside U.S. If 8 hour, 5 day week is required,
Buyer must specify.
6 INSPECTION:
Buyer inspection and acceptance of interior and exterior must be performed prior to erection crew leaving job site. If
buyer cannot make themselves available for the final inspection at time of erection completion, Tarsco Bolted Tank
shall be reimbursed for re -mobilization and/or materials and equipment at the applicable T&M rates.
7 CHANGES:
If the Buyer orders extra work or makes changes by altering, adding to, or deducting from the work set forth in this
quote, the price and any completion date quoted will be adjusted accordingly. The price adjustment will include but
not be limited to engineering, shipping, manufacturing, materials, construction and administration expense. All
changes will be due Net 15.
8 BUYER'S RESPONSIBILITY:
Buyer will supply 120 volt/60 Amp AC current within 10 feet of tank foundation and necessary utilities including,
but not limited to, the necessary sanitary facilities and palatable drinking water as required for the performance of
the contract. Foundation will be clean and clear of any obstruction, material, or equipment. Adequate clearance will
be provided around the tank foundation area as well as overhead. Buyer is responsible for supplying trash dumpster
at job site and for disposing of contents of dumpster.
9 HYDRO -TEST (LIQUID TANK):
Tarsco Bolted Tank will supply and install blind flanges for all nozzles for performing Hydro -Test. Buyer shall
provide labor, clean potable water, hoses, and pumping to fill the tank for the Hydro -Test. Any subsequent fillings
are also the responsibility of the buyer. Buyer is responsible for emptying, disposing of water and any required tank
cleaning after testing.
10 EXTERIOR WATER SPRAY TEST (DRY SILO):
Dry Storage Silos, upon 24-hour prior notice for water test to begin, Buyer will provide enough hose, water and
water pressure to reach to the top of the silo(s) for the exterior water spray test. An exterior spray water leak test
(designed to simulate a driving rain storm) performed by our erection crew is included in the cost of the tank
erection provided that sufficient free clean potable water is available at time of erection completion.

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
11 BUYER'S INSURANCE:
Page: 17 of 19
Quote Proposal
The Buyer will obtain insurance and indemnify Tarsco Bolted Tank against loss by fire, lightning, removal, and all
extended coverage perils, theft, vandalism, and malicious mischief, earthquake, negligence, breach of contract and
any other insurance which the Buyer deems necessary upon the work covered by the Contract, for the full insurable
value thereof. Additional expense by theft will be reimbursed to Tarsco Bolted Tank by Buyer. Cost of security
guards, if required, to be paid by Buyer. Tarsco Bolted Tank is to be named as an additional insured and a certificate
of insurance is to be provided at the time the order is agreed upon.
12 CANCELLATION OF ORDER:
All orders cancelled within 30 days of order placement will be subject to a 10% cancellation fee. Orders cancelled
after 30 days will be subject to a cancellation fee of 30%, or the proportionate share of the contract amount
performed to date, whichever is greater. Cancellation must be received in writing, either physically or electronically.
13 PAYMENT SCHEDULE:
a) Receipt of Order or Letter of Intent -- 30% of materials price for engineering, submittals and allocation of
materials.
b) Foundation design (if required) Billed 100% upon buyers approval
b.1) Foundation installation: 50% down before installation can begin and 50% billed at install completion.
c) Upon submittal Approval -- 30% of materials
d) Upon Ready to Ship (Payment to be received prior to shipment) -- 40% of materials
e) Freight: Prepay and Add
f) Tank Construction --Billed at completion. If overall construction time requires more than 2 weeks for completion,
bi-weekly progress payments will be required
g) Tank Insulation Construction (if required) --Billed at completion. If overall construction time requires more than 2
weeks for completion, bi-weekly progress payments will be required.
h) Extended Warranty- Billed at completion.
All invoice due Net 15
14 PAYMENT TERMS:
Orders will not be accepted until initial 30% payment is received. We reserve the right to delay engineering, tank
manufacturing, shipping and erection if payment on invoice(s) are not paid in accordance with stated terms and
payment schedule. All terms of payment are subject to approval by our Credit Department. "Pay when Paid" terms
will not be accepted. Liquidated damages and any other damages associated with delay will not be accepted. Past
Due Invoices will be charged a service charge of 1.5% per month.
15 NOTE:
Any items or specifications not specifically mentioned above are not a part of this quotation. This quotation
represents our complete offering. If there are any conflicts between plans, specs, purchase order, contract or any
other buyers documents and what we have quoted, our quotation shall govern.

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
16 FORCE MAJEURE
Page: 18 of 19
Quote Proposal
Neither party shall be liable for any failure or delay in performing its obligations under this Agreement if and to the
extent that such failure or delay is caused by a Force Majeure event. A Force Majeure event means, in relation to
either party, any event or circumstance beyond the reasonable control of that party including act of God, fire,
explosion, flood, epidemic, power failure, governmental actions, war or threat of war, acts of terrorism, national
emergency, riot, civil disturbance, sabotage, labor disputes and strikes (other than in respect of the workforce of the
party affected). A party affected by the Force Majeure (the "Affected Party") shall immediately notify the other
party ("Non -Affected Party") in writing of the event, giving sufficient details thereof and the likely duration of the
delay. The Affected Party shall use all commercially reasonable efforts to recommence performance of its
obligations under this Agreement as soon as reasonably possible.
17 EXCEPTIONS and CLARIFICATIONS:
Material pricing here within, after the quote valid until date, will be subject to Producing Mill Increase and any
applicable increase of material surcharges at the time of order placement.
Unless otherwise noted, Tarsco Bolted Tank has quoted our standard design, fabrication, accessories (perimeter
handrails, ladders, etc.) and coatings.
Pricing does not include wiring, electrical, calibrations, piping, valves, brackets, or elbows (other than interior fill &
overflow to grade) unless specifically mentioned in accessories area.
Insulation pricing does not include insulating access manways, hatches, Any piping, valves, brackets, or other
equipment, unless specifically mentioned.
Any piping supplied by Tarsco Bolted Tank will not have coating applied to the interior of the pipe.
This quote does not include disinfection at job site, unless otherwise noted.
No bonds, permits, sales and/or use tax included unless otherwise noted.
If tank construction is required during the months of October through March, additional charges may apply at
Tarsco Bolted Tanks applicable T&M rates.
Tarsco Bolted Tank recommends the use of a 8,000 lb. forklift for off- loading.
Installation of anchor bolts is included unless otherwise noted (Anchor install excludes dry storage silos). It is
assumed that foundation is designed to ACI 318 Building Code Requirements and satisfies dimensions and
tolerances. Post installed anchor bolts will be installed up to 1" diameter and embedment depth to a maximum depth
of 12". Any deviation is out of TBT scope.
Indemnification--Tarsco Bolted tank will only be liable for their own negligence.

Tarsco Bolted Tank
a TF Warren company
Quote Number: 2010008
Please sign, date and return to [e-mail] to place an order for this quote.
Authorized Signature
5897 Hwy 59
Goodman, MO 64843
Date
Page: 19 of 19
Quote Proposal

PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF SITE PLAN NOTES
APPLICANT:
PLURIS HAMPSTEAD, LLC
5950 BERKSHIRE LANE
SUITE 800
DALLAS, TX 75225
PH. 214.220.3412
PROFESSIONAL ENGINEERING FIRM:
MICHAEL C. GALLANT, PE, PA
PO BOX 4039
SURF CITY, NC 28445
SURVEY AND TOPOGRAPHICAL INFORMATION PROVIDED BY:
MICHAEL UNDERWOOD AND ASSOCIATES, PA
102 CINEMA DRIVE, SUITE A
WILMINGTON, INC 28403
MCKIM AND CREED
243 N FRONT ST
C C C 4 C 2
t F
r
a
ti
SITE
y
O
m
IL
C
PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF-MODIFICATION
"""'""°" " "°4°' 0.50 MGD MEMBRANE BIO REACTOR WASTE WATER TREATMENT PLANT
SPECTRUM NC, LLC
NAVD 88 DATUM
OTHER SURVEY DATA PROVIDED BY:
GEOINOVATIONS AND DANFORD AND ASSOCIATES LAND SURVEYING, PC
GEOTECHNICAL INFORMATION PROVIDED BY:
S & ME, INC.
3006 HALL WATERS DRIVE, SUITE 100
WILMINGTON, NC 28405-8786
HYDROGEOLOGY AND SOIL SCIENCE SERVICES PROVIDED BY:
EEE CONSULTING, INC.
8525 BELL CREEK RD.
MECHANICSVILLE, VA 23116
PROPERTY DATA:
TRACT SIZE: 28.77 ACRES
WETLANDS ON TRACT: 8.40 ACRES
AREA TO BE DISTURBED: <1 ACRES
USCOE WETLANDS TO BE DISTURBED: 0 ACRES
PROPERTY PIN: 3271-25-1909-0000
PROPERTY ADDRESS: ISLAND CREEK RD
PROPERTY DESCRIPTION: 500 AC PB 40 / 75 JACK STOCKS DIV.
NAICS CODE: 221320
REQUIRED PERMITS:
WASTE WATER TREATMENT FACILITY - NCDENR
STORM WATER DATA:
RECEIVING STREAM: ISLAND CREEK
RECEIVING STREAM INDEX: 18-74-27
STREAM CLASSIFICATION: C;SW
EX IMPERVIOUS AREAS
ROADS: 25,423 SF
STRUCTURES: 2,604 SF
SIDEWALKS: 3,274 SF
TOTAL EX IMPERVIOUS AREA: 31,301 SF
PERCENT PROPOSED IMPERVIOUS AREA: 1.8%
PROJECT PHASING:
MODIFICATION TO ADD AN ADDITIONAL 250,000 GPD TO THE PLANT CAPACITY
CURRENT ZONING: PID
ACCESS:
ACCESS IS PLANNED BY CONNECTION TO HOAGANS TRAIL, CURRENTLY A
SOIL ROAD TO BE IMPROVED PER THE SUBDIVISION MASTER PLAN.
THE SITE WILL BE ACCESSED BY AN 18 FOOT WIDE ALL WEATHER ROAD (GRAVEL).
SITE FENCING:
THE SITE WILL BE FENCED WITH A 7' HIGH CHAIN LINK SECURITY FENCE
AND HAVE A LOCKING SECURITY GATE AT THE ENTRANCE.
BIOLOGICAL NUTRIENT REMOVAL AND HIGH RATE
INFILTRATION DISPOSAL
SHEET SCHEDULE
SHEET ID
C1.0
EC
C1.1
C1.2
H
C1.3
C1.4
PROPO.
C1.5
C1.6
C1.7
ST)
C1.8
S
PI D COV
PID 1.1
PID 1.2
PID 1.3
PID 1.4
PID 1.5
PID 1.6
PID 1.7
PID 1.8
VICINITY MAP
NTS
11 ol 200'411 :11
■■■■■■■■■■
00
NON DISCHARGE PERMIT
WQ0037287
O
ZD
z
O
U
0
LL
0
z
i
J
O
Lu
Lu
ry
0
LL
Q
Q
z
LL
ZcoO
Q u.
Q ~ W
LuQ
m � Q
J ~Z►Wi
J w Z Q W
C) z co
UJ
Ln
Q J C*4
w N �z0�
to X ~yco
ZZ
cnmOQ aco>.
w J '- co C
O~ J Q it
Z
Qui
Ln V W
OC�W
zWa
O
•
Lf)
NI-
LL
o
C
U
z
_
_Ito
Q
O
���11
O
l^
O
u
U
buo
z
o
o
Qu
c
J
x
Q
=
O
m
,V
b
C Lu
O
00
It-
O
04
W
J
Q
Lo
N
O
z
C�
z
W
I
cn
cn M
U
Z
LL
J
Q
0)
00
0)
U
Z
U
z
(S
7
T 1

8
4
3
r,
a
EX. GREENHOUSE
EX WYLIE BRANCH FM - 10"
NA
70' POWER LINE EASEMENT
EQUALIZATION
64.37' DIA. TARSCO TANK, 11.87' TALL
SLAB DIA.= 68.5'
CORSE BUBBLE DIFFUSERS
COMMON STAND-BY
BLOWER
TAG 5.3, 5.4, 5.5
AEROBIC DIGESTER
50.38' DIA. TARSCO TANK, 10.66' TALL
70' POWER LINE E SEMENT SLAB DIA.= 54.5'
BLOWER
CONTROL PANEL
EQ DIFFUSER SYSTEM
TAG 3.4 Q BLOWER
X 5.1, 5.4, 5.5
r
m
vo
D TAG 3.2 90°
n
INSTALL IX 10 X 10 TEE _
AND 10" GATE VALVES 3
TAG 3.11 '
0 4" B E RF LY
2�o V E TYP.
AG 5.6
4" SS AIR LINE
DIGESTER BLOWER
TAG 5.2, 5.4, 5.5/
2i
TAG 4.1
DIGESTER DIFFUSER SYSTEM
O U
DUPLEX
SUBMERSIBLE PUMPS
TAG 4.2
M
AND SS RAIL SYTEM
TAG 3.7, 3.9, 3 I O
WASTING LINE SECURED TO
�
LOW LEVEL/HIGH LEVEL FLOATS z
TANK WALL AND PLUMBED OVER WALL
TAG 4.4, 4.5 0
INSTALL 10" C-900 FM
4" WASTING VALVE
U
s
��
EX. 8 C-900 SURPLUS GRND WATER
nn�s
LOW LEVEL/HIGH LEVEL
nn�s TAG 3.5, 3.6
FLOATS W/ SQUARE NUT OPERATOR
nn�s
"
EX. 8 C-900 SURPLUS GRNDm&ATERQ
LL
FM
F__
FM FM
FM
FM
FM
FM
z
PROPO. 4" C-900 WASTING LINE
PROPO. 4"
C-900 WASTING LINE
ENLARGES FROM
12" TO 18" DIP HERE
STATIC BAR SCREEN
Z
- — — — — — — —
CL EX. GRAVEL DRIVE
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
— — — — — — — — — — — — — — — —
_ _ _ —---------------
------ -----TAG -11---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
CL EX. GRAVEL DRIVE
— — — — —�
6�, C-900 PVC
TAG 3.8
�
w
611GV
12X 12X 10 TEE
SQ. NUT
II GV
Lu
EX. 12" INFLUENT FM
SQ. NUT OPER.
EX. 12" INFLUENT FM
ly
0�
w� wj
NJ
NJ
NJ NJ
wu�
LL
TAG 3.11
'
Z
INSTALL
12 X 12 X 6 TEE
INSTALL 12 X 12 X12 TEE
Q
12" GV
t
NUT OPER.
,__�
J
Q
— —
— — — —SQU
�%
LL
PLAN VIEW
1/4" = I'
DETAIL NO. 9 — TYPICAL PORCH HEADER CORNER
CONNECTIONS
SCALE: 0.75" = 12"
OVERHEAD NEW
GALV16STEEL STRAPS
%"r ',A"E"
S" HEADER
HEADER
PT PORCH POST
INSIDE NEW
HEADER, NOTCHED INTO POST
HEADER, NOTCHED INTO POST
5/8"DIA. X TO"
GALV BOLTS
\/ 3/I6" x a %
GALV. STEEL STRIP
8"18" PT PORCH POST
SIDE ELEVATION
1/4" = I'
ULIAIL NO. 1U — IYPIUAL HLAULK IU PUSI
CONNECTION
SCALE: 0.75" = 12" 5/8'OIa. x to"
GALV. STEEL BOLTS
HEADER
V
P% 3/16"
18"LONG GALV
L, ONE STRAP,
IDE FACE OF JOINT.
8"x8"PT PORCH POST- 1
FRONT ELEVATION
1/4" = I'
ULIAIL NO. 11 — IYPIUAL HLAULR IU PUS[
WITH BUTT JOINT CONNECTION
DOUBLE BUTT JOINT
SCALE: 0.75" = 12" 5/8"DIA. x 10"
­
,ASTEEL BOLTS
HEADER
STRAPS; 3/16" %
y 'IRA
e" CA -STEEL, TWO
STRAPS OUT SIOE FACE OF
JOINT.
3.25" 3.25'
8"X8" PT PORCH POST
-1
NOTE: MINIMUM BURY DEPTH FOR ALL PROPOSED LINES IS 3 FEET.
EQUALIZATION
64.37' DIA. TARSCO TANK, 1 1.87' TALL
STATIC SCREEN SLAB DIA.= 68.5'
COMMON STAND-BY
BLOWER
�MERSIBLE DUPLEX PUMPS CORSE BUBBLE DIFFUSERS EQ BLOWER
SS RAIL SYSTEM
TANK BOTTOM 42.00
n TOP OF WALL 53.87
TOP OF
CONCRETE
EX. GRADE 41.5 _
6" C-900 LINE TO EX. INFLUENT FM-/
18" INFLUENT
64 3/8
NOMINAL TANK DIAMETER
T
MANWAY W/ 4" NIPPLE
AEROBIC DIGESTER
50.38' DIA. TARSCO TANK, 10.66' TALL
SLAB DIA.= 54.5'
COARSE BUBBLE DIFFUSERS
/-DIGESTER BLOWER
4" SS AIR LINE
COMMON HEADER
BLOWER SLAB AT 42.00
507/8
4" WASTING LINE NOMINAL TANK DIAMETER
TANK BOTTOM 42.00
TOP OF WALL 52.66
EX. GRADE 41.5
MANWAY W/ 4" NIPPLE AND VALVE
II, II, II, II, II,
II, II, II, II, II,
SCALE: I'll 101
4tr
Q0:
QcnO
uj
~
Lu Q
W
co
U
m�Q
J
O
Z
J
w
z
cn
W�O�
z
Q
Ln
N
pQZC�
LL
�
V,
X
~cZz
~
=
DC
O
QQJC�
Q.
V)
m
oo
Q
CL
co
>.
z6:
�o~J
Ln
Q
Q
Z
CL�n
V)
WWnj
z
OC�W
zWa
_J
= Q•c
=c)-
Z•U=
N
�c�
)
��
•44/
I14
;_�E
O.C�
�
,,��
b
W
CL
\
O
U
V
Z
_Z
4-1
O
u
LL'
06
V
O
V
�
bwo
z
o
J
W
CU
x
bq
,V
c
o
co
M
O
W
J
Q
CV
0
z
LLI
z
W
I
Co
M
U
ct
J
/Q
0)
co
CA
I
U
LL
U
z
E3
8
T -

•
D D
I
EX. CONTROL BUILDING
i
I
I
SUMBERSIBLE WASTING/RESCREENING PUMPS
PRE -AERATION 3 I U Z y O
W/ 2 PVC PIPE TO THE TOP OF WALL Q LL
CURRENTLY USED AS A DIGESTER 2" PVC CHECK VALVE I J w p
2 PVC BALL VALVE,
WILL BE CONVERTED TO A PRE -AERATION BASIN PLUMB TO COMMON 4' PVC WASTING LINE j 0 z W u
ALL SLIDE GATES, VALVES DIFFUSERS AND OTHER
ACCESSORIES ARE IN PLACE. (SAME FOR EACH MBR ZONE) I Q J N m p W
I �w � zQW
--------------- —---------- ---- --- ------ I V) X O�Z�=
C)m
_ I I w�v� Q� Zm z�
EX. COMMONWALL TANK I I D m I m w Q v, Z CO)
1 I On I ��~J Z�iQp
PRE AERATION 3
25'-10"L X 12'-4"W X 16'SWD I I u I j Ln� 0 J W a V
I I VOLUME 38,130 GAL. I I I a y
'IILil I
zcl)Q C
W
PAX & I I I I vx17
X X O I I J
EQ BASIN I I I I O w
341 X 39' 4"W X 6'SWD (4 TO 12.5) I I I z m o
VOLUME 125,000 GAL. MAX I I PRE AERATION 2 a Lu N I O UI W
I ' 25'-10"L X 12'-4"W X 16'SWD 0 � � I cn /�
I I VOLUME 38,130 GAL.
I W
v> . E <
Im n
I` I "' I I m I I
INSTALL MEMBIRANE CASSETTES IN MBR 3 ZONE---__
NOTE: ALL AIR AND PERM AT LINES ARE ALREADY IN PLACE
R CASSETTE ADDTION EAERATION 1
I 25'-10"L X 1 -' X 16'SWD ct±0I
I I VOLUME38,130G I -- — - — - — -— — — — — — —
ICI I I i �- `� CDz. J`
i EX. SIDEWALK X
I
---- - - - - - - - - - - - -------------- - -- - - - ---- — — I I �•••.d... •�.�
4" C-900 WASTING LINE I
IAU
X4X4TEE
EXJ SIDEWALK I
4" WASTING LINE ON TOP OF I!I I CC)
SIDEWALK W/ HEAT TRACING HERE I �I j I
B I FM FM TO PROPOSED DIGESTER Q M
I
D_ � Ln
I L CID Z
c�
i E II - I �� o v W
INSTALL 4 GAT VALV I I 4 C 900 WASTIING LINE .�, Z cc
W/ SQ NUT OPER. I I TAG 6.4 o
TAG 6.5 I I = o
j
v�i U CV
a o °C CID LO
o N
I V a�o Z o oO
g 0
x
• I � c0 V o v
FM FM I FM c C Z
I
EXISTING INFLUENT SETTLING TANK AND W
ODOR CONTROL SKID TO BE
cn
REMOVED FROM SERVICE "'cn
1
EXISTING FINE SCREENS U
INSTALL 12 X 4 SS SADDLE PROPOSED WASTING LINE
INSTALL 12" GATE VALVE
W/ SQ NUT OPER. EX 12" INFLUENT FORCE MAIN MINIMUM BURY DEPTH OF 3' UL
A TAG 6.6 STARTING AFTER LINE LEAVES Q A
EXISTING WALK HERE
NORTH m
NOTE: PROPOSED 4" LINE TO BE ROUTED
UNDER EXISTING HRI EFFLUENT LINE v
MINIMUM SEPARATION 2 FEET 10 O 10, 2 O 301
LL
SCALE: 1' I I = 10'
8 C D 4 3 2
1

00
■
1/2" SS PLATE END
1/2" SS PLATE SIDE
FILLET WELD
D
D
1/2" SS PLATE BOTOM
FILLET WELD
18" INLET HOLE
FILLET WELD
FILLET WELD NIPPLE TO BOTTOM
J
UJ
Q y
FILLE ELD PLATES
FILLET WELD
LL
Q
LU
W 0
Co
18" NIPPLE SS
1/2" SS PLATE TYP.
W
Lo m Q
W
WELDED TO BOTTOM AND FLANGE
UJ N OQW
FI ET WELD
LL Lo y W
m Z
STANDARD 18" SS ANSI FLANGE
1/2" SS PLATE TYP.
^�
L.L
= 0
O O
X QQZV
FILLET WELD NIPPLE TO FLNAGE
FILLET WELD PLATES
���// Q
Z m
1/2" SS PLATE BOTOM
U)
Z
z
Z J
co W Q q;
j U
CL
O
O J a co
C
1/2" SS PLATE BOTOM
���Q
Lo zc)Q
c
C)
0-LoU)0
aW
..
U)
~ZW
z
zz�
O
uu
a
U
O
LL
'
z
•;�=
J
=Q�� ��
= <•co -
N
Z
Z.
N
O
�2:� �o J`
441
N
LLI
W
1/2" SS PLATE TOP
O
FILLE
WELD
LL
FILLET WELD
Q
co
Q
M
FIL
ET WELD
J
.bq Lo
�I-
z_
La0
z
FILLET WELD
LL
�
� O
W
'N
Z
bq O
CC
� v �
o -
Lo
N
V
� O
zoo
z
FILLET WELD
1/4" X 1 1/2" 1 1/2" SS ANGLE
TYP. FOR BA R TRAY
Q
i �I-
Q x
Q)
WELDED TO IDE PALTES
S
cu O
ui
.c
bo
1 /4" X 1 1 /2" X 1 1/2' G L
LU
FILLET WELD
TYP. FOR BAR TRAY
W
M
1/2" SS PLATE
SIDE
1/4" X 1 1/2" X 1 1/2" SS ANGLE
cn M
d'
TYP. FOR BAR TRAY
WELDED TO SIDE PALTES
Q
()
FILLET WELD
A
J
A
Q
00
m
U
U-
U
z

PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF
HAMPSTEAD, NC USA
I-1.1 EQUALIZATION BASIN
I-1.2 AEROBIC DIGESTER
I-1.3 EO/DIG BLOWERS
I-1.4 MBR-1
I-1.5 MBR-2
I-1.6 MBR-3
I-1.7 CODES LEGEND
I-1.8 SYMBOLS LEGEND
I-1.9
I-1.10
I-1.11
I-1.12
I-1.13
I-1.14
I-1.15
COVER SHEET
a
Michael C. Gallant PE, PA
CAPLURIS HAMPSTEAD, LLC
Engineering / Consulting / Design ` ;.`• FE si'•S� 5950 BERKSHIRE LANE
v SUITE P& I D
s L f DALLAS, TXX 75225 r
WORKMANSHIP STANDARD ES0001 APPLIES [e-mail] 2 72
PO BOX 4039 SURF CITY, NC 28445 m ; �'�,P,`'
DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS NOTE: ANY PLAN THAT DOES NOT BEAR AN
910.448.1046 ENGINEER'S SEAL, SIGNATURE AND DATE IS A
g
M 2 /1'1 21 PRELIMINARY PLAN AND NOT RELEASED FOR
FINAL DRAWING -FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY -NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION C-1989 CONSTRUCTION

SCADA
PLC
MCC
Z PROCESS AIR
FROM BLOWERS 4'-304SS-EO
REF SHT 1-1.3
(BY OTHERS)
SCR-300101
PLANT
INFLUENT
NOTES:
❑1 PIPING, FITTINGS AND ASSOCIATED HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY OTHERS.
❑2 ALL MANUAL VALVES AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. '
❑3 SUPPLIED BY OTHERS.
® SUPPLIED BY OVIVO
❑5 FUTURE. *UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
LOW LEVEL HIGH LEVEL
LAL LAH
300101 300101
DI DI
I I
— I—
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
EQ - 1
EOUALIZATION BASIN
TNK-300101
WORKMANSHIP STANDARD ES0001 APPLIES
DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS
RUN REMOTE HIGH TEMP HIGH MOIST
YC
YI
TAH
MAH
300101 101 300101
3W101
0 DI DI
DI
I I I
I
I I I
HS � J TY
I
MY MS
_ _ _ _ 3110101
300101
300101 300101
HOR
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
J
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I I I
I
I ; I
I I I
I I I
I ; I
I I
I o
I p
❑31 oM
I I I o I I
I I I o I I
❑31 0
I
TSH ME I "j TSH ME
300101 300101 1
0
N 300102 300102
0
a C>
I U
I
a;
I
I
>
lul�I1ol
PMP-300101 PMP-300102
SCADA
PLC
MCC
TO FINE SCREENS
EQUALIZED FLOW
EQUALIZATION BASIN

LOW LEVEL HIGH LEVEL
LAL
LAH
400101
400101
kDA
SCA
DI
DI
I
I I
F
�
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I
M
AIR
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
Z2PROCESS ____________
FROM BLOWERS 4"-304SS—EO
REF SHT 1-1.3
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
WASTE SLUDGE
�All FROM MBR ZONES 4"—DI—INFLT
REF SHT IM6
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
LSL LSH
400t01 400iot
❑3
❑3
DIG — 1
DIGESTER BASIN
TNK-400101
NOTES:
❑1 PIPING, FITTINGS AND ASSOCIATED HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY OTHERS.
2❑ ALL MANUAL VALVES AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. "
❑3 SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. WORKMANSHIP STANDARD ES0001 APPLIES
® SUPPLIED BY ovlvo DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS
❑5 FUTURE. *UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
FINAL DRAWING -FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY -NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
AEROBIC DIGESTER

TYPICAL FOR 3 TYPICAL FOR 3
FAIL
YA
500001
RUN REMOTE HIGH TEMP
YC YI TAH
500001 Ot 500001
SCADA SCADA
0 DI DI
PLC I I PLC
I I I
I
HS
�------ 500001
HOR
MCC MCC
I
I I
I I
I
I I
I I
I I
Z 2 RCEG OSSS
I I
I
I I
PG TG TSH
V-500001
® ®
500001 5aaoot 500001
I ® _
CHV-5000011 5.4 V-500001
vPR
DIGESTER BASIN BLOWER 1 ® 1 ❑3
I I
I BLR=500001 ® — —SOUND ENCLOSURE ® — —
1 0
fro
TI
1 TG TSH
PRV-500002 2 SD0002 500002P1
CHV-5000021 5z4 V-500002
COMON STAND-BY BLOWER 2 ® ❑3
I I
I BLR_500002 ® - -SOUND ENCLOSURE
- - o
/03❑
T"
j.
- 1
1 TG TSH
PRV-500003 5=3 5=3P1
1
I---�—L--�'G� a•-D1c \�--
CHV-5000031 5z4 V-500003
EQUALIZATION BASIN BLOWER 51
I �
I BLR-500003 ® SOUND ENCLOSURE ® Y
Z1 PROCESS AIR
TO EQ-01
REF SHT I-1.1 EQ/DIG BLOWERS
NOTES:
❑1 PIPING, FITTINGS AND ASSOCIATED HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. * Michael C. Gallant PE, PA
IC PLURIS HAMPSTEAD, LLC
❑2 ALL MANUAL VALVES AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. * ci
Engineering / Consulting / Design ° ?� E AI°;! 5950 BERKSHIRE LANE P& I D
❑3 SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. SUITE 800
WORKMANSHIP STANDARD ESOOO I APPLIES S L DALLAS, TX 75225 I*� O1
® SUPPLIED BY OVIVO [e-mail] 2 72
❑5 FUTURE. *UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS
Rfl RhX d/1'29 f11RF (IN N(JRddrC :•. `Z'_�
FINAL DRAWING -FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY -NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION

OPEN REMOTE
xo
SCADA n
070103 070103
p HS DI
070103
PLC I
I
I
I
i
MCC
I
Ir­)I CHEM_C.LEANING !
RUN REMOTE HIGH TEMP HIGH MOIST
YC YI TAH MAH
600101 ., 600101 600101
0 DI DI DI
I I I I
I I I I
I I I I
— T
HI TY MY MS
- — — 600I'M 600101 600101 600101
HOR
I �
� , I
I '
J
I I I
I I I
I I I
I , I
I , I
I I I
I I I
LOW LEVEL HIGH LEVEL
MLAL
LAH
o1010z
010102
DI
DI
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SCADA
PLC
MCC
` I REF SHT 1-1.13 / I 2" I V-070111 I I REF SHT 1-1.08
nn/
/nv —M I i Inv nTiir—N
MBR-I
NOTES:
❑1 PIPING, FITTINGS AND ASSOCIATED HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY OTHERS.
❑2 ALL MANUAL VALVES AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS SUPPLIED BY OTHERS. "
❑3 SUPPLIED BY OTHERS.
® SUPPLIED BY OVIVO
❑5 FUTURE. *UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
WORKMANSHIP STANDARD ES0001 APPLIES
DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS
FINAL DRAWING -FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY -NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION

SCADA
PLC
MCC
OPEN REMOTE
XO F YI
070203 010103
p HS DI
070203 OUR
I
- - L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RUN REMOTE
HIGH TEMP HIGH MOIST
YC
YI
TAH
MAH
HIGH FLOW LOW FLOW
FAH FAL
010201 ON 01
100101 1 101
100101
700101
FLOW
FIR
070201
0 DI
DI
DI
HS
TY
MY MS
Al
100101 H
OR
100101
700101 100101
F-------
I
�
------------- - - - - - --
I , ,
I
Z
NOTES:
❑1 PIPING, FITTINGS AND ASSOCIATED HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY OTHERS.
❑2 ALL MANUAL VALVES AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS SUPPLIED BY OTHERS.
❑3 SUPPLIED BY OTHERS.
® SUPPLIED BY OVIVO WORKMANSHIP STANDARD ESOOOI APPLIES
❑5 FUTURE. *UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS
FINAL DRAWING -FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY -NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
LOW LEVEL HIGH LEVEL
LAL LAH
070202 0702 022
DI DI
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
I I
THIS BASIN TO USED AS AN AEROBIC DIGESTOR
FOR THE FIRST PHASE OF THE PROJECT
V-070211 -
MBR -2
SCADA
PLC
MCC

SCADA
PLC
MCC
OPEN REMOTE
X0 n
010303 070303
p HS DI
070303
I
- L
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
RUN REMOTE
HIGH TEMP HIGH MOIST
FYC
n
TAH
MAH
HIGH FLOW LOW FLOW
FAH FAL
010301 070301
800101 101
800101
800101
FLOW
FIR
070301
_ DI
DI
DI
HT
MY MS
Al
800101
800101
800101 800101
HOR
I
r------ -- - - - --J
I I I
I I I I
I ,
I i ,
i
I 2„
NOTES:
❑1 PIPING, FITTINGS AND ASSOCIATED HARDWARE SUPPLIED BY OTHERS.
❑2 ALL MANUAL VALVES AND ASSOCIATED FITTINGS SUPPLIED BY OTHERS.
❑3 SUPPLIED BY OTHERS.
® SUPPLIED BY GVIVG WORKMANSHIP STANDARD ESOOOI APPLIES
❑5 FUTURE. *UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED
DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS
LOW LEVEL HIGH LEVEL
MLAL LAH
070302 070302
SCADA
DI DI
PLC
, I
,
MCC
I T__
I
I I
MBR-3
FINAL DRAWING -FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY -NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION

TYPICAL VARIABLE LETTER COMBINATIONS
EQUIPMENT PREFIXES
SWITCHES AND
I
SUCEEDING
ACP
ACCESS CONTROL PANEL
CONTROLLERS
READOUT DEVICES
ALARM DEVICES
TRANSMITTERS
LETTERS
AE
ANALYTICAL SENSOR
z
0
Z
a
0
?
w J �,
0
'L a
z
0
Z
a
=
c�
a-
m
z
o
z
a
o
z
w
J
z
a
SOLENOIDS,
RELAYS,
VIEWING
AIT
ANALYTICAL INDICATOR TRANSMITTER
FIRST
INITIATING OR
o
c�
c�
m
z
- a
0
o
c�
=
J
o
c
0
o
c
m
COMPUTING
PRIMARY
TEST
WELL OR
DEVICE,
SAFETY
FINAL
a
>
�
AT
ANALYTICAL TRANSMITTER
a U
UR
BLOWER
LETTERS
MEASURED VARIABLE
9
DEVICES
ELEMENT
POINT
PROBE
GLASS
DEVICE
ELEMENT
o
CBD
CFR
CHV
CMP
CON
CWC
DRY
EDT
EJ
FBD
FCV
FE
FI
FIT
FS
FT
GDR
LE
LE
LIT
LSH
LSHH
LSL
LSLL
LSM
LT
MCC
ME
MOT
MXR
OWS
PE
PG
PI
PIT
PLC
PMP
COARSE BUBBLE DIFFUSER
CHEMICAL FEEDER
CHECK VALVE
COMPACTOR
CONVEYOR
COMPACTOR/WASHER/CONVEYOR
IDS DRYER
OR TUBE DUCT
EDUCT
EXPANSION JOINT
FINE BUBBLE DIFFUSER
MODULATING CONTROL VALVE
FLOW SENSOR
FLOW INDICATOR
FLOW INDICATOR TRANSMITTER
FINE SCREEN
FLOW TRANSMITTER
GRINDER
GRIT CLASSIFIER
LEVEL SENSOR
LEVER INDICATOR TRANSMITTER
LEVEL SWITCH HIGH
LEVEL SWITCH HIGH HIGH
LEVEL SWITCH LOW
LEVEL SWITCH LOW LOW
LEVEL SWITCH MEDIUM
LEVEL TRANSMITTER
MOTOR CONTROL CENTER
MOISTURE SENSOR
MOTOR
MIXER
OPERATOR WORK STATION
PRESSURE SENSOR
PRESSURE GAUGE
PRESSURE INDICATOR
PRESSURE INDICATOR TRANSMITTER
PROGRAMMABLE LOGIC CONTROLLER
PUMP
A
Analysis
ARC
AIC
AC
-
AR
Al
ASH
ASL
ASHL
ART
AIT
AT
AY
AE
AP
AW
-
-
AZ
A
ALARM
B
Burner/Combustion
BRC
BIC
BC
-
BR
BI
BSH
BSL
BSHL
BRT
BIT
BT
BY
BE
-
BW
BG
-
BZ
B
C
User's Choice
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
C
CLOSED
D
User's Choice
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
_
_
D
_
E
Voltage
ERC
EIC
EC
-
ER
El
ESH
ESL
ESHL
ERT
EIT
ET
EY
EE
-
-
-
-
EZ
E
-
F
Flow Rate
FRC
FIC
FC
FCV
FR
FI
FSH
FSL
FSHL
FRT
FIT
FT
FY
FE
FP
-
FG
-
FZ
F
_
FQ
Flow Quantity
FQRC
FQIC
-
-
FOR
FQI
FQSH
FQSL
FQSHL
-
FOIT
FQT
FQY
FOE
-
-
-
-
FQZ
-
-
FF
Flow Ratio
FFRC
FFIC
FFC
-
FFR
FFI
FFSH
FFSL
FFSHL
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
FFZ
-
_
G
User's Choice
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
_
_
_
G
_
H
Hand
-
HIC
HC
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
H
HIGH
I
Current
IRC
IIC
-
-
IR
II
ISH
ISL
ISHL
IRT
IIT
IT
IY
IE
-
-
-
-
IZ
HH
HIGH HIGH
J
Power
JRC
JIC
-
-
JR
JI
JSH
JSL
JSHL
JRT
JIT
JT
JY
JE
-
-
-
-
JZ
I
_
K
Time
KRC
KIC
KC
KCV
KR
KI
KSH
KSL
KSHL
KRT
KIT
KT
KY
KE
-
-
-
-
KZ
J
_
L
Level
LRC
LIC
LC
LCV
LR
LI
LSH
LSL
LSHL
LRT
LIT
LT
LY
LE
-
LW
LG
-
LZ
K
_
M
User's Choice
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
L
LOW
N
User's Choice
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
LL
LOW LOW
0
User's Choice
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
M
MIDDLE
P
Pressure/Vacuum
PRC
PIC
PC
PCV
PR
PI
PSH
PSL
PSHL
PRT
PIT
PT
PY
PE
PP
-
-
PSE
PZ
N
_
PD
Pressure Differential
PDRC
PDIC
PDC
PDCV
PDR
PDI
POSH
PDSL
PDSHL
PORT
PDIT
PDT
PDY
POE
POP
-
-
-
PDZ
0
OPEN
Q
Quantity
QRC
OIC
-
-
OR
QI
OSH
QSL
ASHL
QRT
QIT
QT
OY
OE
-
RW
-
-
QZ
P
_
R
Radiation
RRC
RIC
RC
-
RR
RI
RSH
RSL
RSHL
RRT
RIT
RT
RY
RE
-
-
-
-
RZ
Q
_
S
Speed/Frequency
SRC
SIC
SC
SCV
SR
SI
SSH
SSL
SSHL
SRT
SIT
ST
SY
SE
-
-
-
-
SZ
R
_
T
Temperature
TRC
TIC
TC
TCV
TR
TI
TSH
TSL
TSHL
TRT
TIT
TT
TY
TE
TP
TPW
-
TSE
TZ
S
_
TO
Temperature Differential
TDRC
TDIC
TDC
TDCV
TDR
TDI
TDSH
TDSL
TDSHL
TORT
TDIT
TOT
TDY
TOE
TDP
TDPW
-
-
TDZ
T
_
U
Multivariable
-
-
-
-
UR
UI
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
_
_
_
U
_
V
Vibration/Machinery Analysis
-
-
-
-
VR
A
VSH
VSL
VSHL
VRT
VIT
VT
VY
VE
-
-
-
-
VZ
V
_
W
Weight/Force
WRC
WIC
WC
WCV
WR
WI
WSH
WSL
WSHL
WRT
WIT
WT
WY
WE
-
-
-
-
WZ
W
_
WD
Weight/Force Differential
WDRC
WDIC
WDC
WDCV
WDR
WDI
WDSH
WDSL
WDSHL
WORT
WDIT
WDT
WDY
WDE
-
-
-
-
WDZ
-
_
X
Unclassified
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
_
_
X
_
Y
Event/State/Presence
-
YIC
YC
-
YR
A
YSH
YSL
YSHL
YRT
YIT
YT
YY
YE
-
-
-
-
YZ
Y
_
Z
Position/Dimension
ZRC
ZIC
ZC
ZCV
ZR
ZI
ZSH
ZSL
ZSHL
ZRT
ZIT
ZT
ZY
ZE
-
-
-
-
ZZ
Z
_
ZD
Gouging/Deviation
ZDRC
ZDIC
ZDC
ZDCV d
ZDR
I ZDI
I ZDSHI
ZDSL
I ZDSHL
I ZDRT
ZDIT
ZDT
ZDY
ZDE
-
-
-
-
ZDZ
_
_
NOTE: This table is not all-inclusive.
LINE CODES
PIPE MATERIAL ABBRIVIATION
INSTRUMENT NUMBERING
SUBSYSTEM CODES
N MAJOR PROCESS LINE
304SS 304 STAINLESS STEEL
000000 (EXAMPLE) 01 HEADWORKS
DI
DUCTILE IRON
02
EQUALIZATION ZONE
PNL
PANEL
N
MINOR PROCESS LINE
HDGCS
HOT DIPPED GALVANIZED CARBON
STEEL
DEVICE INSTANCE
03
ANAEROBIC ZONE
PRV
PRESSURE RELIEF OR REDUCING VALVE
— f
— PROCESS/CLEANING AIR
PVC
POLYVINYL CHLORIDE
BASIN INSTANCE
04
PRE -ANOXIC ZONE
PSH
PRESSURE SWITCH HIGH
FLEX
FLEXIBLE HOSE
SUBSYSTEM CODE
05
PRE -AERATION ZONE
PSL
PRESSURE SWITCH LOW
- - -
- - - ELECTRICAL
EQUIPMENT
NUMBERING
06
POST ANOXIC ZONE
PT
PRESSURE TRANSMITTER
FLUID
CODE ABBREVIATION
PLC TO SCADA
07
MEMBRANE BIOREACTOR
ZONE
SB
SPECTACLE BLIND
CA
CLEANING AIR
COMMUNICATION
XXX
- 000000 (EXAMPLE)
08
PREMEATE CONTROL
SMU
SUBMERGED MEMBRANE UNIT
DESCRIPTION 1 PROCESS CONTINUATION
CDS
CHEMICAL DOSING
DEVICE INSTANCE
09
MEMBRANE BIOREACTOR ZONE AERATION
STG
MANUAL STOP GATE
—
DESCRIPTION 2 WITHIN SCOPE
REF SHT I-X.X
INFLT
INFLUENT
BASIN INSTANCE
10
PRE -AERATION ZONE AERATION
SUG
SLUICE GATE
DESCRIPTION 1 PROCESS CONTINUATION
OVRFL
OVERFLOW
SUBSYSTEM CODE
11
SUPPLEMENTAL AERATION
TC
TABLET CHLORINATOR
—
DESCRIPTION 2 > WITHIN SCOPE
PA
PLANT AIR
EQUIPMENT PREFIX
12
INTERNAL RECYCLE
TE
TEMPERATURE SENSOR
REF SHT I-X.X WITH BACKFLOW
PRMT
PERMEATE
13
MPE DOSING
TG
TEMPERATURE GAUGE
PW
PLANT WATER
14
COAGULANT DOSING
TI
TEMPERATURE INDICATOR
DESCRIPTION 1 > PROCESS CONTINUATION
DESCRIPTION 2 OUT OF SCOPE
RAS
RETURN ACTIVATED SLUDGE
15
SUPPLEMENTAL CARBON ADDITION
TIT
TEMPERATURE INDICATOR TRANSMITTER
RECYC
RECYCLE
16
pH ADJUSTMENT
TNK
TANK
DESCRIPTION 1 PROCESS CONTINUATION
OUT OF SCOPE
RNS
RINSE
17
SMU CLEAN -IN -PLACE
TSH
TEMPERATURE SWITCH HIGH
DESCRIPTION 2 WITH BACKFLOW
WAS
WASTE ACTIVATED SLUDGE
18
DISINFECTION
TT
TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER
19
WAS HANDLING
TV
TELESCOPING VALVE
LINE NUMBER GROUPS
00`-xxxxx-xxx-000 LINE NUMBER
20
21
22
PAD-K ANOXIC ZONE
MEMBRANE THICKENER ZONE
AEROBIC DIGESTER ZONE
UPS
UVU
V
UNINTERRUPTIBLE POWER SUPPLY
ULTRAVIOLET UNIT
MANUAL VALVE
LINE NUMBERING
000 OVERFLOW
100 INFLUENT
00" -
DI - INFLT - 001 (EXAMPLE)
200
RECYCLE
23
MISCELLANEOUS
VFD
VARIABLE FREQUENCY DRIVE
WE
WEIR
SEQUENTIAL LINE NO.
300
PERMEATE
FLUID CODE
400
PROCESS AIR
WEG
WEIR GATE
PIPE MATERIAL
500
CHECMICAL DOSING
WR
ADJUSTABLE WEIR
NOMINAL LINE SIZE
600
CLEANING AIR
XV
AUTOMATED OPEN/CLOSE VALVE
700
PLANT WATER/RINSE
800
RETURN ACTIVATED SLUDGE
900
WASTE ACTIVATED SLUDGE
WORKMANSHIP STANDARD ESOOOI APPLIES
DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS
CODES LEGEND
FINAL DRAWING -FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY -NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION

INLINE INSTRUMENTS
MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT
FE Tc
FE
NOZZLE MAGNETIC VORTEX TURBINE
ELEMENT SHEDDING
FE
sM
FE FE FE FE
ORIFICE VENTURI POSITIVE SONIC
II DISPLACEMENT ti
FE FE FE FE
PITOT -- AVERAGING
PITOT TARGET ROTOMETER
FE
-- RESISTANCE VARIABLE
TEMPERATURE AREA
R DIFFERENTIAL
GENERAL INSTRUMENT OR FUNCTION SYMBOLS
PRIMARY PRIMARY AUXILIARY
FIELD LOCATION LOCATION LOCATION HARDWARE
MOUNTED ACCESSIBLE INACCESSIBLE ACCESSIBLE INTERLOCK
TO OPERATOR TO OPERATOR TO OPERATOR
DISCRETE
INSTRUMENTS
O
e
0
e
O
SHARED DISPLAY
SHARED CONTROL
"SOFT
DCS INTERLOCK„
COMPUTER
FUNCTION
O
evllq
PROGRAMMABLE
LOGIC CONTROL
0
VALVE
SYMBOLS
VALVE ACTUATORS
INC NO
DIAPHRAGM
r
F
LEVER
N m
GATE VALVE
ACTUATOR
H
GATE VALVE
M MOTOR
T
HAND
BALL VALVE
ACTUATOR
WHEEL
n
DIAPHRAGM VALVE
S SOLENOID
q
CHAIN
PLUG VALVE
ACTUATOR
WHEEL
u DIX 9
BALL VALVE
O�
CYLINDER
ACTUATOR
�
NEEDLE VALVE
SELF-ACTING REGULATORS
LUGGED
II\II BUTTERFLY VALVE
WAFERED
ICI BUTTERFLY VALVE
PRESSURE
REGULATOR WITH
V'I CHECK VALVE
DOUBLE LEAF
KI CHECK VALVE
REDUCING
EXTERNAL
PILOT
RELIEF
DEVICES
BACK
DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
PRESSURE
RUPTURE DISK FOR
RELIEF
PRESSURE RELIEF
VACUUM
+
RUPTURE DISK FOR
RELIEF
®
VACUUM RELIEF
AT SUBMERSIBLE CENTRIFUGAL METERING M CVII� MIXER �WALL IED
PUMPUMPPPUMPAITYPUMPMIXER
El ULTRA SONIC is SUBMERSIBLE
CENTRIFUGAL ROTARY BLOWER � WEIR WEIR GATE LEVEL TRANSMITTER PRESSURE SENSOR
BLOWER BLOWER AIR FILTER
TABLET[A MANUAL AUTOMATIC COARSE FINE BUBBLE TELESCOPING WASTE
CHLORINATOR FINE SCREEN FINE SCREEN BUBBLE DIFFUSER DIFFUSER VALVE BASKET
OIV
SINGLE DECK V.CONVEYOR GRIT
MEMBRANE WASHER 71��
CLASSIFIER
COMPACTO
DOUBLE DECK SUSPENDED
MEMBRANE MEMBRANE
JE
PIPING SYMBOLS
Y STRAINER
�I
BLIND FLANGE
FUNNEL
ECCENTRIC REDUCER
D CONCENTRIC REDUCER
EDUCTOR
D
WELDED CAP
WELDED PIPE END
]
SCREWED CAP
II
UNION
CAMLOCK FITTING
'illlZi►
FLEXIBLE LINE
FO
SPECTACLE BLIND
s
EXPANSION JOINT
XX
II
TIE-IN POINT
WORKMANSHIP STANDARD ESOOOI APPLIES
DO NOT SCALE DRAWINGS
FINAL DRAWING -FOR REVIEW PURPOSES ONLY -NOT RELEASED FOR CONSTRUCTION
DRAFT TUBE
SHEAR TUBE WASTE
O O CONTAINER
MULTI-EDUCTOR
DRAFT TUBE
SYMBOLS LEGEND

131303'3
nzsq LOL g MgzICMgICL IxcglwGul bjgut Lgcipj), guq I.Clgtcq n1l1g), bnlbo2ca nupl gl ICgzt DCCCurpCL
ILl YDDI,LIOLI' 2I1B`lEC,L .LO IFC LolloMiuR LC2figcllou: Zpc kobrat), zpgll oul), pr.
pCLCIu pA LGtG .CucC•
2t1B1EC L 10 IpozC uJUUGL2 2GI I OLfJJ Ou Exptpit B gttgcpeq FGLGIo guq IucolbOLgtcq
Expipit Y gtlgcpsq pCI.CIO guq TucoLboLulsq pCI.CIu p?, LGIG .CucC•
bLobG rX locgtcq Iu bcugGL COnuta' A04F Caopug' uuq pciuR uJoLC bs4!cnlgLjX gczcupCq Tu
CouAC1, auto (!LVUtss' II2 2MCC22OL2 guq gmRm LOI.CACL' Iu ICC 2llubIC' 911 OL tFgl CGLTMu LCgI
pCI.CpA gcicuoMlsgRc;q' pgz pgLgglusq uuq zolq' mq pX tpszC bmnulz goG2 pCLCpA pg Ruju' 2GII uuq
Q10'00) auq OIpr-L AgingplC couzlgCrgllouz to It Iu pguq bglq pA IpC C�.sutss' qJG LCCCIbI MpCr.Cot Iz
140M IHEHEL+OHEa tFs CL9UtOL' JOL guq Iu couzlgG gtlou of IpC 2MJJ 01 ZCu D011UL2
MIIJAE22EIH:
YgCK!UIICA yncunC' 2MIC 1220' Dglln' IGX92 �2501 (licLGju cg11Cq ,,CLvutss„)-
Hvwb2tsgq' rrC' g 14o4p Cglopug IiuJltCq IlgpilllA cowbgul, Mltp g wml!UR ggclLG22 oL 5100
OL 1305 EgzlMooq Kogq' mllunu?tou' v1C 38,403 (FCI.CIu cgllCq �,CLVUtOL,,)l guq b1mla
mjq pCtMCCu bsugGL >i Ied' rrC' g L1o4F Cglollug Irunlcq lrgprlrta couJbgul, Mltp a wmjpJF uggLG22
,LHI2 216ECIYr MYKKYLIZA DEED' wggC qH2 9y quX oL j)w6vffk' 301 d' Aa
16EVDEK COfll#UL
VOH.LH CYISOFI14Y
HEAEI/IIlE 2,LY 27?3e8.00
16VHCEF: 3511-1�-IedI-0000 •
YLID ME EXbKE22 L10 OLILIIOLI OL1.LI.LrE ,LO ,LHE bKObEH LA'
ME bKEbYKED ,LHE DEED UA .LHI2 .LKYLI2YC.LI01A BII.L ME NYDE 140 EXYWUAV,LIOV Oh JLIJLrE
Yttsl. LGcoLgruP' I.stnLu to: bo?,usL LALnm rrb' b0 Box nov Kuir-Aa ' 111C Saeos
IQ ZO tp blttp yesuns' MgwruFtou' ZC 381t0l
br sbVLGq pa: t WIIKCHI2OL , ,LYArOK' 4w CIB20L1' brrC
2bECIYr MYKKYLI.LA DEED
6aTz 6L ol, p66g2 b9a6 1 014 2
b6ug6L ConufT hC IS f 2Wou r69L MT1Ionapwb6
IIIIIilllllll IIIIIIIIIIillllllllllill B��1a 0b
b�31a m2 me_s©;� °
MC KEAEwnE 2iUWb: t2eq'00 (#AgA*1)
01-09-3012 12:40:33'000 beug6L ConufA' WC
2p—w rs— MT11onappA u6aTVf66 O{ p66ga

151303,3
�Execsr�co� bage�oS�or�z�
iucings2 1ps bLIMULI L62igGucs ottps CLUUtOV
bflL2ngut ;o Li'C'C'2' 0102-31j'3' uous of tps bLobGL(l PGLGiu gsZICLIpsq
gG2cupcq J.rstctu-
cJgruJ2 0L gJJ bGi20u2 cJuiulIUR pa' nugGL OL fpLOfIRF CLsu1OL' 2flpjGcj jO glO2G MUGU ojFGTdAT2G
2flCF j1jjG g2 CLUUtOL LGCGTAGq' uuq CUTUtOL M111 rAgl.Tuguj guq ggGuq jFG j1jJG ufglu2j jFG julA l
yuq tpG (!LgUtOL COAGuguj2 tAllp jpG CLHUtGG' jpuj CLUU40L Fg2 gout uoglluR To Turbglt
2TTT1bJG' tOLGAGL-
pGJouRTuR' OL Tu UUXM12G ubbrqululuR ffujo jFG 2u1q (!LVUtGG' ij2 2ficcc22ou guq u22TRu2' 1u tGG
mp all uuq 21uRnjnl jFc uRpt2' buATJGRG2' Gu2Gwc;uj2' jcucwGuj2 uuq gbbaLtGuuucG2 tpGLGftujo
,LO HYLE VVD 10 HOFD jpG upoAG RLuujcq uuq gG2cupGq bLobGLtX' jofiGjFGL
cou2Guj ob (!T.gujOL'
3V 301f bLIOL to 2f1cF ggjG' uO OjFGL f12G OL fpG bLobut), 2pull pc uiugc milpoflj jpc tnujjGu
Owl" Como""" me paT2,6L 01 p66g2 b9a6 3 Off, 2
IIII I II II IIII III I IIII I II 11111 tmTob
83S©mitI Hill Beaab04 0-

131303'3
*yH4 AEA
IV 6 !A'
[OI LICIVI' 2Evr]
Dgfs: S Spld�
yqX coUJUJr22Iou sxblrs2: S p
IV2 UUUJs J GUL2 OU 2GUI]
brlUfsq j/IgUJs OLI/IOfgrA: tTvr 14SA-
[V2 uubjGjbbGUL2 OU ?GO]
OtLICIgI 2rRugfnrs otAOfgr.A:
[LIOIE: Iu2rLr fps uuwG otfps buuX sxscnfrUR gocnulsuf' uof fpslr. frflG]-
2fgfsq fpsr.sru guq Iu fps cgbucrfA(Is2) Iugrcufsq upons: gyIEOND .LKV2K III'
gcruotnJsgFIuR 10 AJs fpgf ps or. 2ps nolrrrJfgr.rlA ziPaucq fps LOLGRoruR gocfiwc;uf Ivor. fps bnrbo2s2
I csrtILA fpuf fps tollomiuR bsr.20u(2) bsr.2ouullX ubbeur.sq p6I;Or.s UJs fpr2 quA' sucp
(Corrua MPGLG scruomjGgRwGuj tgrw)
CoflklLoh
UVIE Oh LIOK.LH CVKOI EAV
I.I.2: YgMURsr.
AVViE: Kgrlo f II
Bk \
BK bsugst LuIw Dsn buxuf' I' ' If2 UJuugRsr.
g Zor fp CuLolruu IrrJrrfcq I'Igp pj), CourbguA
16EVDEK IIQ14 ITC
sxscrlfsq g2 oL fps quA guq Asur. �rr.2f gpons rnr.rffsu•
IV 1E2.LIINOVA MHEKEOI,' fps 2urq CLUUtOL p92 cunnq fp12 ruzfrnwcuf fo pc
illllll illillll I IIIiIhIC II hIt sI dIrI zIIFIsII. IoII{ Ds 9�qrcab 3 °� obsugs, Coryul, B�u 6 TrydNpb15ob4e02MY 0034

8A' bGugr,L Conufa KG912fLX•
Drnr210u' Iob2,jl Lomu2p!b' bGugGL Conuta' ;4oLtp Curoiluu„ LGcoi.gGq ru ylub Boor 2e' buRG
BEILICI Flrr Ob ILUCf ,B,, S8 JJ ucLG2 +\- u2 2potAu ou tpc; uJub Gut!tlGq ,bcugGL I IC�t' rrC
EXHIBIT V
beugew ConUfA' NC KsdTafe►. off, De qu b dG d r jo dNp�blsob
IIIIIII illilllll ilill l 1111 I I IIi 111lil Beata WE 04 B8 504200

p) 30, gL91u9RG\9CCG22 uuq nf1j1t1, Gu2GwGuf•
nuqumooq' bLOLG2210ugl r'guq 2nLAGXOL LGCOLgGq 1u yqub Boojt 2Q' buRG 8A: g) bomGL jlucz'
8• JfJG L0110m1uR W911GL2 92 2jJomu ou JPG 21rLAGa gglGq AOAGWPGL 501,t' p), Yq!CPUGj Z'
Co1rulX ISORIZjLa'
Coulbgua guq yqCJLGGL KGgj EMIG CoulbuuA LGCOLgGq 1u BooK 680' bgfiG 135' bGugGL
A' KG2GLAgf10u OtLOAujjX 1ulGI.G21 u2 COujujuSq 1u TPUT CGLfg1u DGcq pGimGGu 1uicwggOuuj bgbGL
bgf0 103'
Q• VCCG22 E92GwGuf VRLGGWGuf LGCOLgGq 1u BOOK 126? buRG I3Q' u2 uwcugGq 1u BOOr 586A'
KGF12TLa-
2• Eg2GwGup u2 RLuutGq uuq LG2GLAGq 1u grGq LGCOLgOq 1u BOOK 318A' PPG t3' bGugGL COnufa
bI'2' qufGq AOAG1upGL 501d'
5a5' bGugGL COnufa jic?,l2TLa' u2 2potAu ou yj lv\vc2yq 2nLAGA pA yllcpgGj I/j' nugGLmooq'
,4' E132GWGuf(2) 1u LJAOL OL CULOjluu bOmGL uuq 17!Rpi Cowbuua 92 LGCOLgGq Iu Boor 12a5' b9RG
3' VccG22 guq Eg2GWGuf LGCOLgGq ru BOOK t58Q' buRG 53' bGugGL Conufa KGRr2fLA-
bgGG J2' W9b BOOT I' PEG 2J' guq ylub BOOK 2Q' b9RG 8J' bGugGL COMIX KGR12fLa•
5• E92GWGu[2' 2Gfpucy jjuG2 guq uuX OTPGL WgffGL2 2pomu ou bjgf LGCOLgGq 1u Nub BOOK 10'
I • IgzG2 guq g22G22wGuj2 LOL JPG XGgL 5012 uuq 2np2GdfiGuj aGuL2' not XGT qnG uuq buaupjG'
EXHIBIT B
beuge1 COMO Nc 6eaT8,6L off, peege bgae 2 off, g
l
IIIIII ' IIIIII III illll l it II I III III I III Bpara r1353 mamba 04 00

3/15/2021
North Carolina Secretary of State Search Results
• File an Annual Report/Amend an Annual Report • Upload a PDF Filing • Order a Document Online -
Add Entity to My Email Notification List • View Filings • Print a Pre -Populated Annual Report form • Print
an Amended a Annual Report form
Limited Liability Company
Legal Name
Pluris Hampstead, LLC
Information
Sosld: 1337434
Status: Current -Active O
Date Formed: 9/11 /2013
Citizenship: Domestic
Annual Report Due Date: April 15th
Registered Agent: CT Corporation System
Addresses
Reg Office Reg Mailing Mailing
160 Mine Lake Ct Ste 200 160 Mine Lake Ct Ste 200 5950 Berkshire Lane, Ste 800
Raleigh, NC 27615-6417 Raleigh, NC 27615-6417 Dallas, TX 75225
Principal Office
5950 Berkshire Lane, Ste 800
Dallas, TX 75225
Company Officials
All LLCs are managed by their managers pursuant to N.C.G.S. 57D-3-20.
Manager
Maurice Gallarda
5950 Berkshire Lane, Ste 800
Dallas TX 75225
https://www.sosnc.gov/online_services/search/Business_Registration_ResuIts 1 /1

ag�
Michael C. Gallant PE, PA
Engineering / Consulting / Design
NC Firm C-1989, AL Firm CA - 4338 — E
NC Reg. No. - 25572, AL Reg. No. - 32178
POWER RELIABILITY PLAN FOR PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF
Per 15A NCAC 02T .0705(k) the facility is furnished with an automatically activated stand-by
diesel generator. The generator is activated by and automatic transfer switch (ATS) which will, upon
sensing a lack of incoming power, automatically start the stand-by generator and automatically switch
the power source for the facilities from the incoming service to that provided by the stand-by generator.
The generator will automatically exercise itself on a weekly basis. The generator is sized to provide
adequate power to run all essential treatment facilities under design conditions.
The generator has been utilized in the past during several storm events with no disruption to
plant operations.
�tN CARO �•,
2T2
V
/4111111111110
March 13, 2021
gall ant m cGyah oo .corn
tel [phone]
P.Q. Box 4039
Surf City, NC 28445

mg�
Michael C. Gallant PE, PA
Engineering / Consulting / Design
NC Firm C-1989, AL Firm CA - 4338 — E
NC Reg. No. - 25572, AL Reg. No. - 32178
PLURIS HAMPSTEAD WWTF
RESIDUALS MANAGEMENT PLAN
Rn
•si'••�� '•.
S L r
02 72
IN
C 'GA��.�
March 13, 2021
Firm C-1989
gall ant m cGyah oo .corn
tel [phone]
P.Q. Box 4039
Surf City, NC 28445

ag�
Michael C. Gallant PE, PA
Engineering / Consulting / Design
NC Firm C-1989, AL Firm CA - 4338 — E
NC Reg. No. - 25572, AL Reg. No. - 32178
I. RESIDUALS GENERATION
1.0 Residuals from Screenings
The proposed wastewater treatment plant is designed with fine screens prior to the
Membrane Bioreactor (MBR) plant. These screens are sized so that the influent flow will be
screened of solids that may be injurious to the membrane system. The screen system is fitted
with a compactor. The compactor is designed to empty into a dumpster on casters. The amount
of screenings will vary depending on the flow and will be monitored closely by the operations
staff.
1.1 Residuals from Biological Processes
The calculated wasted solids from the plant are 9,952 gallons per day. This
assumes a concentration of 8,000 ppm. This wasting rate yields 664 lbs of solids/ day or 19,920
lbs of solids per month. The digester was designed to hold in excess of 120,000 gallons of
sludge. The goal is to thicken the sludge to 2% (minimum). The method of thickening would be
for the operator to allow the digester to settle and then decant the supernatant to the proposed
equalization basin using a trash pump. The total gallon wasted in 30 days would be 298,560.
After thickening, the volume would be 119,424 gallons.
II. RESIDUALS STORAGE
2.0 Residuals from Screenings
Residuals from screenings will be placed in a stationary dumpster with a lid until
a solids contractor removes them. The solids should be limed after each batch of solids is added
to the dumpster to control odor. Powdered lime is the product of choice. An MSDS for
powdered lime is included in the appendix of this plan.
2.1 Residuals from Biological Processes
The residuals from the biological process will be stored in the digester. All
necessary addition of lime for pH adjustment or other additives will occur while the sludge is in
the digester.
gall ant m cOyah oo .corn
tel [phone]
P.Q. Box 4039
Surf City, NC 28445

ag�
Michael C. Gallant PE, PA
Engineering / Consulting / Design
NC Firm C-1989, AL Firm CA - 4338 — E
NC Reg. No. - 25572, AL Reg. No. - 32178
III. RESIDUALS DISPOSAL
3.2 Screenings Disposal
A contract hauler of waste (Waste Management) will be directed to remove the
screened solids as needed with the time of storage not to exceed one week.
3.1 Waste Sludge Disposal
Thickened waste sludge will be pumped and hauled by a licensed contract hauler.
A TCLP and chemical analysis of the sludge will be provided prior to sludge removal. This
analysis will be performed by a NC Certified contract laboratory. (Environmental Chemists,
Wilmington, NC).
gall ant m cOyah oo .corn
tel [phone]
P.Q. Box 4039
Surf City, NC 28445

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
UTILITIES COMMISSION
RALEIGH
DOCKET NO. W-1305, SUB 0
BEFORE THE NORTH CAROLINA UTILITIES COMMISSION
In the Matter of
Application of Pluris Hampstead, LLC, 2100 McKinney )
Avenue, Suite 1550, Dallas, Texas, 75201, for a ) ORDER
Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity and ) GRANTING
Approval of Rates for the Blake Farms, Olde Pointe ) FRANCHISE AND
Village, Topsail High School, Topsail Middle School, ) APPROVING
Topsail Elementary School, and Hardison Development in ) RATES
Pender County, North Carolina )
BY THE COMMISSION: On June 12, 2014, Pluris Hampstead, LLC (Pluris), filed
an application for a certificate of public convenience and necessity and for approval of
rates, to provide wastewater utility service to Blake Farms, Olde Point Village, Topsail
High School, Topsail Middle School, Topsail Elementary School, and Hardison
Development in Pender County, North Carolina (Application). Pluris made additional
filings on January 21, 2015, July 15, 2015, October 9, 2015, and October 27, 2015,
consisting of wastewater system permits, a contract with Pender County Schools, a
$200,000 bond, service area maps and modified applied for service rate documentation.
The Public Staff presented this matter at the Commission's Regular Staff
Conference on November 2, 2015
Based upon the verified notification, and the entire record in this matter, the
Commission makes the following
FINDINGS OF FACT
1. Pluris does not presently hold any water or wastewater franchises in North
Carolina. Its affiliate, Pluris LLC, has the franchise for the North Topsail wastewater
system service area.
2. Pluris has executed a wastewater service agreement dated June 6, 2014,
with Pender Farm Development, LLC, to provide wastewater utility service to Blake
Farms for approximately 280 single-family residences.
3. Pluris has executed a wastewater service agreement dated June 6, 2014,
with Pender Farm Commercial, LLC, for a commercial development at Blake Farm
including 288 multi -family apartment residences.

4. Pluris has executed a wastewater service agreement dated June 6, 2014,
with OPV Development, LLC, for Olde Point Village for 96 single family residences.
5. Pluris has executed a
June 10, 2014, with Hampstead Partners,
single family residences and commercial
60,000 gpd to 90,000 gpd.
wastewater service agreement dated
LLC, for the Hardison Development with
businesses for a combined maximum of
6. Pluris has executed an Agreement for Sanitary Sewer Service with the
Pender County Board of Education (Board) dated October 6, 2014, to provide
wastewater utility service not to exceed an aggregate of 13,500 gpd for Topsail High
School, Topsail Middle School and Topsail Elementary School. The Board will construct
at Board's expense the collection system and the interconnection to the Pluris' force
main. The Board has agreed to pay a connection fee of $120,000.
7. In each of the contracts for Blake Farms, Olde Point Village, and
Hardison Development, the developer at developer's cost will install the wastewater
collection system and interconnect with Pluris' force main. The agreed upon connection
fee for a three bedroom home is $3,200. The connection fee would increase by $1,067
for each bedroom in a single family residence beyond three. The connection fee for
non-residential customers is $3,200 for a single family equivalent (SFE) design flow of
360 gallons per day (gpd).
8. The service areas for Blake Farms, Blake Farm Multi -Family Apartments,
Olde Point Village, and Hardison Development are shown on Application Exhibit 10.
The service areas for the three Pender County Schools were filed with the Commission
on October 27, 2015.
9. The North Carolina Department of Environment and Natural Resources
Division of Water Resources (DWR) issued to Pluris Permit No. WQ0037287 dated
April29, 2015, for the construction and operation of a 250,000 gpd membrane
bioreactor (MBR) wastewater treatment plant (WWTP) and two high rate effluent
infiltration basins for 50,000 gpd.
10. DWR previously issued to Pluris Permit No. WQ0037324 dated
August 26, 2014, for the construction of 16,025 linear feet of 10-inch force main and
20,200 linear feet of 12-inch force main from the WWTP site near Hampstead running
north on the west side of U.S. Highway 17.
11. On October 9, 2015, the North Carolina Department of Environmental
Quality (formerly NC DENR) issued to Pluris National Pollutant Discharge Elimination
System (NPDES) Permit No. NC 008924 to discharge up to 250,000 gpd of wastewater
effluent from Pluris' MBR WWTP into an unnamed tributary to Island Creek, in the Cape
Fear River Basin.
2

12. DWR issued Permit No. WQ0037824 dated June 12, 2015, for the
construction of the Olde Point Village collection system. DWR issued Permit No.
WQ0031241 Modification dated June 23, 2015, for the construction of the Pender
County Topsail Three -School Complex collection system. DWR issued Permit No.
WQ0037863 dated June 25, 2015, for the construction of the Hardison Development
collection system. DWR issued Permit No. WQ00037905 dated July 13, 2015, for the
construction of the Blake Farms collection system.
13. The Public Staff recommended that Pluris post a $100,000 bond for these
four service areas. Pluris has posted a $200,000 bond in a form acceptable to the
Commission.
14. Pluris has applied for the following rates:
Residential Monthly Flat Rate
Commercial (Metered) Rate
Monthly Base Facilities Charge
Commodity Charge, Per 1,000 gallons
Connection Charge -Residential
For 3 bedrooms or less
Each additional bedroom beyond
three per residence
Connection Charae — Commercial
SFE equals 360 gpd DWR design flow
15. Pluris has filed all required exhibits.
$63.95
$25.24
$3,200 per SFE
$1,067
$3,200 per SFE
16. Pluris has the technical, managerial, operational and financial capacity to
provide wastewater utility service to these franchise locations.
17. The Public Staff has recommended approval of the franchise and applied
for service rates and connection fees as set forth on Exhibit B of the application, and
that the Commission accept the $200,000 bond filed by Pluris and assign $100,000 of
the bond to this franchise.
3

CONCLUSIONS
Based upon the foregoing and the recommendations of the Public Staff, the
Commission accepts the $200,000 bond posted by Pluris and concludes that $100,000
of the bond shall be assigned to this franchise serving Blake Farms, Olde Pointe
Village, Topsail High School, Topsail Middle School, Topsail Elementary School, and
Hardison Development (the remaining $100,000 bond surety will be assigned to specific
service areas in the future); that the wastewater utility franchise requested by Pluris in
these areas should be granted; and the Schedule of Rates set forth on Appendix B of
this Order should be approved.
IT IS, THEREFORE, ORDERED as follows:
1. That the $200,000 corporate surety bond filed by Pluris Hampstead, LLC,
is hereby accepted and approved.
2. That $100,000 of the $200,000 bond shall be assigned to Blake Farms,
Olde Pointe Village, Topsail High School, Topsail Middle School, Topsail Elementary
School, and Hardison Development. The remaining unassigned bond surety shall be
$100,000.
3. That Pluris Hampstead, LLC is granted a certificate of public convenience
and necessity to provide sewer utility service for Blake Farms, Olde Pointe Village,
Topsail High School, Topsail Middle School, Topsail Elementary School, and Hardison
Development in Pender County, North Carolina.
4. That Appendix A constitutes the Certificate of Public Convenience and
Necessity
5. That the Schedule of Rates attached hereto as Appendix B is approved.
ISSUED BY ORDER OF THE COMMISSION.
This the 5th day of November 2015.
NORTH CAROLINA UTILITIES COMMISSION
,l
X )�,/�i �k
Jackie Cox, Deputy Clerk
Commissioner Susan W. Rabon did not participate.
21

STATE OF NORTH CAROLINA
UTILITIES COMMISSION
RALEIGH
APPENDIX A
DOCKET NO. W-1305, SUB 0
BEFORE THE NORTH CAROLINA UTILITIES COMMISSION
PLURIS HAMPSTEAD. LLC
is granted this
CERTIFICATE OF PUBLIC CONVENIENCE AND NECESSITY
to provide sewer utility service
in
BLAKE FARMS, OLDE POINTE VILLAGE, TOPSAIL HIGH SCHOOL, TOPSAIL
MIDDLE SCHOOL, TOPSAIL ELEMENTARY SCHOOL, AND HARDISON
DEVELOPMENT
Pender County, North Carolina,
subject to any orders, rules, regulations,
and conditions now or hereafter lawfully made
by the North Carolina Utilities Commission.
ISSUED BY ORDER OF THE COMMISSION.
This the 5t" day of November 2015.
NORTH CAROLINA UTILITIES COMMISSION
Jackie Cox, Deputy Clerk

APPENDIX B
PAGE 1 OF 3
SCHEDULE OF RATES
for
PLURIS HAMPSTEAD. LLC
for providing sewer utility service in
BLAKE FARMS, OLDE POINTE VILLAGE, TOPSAIL HIGH SCHOOL, TOPSAIL
MIDDLE SCHOOL, TOPSAIL ELEMENTARY SCHOOL, AND HARDISON
DEVELOPMENT
Pender County, North Carolina
Monthly Residential Flat Rate: $63.95 per unit
Monthly Commercial Metered Rates:
Base charge, zero usage $25.24 minimum
Usage charge per 1,000 gallons $ 9.68
Customers who ask to be reconnected at the same service location within nine
months of disconnection, will be charged the entire flat rate or base monthly charge for
the periods they were disconnected.
Reconnection Charges:
If sewer service cut off by utility for good cause Actual cost
(Customers shall be given a written estimate of the actual costs prior to
disconnection. An actual invoice of the costs shall be given to the
customer following disconnection.)

Connection Fee:
Residential:
Each additional bedroom beyond
three per residence
('.nmmarria1-
APPENDIX B
PAGE 2OF3
$3,200 per SFE
$1,067
$3,200 per SFE
A single family equivalent (SFE) for a detached single family residence is three or
less bedrooms.
A SFE for a commercial connection is determined by taking the design flow
capacity for each non-residential commercial customer, as set forth in
Administrative Code 15A NCAC 2 T .0114, and dividing the design flow by 360.
Road Bore Charge:
The road bore charge shall be the actual costs of labor and materials for the road
boring. This charge shall be in addition to the connection fee. The customer may,
choose to have a licensed contractor perform the road bore at the customer's
sole expense, provided that the road bore and all related work shall be in
accordance with Pluris's standards.
The above connection fees, and Road Bore Charge do not apply to future
connections for which prepaid connection fees have been received prior to the
date of this Order.

Bills Due:
Bills Past Due:
Return Check Cha
Billing Frequency:
Flat Rate Residential Customers
Metered Commerical Customers
Finance Charge for Late Payment:
APPENDIX B
PAGE 3OF3
On billing date
15 days after billing date
$25.00
Shall be monthly for service in advance
Shall be monthly for service in arrears
1 % per month will be applied to the
unpaid balance of all bills still past due
25 days after billing date.
Issued in Accordance with Authority Granted by the North Carolina Utilities Commission
in Docket No. W-1305, Sub 0, on this the 5th day of November , 2015.

ROY COOPER
Governor
MICHAEL S. REGAN
Secretary
LINDA CULPEPPER
Director
MAURICE W. GALLARDA, PE
PLUMS HAMPSTEAD, LLC
2100 MCKINNEY AVENUE, SUITE 1550
DALLAS, TEXAS 75201
Dear Mr. Gallarda:
NORTH CAROLINA
Environmental Quality
January 23, 2020
Subject: Permit No. WQ0037287
Pluris Hampstead WWTP
High -Rate Infiltration System
Pender County
In accordance with your permit minor modification and renewal request received September 3,
2019, and additional information received December 2, 2019, we are forwarding herewith Permit No.
WQ0037287 dated January 23, 2020, to Pluris Hampstead, LLC for the continued operation of the subject
wastewater treatment and high -rate infiltration facilities.
The modifications to the subject permit are as follows: the infiltration rates for Basins #1 and #2
have been increased. The Pluris Hampstead WWTP facility was approved to run a pilot
study/hydrogeologic analysis by the Division, which was conducted for both high -rate infiltration basins
between November 1, 2018 and April 30, 2019. The study resulted in infiltration capacity of Basin #1 at
approximately 791,000 gallons per day (GPD) and Basin #2 at approximately 427,000 GPD, with both
basins at a stage height of 5 feet (maximum with 2 feet of freeboard).
This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance through January 31, 2026, shall void Permit
No. WQ0037287 issued April 13, 2017, and shall be subject to the conditions and limitations therein. The
Permittee shall submit a renewal application no later than August 4, 2025.
Please pay attention to the monitoring requirements listed Attachments A, B, and C for they may
differ from the previous permit issuance. Failure to establish an adequate system for collecting and
maintaining the required operational information shall result in future compliance problems.
The Division has removed the following permit conditions since the last permit issuance dated
April 13, 2017:
➢ Old Condition I.2. — This condition has been removed.
➢ Old Condition VI.2. — This condition has been removed because the permit is not voidable.
��� North Carolina Department of Environmental Quality I Division of Water Resources
lc��D'Fw 512 North Salisbury Street 11617 Mail Service Center I Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
NO M on110U11
p 919.707.9000

Mr. Maurice W. Gallarda, PE
January 23, 2020
Page 2 of 3
The following permit conditions and attachments are new or modified since the last permit
issuance dated April 13, 2017:
➢ Condition I.1. — This condition prohibits any unpermitted discharge from the groundwater
lowering system effluent storage pond. This condition also requires that the Permittee notify
the Division of any discharge from the groundwater lowering system effluent storage pond. In
addition, this condition notifies the Permittee that per the requirements of Session Law 2014-
95, the water in the groundwater lowering system effluent storage pond shall be considered
groundwater under this permit, and can be used as the Permittee sees fit, provided that the water
does not runoff to surface waters, discharge from the groundwater lowering system effluent
storage pond, and a one foot freeboard is maintained.
➢ Condition I.2. — This schedule requires the Permittee to evaluate the capacity of the
groundwater storage pond when requesting a permit modification to exceed permitted flow of
250,000 GPD.
➢ Condition 1.3. — This schedule requires the pond maintenance agreement to be recorded with
the Pender County Register of Deeds.
➢ Condition II.1 La. — Since the loading rate for the two high -rate infiltration basins have
increased, the setbacks for the high -rate infiltration basins have been updated to the
requirements in 15A NCAC 02T .0706 that were readopted on September 1, 2018.
➢ Condition I1I.4. — Infiltration equipment shall be tested and calibrated once per permit cycle.
➢ Condition III.13. — Metering equipment shall be tested and calibrated annually.
➢ Condition IV.8. — This condition requires that the Permittee provide to its users and the
Division of Water Resources an annual report summarizing the performance of the wastewater
treatment and high -rate infiltration facility and the extent to which the facility has violated this
permit, or federal or State laws, regulations, or rules related to the protection of water quality.
➢ Condition VI.10. — This permit shall not be renewed if the Permittee or any affiliation has not
paid the required annual fee.
➢ Attachment A — Sampling frequency has changed due to the increase in permitted flow.
➢ Attachment B — The infiltration rates have been amended per a revised hydrogeologic analysis
of the system.
If any parts, requirements, or limitations contained in this permit are unacceptable, the Permittee
has the right to request an adjudicatory hearing upon written request within 30 days following receipt of
this permit. This request shall be in the form of a written petition, conforming to Chapter 150B of the North
Carolina General Statutes, and filed with the Office of Administrative Hearings at 6714 Mail Service
Center, Raleigh, NC 27699-6714. Otherwise, this permit shall be final and binding.

Mr. Maurice W. Gallarda, PE
January 23, 2020
Page 3 of 3
If you need additional information concerning this permit, please contact Nathaniel Thornburg at
[phone] or [e-mail].
Sincerely,
Linda Culpepper, Director
Division of Water Resources
cc: Pender County Health Department (Electronic Copy)
Wilmington Regional Office, Water Quality Regional Operations Section (Electronic Copy)
Michael C. Gallant, PE (Electronic Copy)
Laserfiche File (Electronic Copy)
Digital Permit Archive (Electronic Copy)
Central Files

THIS PAGE BLANK

NORTH CAROLINA
ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
DEPARTMENT OF ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY
RALEIGH
HIGH -RATE INFILTRATION SYSTEM PERMIT
In accordance with the provisions of Article 21 of Chapter 143, General Statutes of North Carolina as
amended, and other applicable Laws, Rules, and Regulations
PERMISSION IS HEREBY GRANTED TO
Pluris Hampstead, LLC
Pender County
FOR THE
continued operation of a 250,000 gallon per day (GPD) wastewater treatment and high -rate infiltration
facility consisting of -
continued operation of a 250,000 GPD wastewater treatment system consisting of. a 5,735 gallon odor
control wet well served by a 2 horsepower (hp) Biorem blower unit; two Vulcan rotary drum fine screens
with 2 millimeter (mm) openings and a washing press; a 125,000 gallon pre -anoxic / flow equalization
basin with two 2.7 hp submersible mixers and three 1,200 gallon per minute (GPM) submersible pumps;
two 3 8,13 0 gallon pre -aeration tanks with fine bubble diffuser system, two flow meters, and served by two
350 cubic feet per minute (CFM) positive displacement (MBR) tanks with a total of six 0.04 micron (µm)
membrane units (which serve as disinfection) and served by three 350 CFM positive displacement blowers,
three flow meters, and three 257 GPM centrifugal permeate pumps; a 55 gallon alum storage tank with two
0.20 gallon per hour (GPH) chemical metering pumps serving the two 38,130 gallon pre -aeration tanks; a
55 gallon Micro-C storage tank with two 0.33 GPH chemical metering pumps serving the 125,00 gallon
pre -anoxic / flow equalization basin and the 50,604 gallon post -anoxic tank; a wash -water lift station with
two 128 GPM submersible pumps; a 38,130 gallon aerobic digester with a fine bubble diffuser system and
served by the previously mentioned two 350 CFM positive displacement blowers; an automatically
activated 400 kilowatt (kW) standby generator; an effluent sampling station; two effluent flow meters; and
all associated piping, valves, controls, and appurtenances;
continued operation of a high -rate infiltration system consisting of: two 0.124 acre high -rate infiltration
basins and separated by 100 feet of engineered fill that meets the requirements of Session Law 2014-95; a
gravity flow drainage system with approximately 992 linear feet (LF) of 12-inch high -density polyethylene
(HDPE) pipe and approximately 425 LF of 18-inch HDPE pipe; a 4,138,564 gallon groundwater storage
pond; and all associated piping, valves, controls, and appurtenances;
to serve the Pluris Hampstead WWTP, with no discharge of wastes to surface waters, pursuant to the
application received September 3, 2019, and in conformity with the Division -approved plans and
specifications considered a part of this permit.
Please note that Alternative Design Criteria has been approved for this facility pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T
.0105(n). The following administrative code has been approved for alternative design criteria:
➢ 15A NCAC 02T .0705(w) —The application rate shall not exceed 10 gallons per day per square foot.
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Shell Version 180901 Page 1 of 10

This permit shall be effective from the date of issuance through January 31, 2026, shall void Permit No.
WQ0037287 issued April 13, 2017, and shall be subject to the following conditions and limitations:
I. SCHEDULES
1. In accordance with correspondence from the United States Environmental Protection Agency, any
unpermitted discharge to surface waters of effluent collected via the engineered material is a violation
of Section 301(a) of the Federal Clean Water Act. Accordingly, any unpermitted discharge of water
from the groundwater lowering system effluent storage pond shall be prohibited, and shall require the
Permittee to report by telephone to the Wilmington Regional Office, telephone number [phone],
as soon as possible. but in no case more than 24 hours, or on the next working day following the
occurrence or first knowledge of the occurrence.
However, please note that per Session Law 2014-95, effluent collected via the engineered material and
its associated piping system shall be considered groundwater under this permit, as long as that water is
not discharged from the groundwater lowering system effluent storage pond. Accordingly, the
Permittee can utilize (e.g., irrigation) water from the groundwater lowering system effluent storage
pond or discharge to the NPDES Permit No. NCO089524 to maintain the required 1-foot freeboard.
[15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
2. The Permittee shall address the groundwater lowering system effluent storage pond's ability to
accommodate the proposed flow increase if the Permittee applies for a permit modification to increase
the disposal capacity from the currently approved 250,000 GPD for each infiltration basin. The
Permittee can verify the storage pond capacity by providing freeboard records, flow records and/or
utilization records. Also, the Permittee shall verify that the approved alternative design criteria
requirements pursuant to 15A NCAC 02T .0105(n) are still being met. [15A NCAC 02T
.0108(b)(1)(A)]
3. Within 90 days of permit issuance, the Permittee shall submit to the Non -Discharge Branch a copy of
the pond maintenance agreement with Blake Farm Pond, LLC recorded with the Pender County
Register of Deeds. [ 15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(B)]
4. The Permittee shall request renewal of this permit on Division -approved forms no later than August 4,
2025. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(b), 02T .0109]
H. PERFORMANCE STANDARDS
The Permittee shall maintain and operate the subject non -discharge facilities so there is no discharge to
surface waters, nor any contravention of groundwater or surface water standards. In the event the
facilities fail to perform satisfactorily, including the creation of nuisance conditions due to improper
operation and maintenance, or failure of the infiltration areas to assimilate the effluent, the Permittee
shall take immediate corrective actions, including Division required actions, such as the construction
of additional or replacement wastewater treatment or disposal facilities. [15A NCAC 02T
.0108(b)(1)(A)]
2. This permit shall not relieve the Permittee of their responsibility for damages to groundwater or surface
water resulting from the operation of this facility. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
3. Groundwater monitoring wells shall be constructed in accordance with 15A NCAC 02C .0108
(Standards of Construction for Wells Other than Water Supply), and any other jurisdictional laws and
regulations pertaining to well construction. [15A NCAC 02C .0108]
4. Effluent quality shall not exceed the limitations specified in Attachment A. [15A NCAC 02T .0705(b)]
5. Application rates, whether hydraulic, nutrient, or other pollutant, shall not exceed those specified in
Attachment B. [ 15A NCAC 02T .0705(m)]
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Shell Version 180901 Page 2 of 10

High -rate infiltration sites permitted on or after December 30, 1983 have a compliance boundary that
is either 250 feet from the infiltration area, or 50 feet within the property boundary, whichever is closest
to the infiltration area. Any exceedance of groundwater standards at or beyond the compliance
boundary shall require corrective action. Division -approved relocation of the compliance boundary
shall be noted in Attachment B. Multiple contiguous properties under common ownership and
permitted for use as a disposal system shall be treated as a single property with regard to determination
of a compliance boundary. [15A NCAC 02L .0106(d)(2), 02L .0107(b), 02T .0105(h), G.S. 143-
215.1(i), G.S. 143-215.1(k)]
7. The review boundary is midway between the compliance boundary and the infiltration area. Any
exceedance of groundwater standards at or beyond the review boundary shall require preventative
action. [15A NCAC 02L .0106(d)(1), 02L .0108]
8. The Permittee shall apply for a permit modification to establish a new compliance boundary prior to
any sale or transfer of property affecting a compliance boundary (i.e., parcel subdivision). [ 15A NCAC
02L ,0107(c)]
9. No wells, excluding Division -approved monitoring wells, shall be constructed within the compliance
boundary except as provided for in 15A NCAC 02L .0107(g). [ 15A NCAC 02L .0107]
10. Except as provided for in 15A NCAC 02L .0107(g), the Permittee shall ensure any landowner who is
not the Permittee and owns land within the compliance boundary shall execute and file with the Pender
County Register of Deeds an easement running with the land containing the following items:
a. A notice of the permit and number or other description as allowed in 15A NCAC 02L .0107(f)(1);
b. Prohibits construction and operation of water supply wells within the compliance boundary; and
c. Reserves the right of the Permittee or the State to enter the property within the compliance boundary
for purposes related to the permit.
The Director may terminate the easement when its purpose has been fulfilled or is no longer needed.
[15A NCAC 02L .0107(f)]
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Shell Version 180901 Page 3 of 10

11. The facilities herein were permitted per the following setbacks:
a. The infiltration sites were modified January 23, 2020. The setbacks for infiltration sites originally
permitted or modified on or after September 1, 2018 are as follows (all distances in feet):
i. Each habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership:
100 1,3
ii. Each habitable residence or place of assembly owned by the Permittee:
50
iii. Each private or public water supply source:
100
iv. Surface waters:
50 4
v. Groundwater lowering ditches:
504
vi. Surface water diversions:
50
vii. Each well with exception of monitoring wells:
100
viii. Each property line:
50 2, 3
ix. Top of slope of embankments or cuts of two feet or more in vertical height:
100
x. Each water line:
10
xi. Subsurface groundwater lowering drainage systems:
50 4
xii. Public right of way:
50
xiii. Nitrification field:
20
xiv. Each building foundation or basement:
15
xv. Each impounded public surface water supply:
500
xvi. Each public shallow ground water supply (less than 50 feet deep):
500
1 Habitable residences or places of assembly under separate ownership constructed after the
facilities herein were originally permitted or subsequently modified are exempt from this
setback.
2 Setbacks to property lines are not applicable when the Permittee, or the entity from which the
Permittee is leasing, owns both parcels separated by the property line.
3 Per a setback waiver recorded in the Pender County Register of Deeds, reduced setbacks from
the wetted area to any property line are as follows:
Parcel No.
Deed Book / Page
Setback
Easement
3271-08-8507-0000
4636 / 128
106 feet
94 feet
4 Setbacks to non -SA surface waters, groundwater lowering ditches, and subsurface groundwater
lowering drainage systems have been reduced from 200 to 50 feet, and setbacks to SA surface
waters have been reduced from 200 to 100 feet because the treatment units are designed to meet
a Total Nitrogen of 4 mg/L and a Total Phosphorus of 2 mg/L.
[15A NCAC 02T .0706(a), 02T .0706(c), 02T .0706(e), 02T .0706(f), 02T .0706(g)]
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Shell Version 180901 Page 4 of 10

b. The storage and treatment units were originally permitted April 29, 2015. The setbacks for storage
and treatment units originally permitted or modified from September 1, 2006 to August 31, 2018
are as follows (all distances in feet):
i. Each habitable residence or place of assembly under separate ownership: 1001
ii. Each on -property residential unit if the unit is to be sold: 101
iii. Each private or public water supply source: 100
iv. Surface waters: 50
v. Each well with exception of monitoring wells: 100
vi. Each .property line: 50 2, 3
1 Habitable residences or places of assembly under separate ownership constructed after the
facilities herein were originally permitted or subsequently modified are exempt from this
setback.
2 Setbacks to property lines are not applicable when the Permittee, or the entity from which the
Permittee is leasing, owns both parcels separated by the property line.
3 Per a setback waiver recorded in the Pender County Register of Deeds, reduced setbacks from
the storage and treatment units to any property line are as follows:
Parcel No.
Deed Book / Page
Setback
Easement
3271-08-8507-0000
P 4636 / 128
45 feet
5 feet
[15A NCAC 02H .0404(g), 02T .0706(c), 02T .0706(e),.02T .0706(f), 02T .0706(g)]
OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
1. The Permittee shall operate and maintain the subject facilities as a non -discharge system. [ 15A NCAC
02T .0700]
2. The Permittee shall maintain an Operation and Maintenance Plan, which shall include operational
functions, maintenance schedules, safety measures, and a spill response plan. [15A NCAC 02T
.0707(a)]
3. Upon the Water Pollution Control System Operators Certification Commission's (WPCSOCC)
classification ofthe subject non -discharge facilities, the Permittee shall designate and employ a certified
operator in responsible charge (ORC), and one or more certified operators as back-up ORCs. The ORC
or their back-up shall operate and visit the facilities as required by the WPCSOCC. [15A NCAC 02T
.0117]
4. Infiltration equipment shall be tested and calibrated once per permit cycle. [15A NCAC 02T .0707(d)]
5. Only treated effluent from the Pluris Hampstead WWTP shall be infiltrated on the sites listed in
Attachment B. [15A NCAC 02T .0701]
6. The Permittee shall not allow vehicles or heavy machinery on the infiltration area, except during
equipment installation or maintenance activities. [15A NCAC 02T .0707(e)]
7. The Permittee shall prohibit public access to the wastewater treatment, storage, and infiltration
facilities. [15A NCAC 02T .0705(p)]
8. The Permittee shall dispose or utilize generated residuals in a Division -approved manner. [15A NCAC
02T .0708, 02T .I 100].
9. The Permittee shall not divert or bypass untreated or partially treated wastewater from the subject
facilities. [15A NCAC 02T .0705(i)]
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Shell Version 180901 Page 5 of 10

10. Freeboard in Basins 1 and 2 shall not be less than two feet at any time. Freeboard in the groundwater
lowering system effluent storage pond shall not be less than one foot at any time. [15A NCAC 02T
.0705(c)]
11. Gauges to monitor waste/groundwater levels in Basins 1 and 2 and the groundwater lowering system
effluent storage pond shall be provided. These gauges shall have readily visible permanent markings,
at inch or tenth of a foot increments, indicating the following elevations: maximum liquid level at the
top of the temporary liquid storage volume; minimum liquid level at the bottom of the temporary liquid
storage volume; and the lowest point on top of the dam. [15A NCAC 02T .0707(f)]
12. A protective vegetative cover shall be established and maintained on all berms,.pipe runs, erosion
control areas, surface water diversions, and earthen embankments (i.e., outside toe of embankment to
maximum allowable temporary storage elevation on the inside of the embankment). Trees, shrubs, and
other woody vegetation shall not be allowed to grow on the earthen dikes or embankments. Earthen
embankments shall be kept mowed or otherwise controlled and accessible. [ 15A NCAC 02T .0707(g)]
13. Metering equipment shall be tested and calibrated annually. [15A NCAC 02T .0707(d)]
14. An automatically activated standby power source capable of powering all essential treatment units shall
be on site and operational at all times. If a generator is employed as an alternate power supply, it shall
be tested weekly by interrupting the primary power source. [15A NCAC 02T .0705(k)]
15. The infiltration areas shall be cleaned at least once per permit cycle to remove deposited materials that
may impede the infiltration process. Cleaning records shall be maintained at the facility for five years,
and shall be made available to the Division upon request. The Wilmington Regional Office, telephone
number [phone], shall be notified prior to each cleaning. [15A NCAC 02T .0707(h)]
IV. MONITORING AND REPORTING REQUIREMENTS
1. The Permittee shall conduct and report any Division required monitoring necessary to evaluate this
facility's impact on groundwater and surface water. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
2. A Division -certified laboratory shall conduct all analyses for the required effluent, groundwater, and
surface water parameters. [15A NCAC 02H .0800]
3. Flow through the treatment facility shall be continuously monitored, and daily flow values shall be
reported on Form NDMR. Facilities with a permitted flow less than 10,000 GPD may estimate their
flow from water usage records provided the water source is metered. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(k), 02T
.0108(c)]
4. The Permittee shall monitor the treated effluent at the frequencies and locations for the parameters
specified in Attachment A. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
5. The Permittee shall maintain records tracking the amount of effluent infiltrated. These records shall
include the following information for each infiltration site listed in Attachment B:
a. Date of infiltration;
b. Volume of effluent infiltrated;
c. Site infiltrated;
d. Length of time site is infiltrated;
e. Loading rates to each infiltration site listed in Attachment B; and
f. Weather conditions.
[15A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Shell Version 180901 Page 6 of 10

6. Freeboard (i.e., waste level to the lowest embankment elevation) in Basins 1 and 2 and the groundwater
lowering system effluent storage pond shall be measured to the nearest inch or tenth of a foot, and
recorded weekly. Weekly freeboard records shall be maintained for five years, and shall be made
available to the Division upon request. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(c)]
Three copies of all monitoring data (as specified in Conditions IV.3. and IVA.) on Form NDMR for
each PPI and three copies of all operation and disposal records (as specified in Conditions IV.5. and
IV.6.) on Form NDAR-2 for every site in Attachment B shall be submitted on or before the last day of
the following month. If no activities occurred during the monitoring month, monitoring reports are still
required documenting the absence of the activity. All information shall be submitted to the following
address:
Division of Water Resources
Information Processing Unit
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
[15A NCAC 02T .0105(1)]
8. Pursuant to G.S. 143-215.1C(a), the Permittee shall provide to its users and the Division of Water
Resources an annual report summarizing the performance of the wastewater treatment and high -rate
infiltration facility and the extent to which the facility has violated this permit, or federal or State laws,
regulations, or rules related to the protection of water quality. This report shall be prepared on either a
calendar or fiscal year basis and shall be provided no later than 60 days after the end of the calendar or
fiscal year. Two copies of the annual report provided to the Permittee's users shall be submitted to:
Division of Water Resources
Water Quality Permitting Section
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
[G.S. 143-215.1C(a)]
The Permittee shall maintain a record of all residuals removed from this facility. This record shall be
maintained for five years, and shall be made available to the Division upon request. This record shall
include:
a. Name of the residuals hauler;
b. Non -Discharge permit number authorizing the residuals disposal, or a letter from a municipality
agreeing to accept the residuals;
c. Date the residuals were hauled; and
d. Volume of residuals removed.
[15A NCAC 02T .0708(b)]
10. A maintenance log shall be kept at this facility. This log shall be maintained for five years, and shall
be made available to the Division upon request. This log shall include:
a. Date of flow measurement device calibration;
b. Date of infiltration equipment calibration;
c. Visual observations of the plant and plant site; and
d. Record of preventative maintenance (e.g., changing of equipment, adjustments, testing, inspections
and cleanings, etc.).
[15A NCAC 02T .0707(i)]
11. Monitoring wells MW-1, MW-2, and MW-3 shall be sampled at the frequencies and for the parameters
specified in Attachment C. All mapping, well construction forms. well abandonment forms and
monitoring data shall refer to the permit number and the well nomenclature as provided in Attachment
C and Figure 1. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(m)]
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Shell Version 180901 Page 7 of 10

12. Two copies of the monitoring well sampling and analysis results shall be submitted on a Compliance
Monitoring Form (GW-59), along with attached copies of laboratory analyses, on or before the last
working day of the month following the sampling month. The Compliance Monitoring Form (GW-59)
shall include this permit number, the appropriate well identification number, and one GW-59a
certification form shall be submitted with each set of sampling results. All information shall be
submitted to the following address:
Division of Water Resources
Information Processing Unit
1617 Mail Service Center
Raleigh, North Carolina 27699-1617
[15A NCAC 02T .0105(m)]
13. Noncompliance Notification:
The Permittee shall report to the Wilmington Regional Office, telephone number [phone],
within 24 hours of first knowledge of the following:
a. Treatment of wastes abnormal in quantity or characteristic, including the known passage of a
hazardous substance.
b. Any process unit failure (e.g., mechanical, electrical, etc.) rendering the facility incapable of
adequate wastewater treatment.
c. Any facility failure resulting in a discharge to surface waters.
d. Any time self -monitoring indicates the facility has gone out of compliance with its permit
limitations.
e. Overflow from the groundwater lowering system storage pond.
f. Effluent breakout from the infiltration sites.
Emergencies requiring reporting outside normal business hours shall call the Division's Emergency
Response personnel at telephone number [phone], [phone], or [phone]. All
noncompliance notifications shall file a written report to the Wilmington Regional Office within five
days of first knowledge of the occurrence, and this report shall outline the actions proposed or taken to
ensure the problem does not recur. [15A NCAC 02T .0108(b)(1)(A)]
V. INSPECTIONS
1. The Permittee shall perform inspections and maintenance to ensure proper operation of the wastewater
treatment and infiltration facilities. [15A NCAC 02T .07070)]
2. The Permittee shall inspect the wastewater treatment and infiltration facilities to prevent malfunctions,
facility deterioration, and operator errors that may result in discharges of wastes to the environment,
threats to human health, or public nuisances. The Permittee shall maintain an inspection log that
includes the date and time of inspection, observations made, and maintenance, repairs, or corrective
actions taken. The Permittee shall maintain this inspection log for a period of five years from the date
of the inspection, and this log shall be made available to the Division upon request. [15A NCAC 02T
.0707(i), 02T .07070)]
3. Division authorized representatives may, upon presentation of credentials, enter and inspect any
property, premises, or place related to the wastewater treatment and infiltration facilities permitted
herein at any reasonable time for determining compliance with this permit. Division authorized
representatives may inspect or copy records maintained under the terms and conditions of this permit,
and may collect groundwater, surface water, or leachate samples. [G.S. 143-215.3(a)(2)]
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Shell Version 180901 Page 8 of 10

VI. GENERAL CONDITIONS
1. Failure to comply with the conditions and limitations contained herein may subject the Permittee to a
Division enforcement action. [G.S. 143-215.6A, 143-215.6B, 143-215.6C]
2. This permit is effective only with respect to the nature and volume of wastes described in the permit
application, and Division -approved plans and specifications. [G.S. 143-215.1(d)]
3. Unless specifically requested and approved in this permit, there are no variances to administrative codes
or general statutes governing the construction or operation of the facilities permitted herein. [15A
NCAC 02T .0105(n)]
4. The issuance of this permit does not exempt the Permittee from complying with all statutes, rules,
regulations, or ordinances that other jurisdictional government agencies (e.g., local, state, and federal)
may require. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(c)(6)]
5. If the permitted facilities change ownership, or the Permittee changes their name, the Permittee shall
submit a permit modification request on Division -approved forms. The Permittee shall comply with
all terms and conditions of this permit until the permit is transferred to the successor -owner. [G.S. 143-
215.1(d3)]
6. The Permittee shall retain a set of Division -approved plans and specifications for the life of the facilities
permitted herein. [15A NCAC 02T .0105(o)]
7. The Permittee shall maintain this permit until the proper closure of all facilities permitted herein, or
until the facilities permitted herein are permitted by another authority. [15A NCAC 02T .01050)]
8. This permit is subject to revocation or modification upon 60-day notice from the Division Director, in
whole or part for:
a. violation of any terms or conditions of this permit or Administrative Code Title 15A Subchapter
02T;
b. obtaining a permit by misrepresentation or failure to disclose all relevant facts;
c. the Permittee's refusal to allow authorized Department employees upon presentation of credentials:
i. to enter the Permittee's premises where a system is located or where any records are required
to be kept;
ii. to have access to any permit required documents and records;
iii. to inspect any monitoring equipment or method as required in this permit; or
iv. to sample any pollutants;
d. the Permittee's failure to pay the annual fee for administering and compliance monitoring; or
e. a Division determination that the conditions of this permit are in conflict with North Carolina
Administrative Code or General Statutes.
[ 15A NCAC 02T .0110]
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Shell Version 180901 Page 9 of 10

9. Unless the Division Director grants a variance, expansion of the facilities permitted herein shall not
occur if any of the following apply:
a. The Permittee or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Permittee has been convicted of
environmental crimes under G.S. 143-215.6B, or under Federal law that would otherwise be
prosecuted under G.S. 143-215.6B, and all appeals of this conviction have been abandoned or
exhausted.
b. The Permittee or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Permittee has previously abandoned
a wastewater treatment facility without properly closing the facility.
c. The Permittee or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Permittee has not paid a civil
penalty, and all appeals of this penalty have been abandoned or exhausted.
d. The Permittee or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Permittee is currently not compliant
with any compliance schedule in a permit, settlement agreement, or order.
e. The Permittee or any parent, subsidiary, or other affiliate of the Permittee has not paid an annual
fee.
[15A NCAC 02T .0120(b), 02T .0120(d)]
10. This permit shall not be renewed if the Permittee or any affiliation has not paid the required annual fee.
[15A NCAC 02T .0120(c)]
Permit issued this the 23`d day of January 2020
NORTH CAROLINA ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT COMMISSION
ida Culpepper, Director
0� Division of Water Resources
By Authority of the Environmental Management Commission
Permit Number WQ0037287
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Shell Version 180901 Page 10 of 10

ATTACHMENT A — LIMITATIONS AND MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
Permit Number: WQ0037287 Version: 2.0
PPI 001— WWTP Effluent
EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS
EFFLUENT LIMITS
MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
PCS
Code
Parameter Description
Units of
Measure
Monthly
Average
Monthly
Geometric Mean
Daily Minimum
Daily Maximum
Measurement
Frequency
Sample
Type
00310
BOD, 5-Day (20 °C)
mg/L
10
2 x Week
Composite
00940
Chloride (as Cl)
mg/L
3 x Year'
Composite
31616
Coliform, Fecal MF, M-FC Broth, 44.5 °C
#/100 mL
14
2 x Week
Grab
50050
Flow, in Conduit or thru Treatment Plant
GPD
250,000
Continuous
Recorder
00610
Nitrogen, Ammonia Total (as N)
mg/L
4
2 x Week
Composite
00625
Nitrogen, Kjeldahl, Total (as N)
mg/L
2 x Week
Composite
00620
Nitrogen, Nitrate Total (as N)
mg/L
10
2 x Week
Composite
00600
Nitrogen, Total (as N)
mg/L
4
2 x Week
Composite
00400
pH
su
5 x Week
Grab
00665
Phosphorus, Total (as P)
mg/L
2
2 x Week
Composite
70300
Solids, Total Dissolved— 180 °C
mg/L
3 x Year I
Composite
00530
Solids, Total Suspended
mg/L
15
2 x Week
Composite
3 x Year sampling shall be conducted in March, July, and November.
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Attachment A Page 1 of 2

PPI 002 — Gravity Flow Drainage System Effluent
EFFLUENT CHARACTERISTICS
EFFLUENT LIMITS
MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
PCS
Code
Parameter Description
Units of
Measure
Monthly=Geometric
Average
n
Daily Minimum
Daily Maximum
Measurement
Frequency
Sample
Type
00940
Chloride (as Cl)
mg/L
250
3 x Year
Grab
31616
Coliform, Fecal MF, M-FC Broth, 44.5 °C
#/100 mL
2 x Month
Grab
00610
Nitrogen, Ammonia Total (as N)
mg/L
1.5
2 x Month
Grab
00620
Nitrogen, Nitrate Total (as N)
mg/L
10
2 x Month
Grab
00600
Nitrogen, Total (as N)
mg/L
2 x Month
Grab
00400
pH
Phosphorus, Total (as P)
Solids, Total Dissolved — 180 °C
su
6.5
8.5
5 x Week
Grab
00665
mg/L
2 x Month
Grab
r7O3OO
mg/L
500
3 x Year
Grab
1. 3 x Year sampling shall be conducted in March, July, and November.
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Attachment A Page 2 of 2

ATTACHMENT B — APPROVED LAND APPLICATION SITES AND LEUITATIONS
Pluris Hampstead, LLC — Pluris Hampstead WWTP
Permit Number: WQ0037287 Version: 2.0
INFILTRATION AREA INFORMATION
APPLICATION LIMITATIONS
Site
Owner
County
Latitude
Longitude
Net
Acreage
Dominant
Soil Series
Parameter
Rate
Units
1
Pluris Hampstead, LLC
Pender
34.3432210
-77.7711740
0.1241
Murville
01284 — Non -Discharge Application Rate
44.5 z
GPD/ftz
2
Pluris Hampstead, LLC
Pender
34.3428310
-77.7711880
0.1241
Foreston
01284 — Non -Discharge Application Rate
44.5 z
GPD/ftz
Totals
0.248
1. The infiltrative surface area of each basin is 5,617 ftz.
2. The 44.5 GPD is currently limited by the treatment capacity of 250,000 GPD. Therefore, each basin has a permitted disposal capacity of 250,000 GPD. The pilot study/hydrogeologic analysis
conducted November 1, 2018 through April 30, 2019 demonstrated infiltration rate of 140.82 GPD/ftz for Basin # 1 and 76.02 GPD/ftz for Basin #2.
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Attachment B Page 1 of 1

THIS PAGE BLANK

ATTACHMENT C — GROUNDWATER MONITORING AND LIMITATIONS
Monitoring Wells: MW-1, MW-2, and MW-3
Permit Number: WQ0037287 Version: 2.0
GROUNDWATER CHARACTERISTICS
GROUNDWATER STANDARDS
MONITORING REQUIREMENTS
PCS Code
Parameter Description
Daily Maximum
Frequency Measurement
Sample Type
Footnotes
00680
Carbon, Tot Organic (TOC)
mg/L
3 x Year
Grab
1,6
00940
Chloride (as Cl)
250
mg/L
3 x Year
Grab
1
31616
Coliform, Fecal MF, M-FC Broth, 44.5 °C
#/100 mL
3 x Year
Grab
1
00610
Nitrogen, Ammonia Total (as N)
1.5
mg/L
.3 x Year
Grab
1
00620
1 Nitrogen, Nitrate Total (as N)
10
mg/L
3 x Year
Grab
1
00400
pH
6.5-8.5
su
3 x Year
Grab
1,2
00665
Phosphorus, Total (as P)
mg/L
3 x Year
Grab
1
70300
Solids, Total Dissolved - 180 °C
500
mg/L
3 x Year
Grab
1
GWVOC
Volatile Compounds (GW)
Present: Yes/No
Annually
Grab
1, 4, 5
82546
Water Level, Distance from measuring point
feet
3 x Year
Calculated
1, 2, 3
1. 3 x Year monitoring shall be conducted in March, July, and November; Annual monitoring shall be conducted in November.
2. The measurement of water levels shall be made prior to purging the wells. The depth to water in each well shall be measured from the surveyed point on the top of the casing. The measurement of
pH shall be made after purging and prior to sampling for the remaining parameters.
3. The measuring points (top of well casing) of all monitoring wells shall be surveyed to provide the relative elevation of the measuring point for each monitoring well. The measuring points (top of
casing) of all monitoring wells shall be surveyed relative to a common datum.
4. Volatile Organic Compounds (VOC) - In November only, analyze by one of the following methods:
a. Standard Method 6230D, PQL at 0.5 µg/L or less
b. Standard Method 6210D, PQL at 0.5 µg/L or less
c. EPA Method 8021, Low Concentration, PQL at 0.5 µg/L or less
d. EPA Method 8260, Low Concentration, PQL at 0.5 µg/L or less
e. Another method with prior approval by the Water Quality Permitting Section Chief
Any method used shall meet the following qualifications:
a. A laboratory shall be DWR certified to run any method used.
b. The method used shall include all the constituents listed in Table VIII of Standard Method 6230D.
C. The method used shall provide a PQL of 0.5 µg/L or less that shall be supported by laboratory proficiency studies as required by the DWR Laboratory Certification Unit. Any constituents
detected above the MDL but below the PQL of 0.5 µg/L shall be qualified (estimated) and reported.
5. If any volatile organic compounds (VOC) are detected as a result of monitoring as provided in Attachment C, then the Wilmington Regional Office supervisor, telephone number [phone],
shall be contacted immediately for further instructions regarding any additional follow-up analyses required.
6. If TOC concentrations greater than 10 mg/L are detected in any downgradient monitoring well, additional sampling and analysis shall be conducted to identify the individual constituents comprising
this TOC concentration. If the TOC concentration as measured in the background monitor well exceeds 10 mg/L, this concentration will be taken to represent the naturally occurring TOC
concentration. Any exceedances of this naturally occurring TOC concentration in the downgradient wells shall be subject to the additional sampling and analysis as described above.
7. Monitoring wells shall be reported consistent with the nomenclature and location information provided in Figure 1 and this attachment.
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Attachment C Page 1 of 1

0
0
0
O
LLJ
00
LO
C�
O
a
O
CIO
-------•-------------
.._..-------------.._._...._.._.._.._ ..�..r.
145
OPERTYLINE PROPQSED�4L
W
I
I I
IGMaz:9 !
I 50'
16,
f WE7Z AND -
I - - - -- --- ---- - -F I
' i 94
0
R . ILINE ' -- - - --- - - -- --� {
I
' f I
{ 50' { i
MNR2 f MNn I
RIM RMaa !
I 50 { !
I I I
I----------------- ------- ---•- { 1
{ 28' 1 I
i
' I I ( i
I 50 f
' f
.-, .
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Figure 1 Page 1 of 1

�YT -
I 4
e M
K � 4 r �� 4� - Y•
tI� iLa
rp
J
r r'r
M1
• �1
• �f
Y
�►J 2
z .r twit 1
WQ0037287 Version 2.0 Figure 1 Page 1 of 1